INDEX-4 13 Memory Card Commands ..... 262 13.1 ESC CC Card Slot for Use .....262
Manual setting (Data setting mode). k,n~n. * This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji code.
Copyrights Any unauthorized reproduction of the contents of this document, in part or whole, is strictly prohibited. Limitation of Liability SATO Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S. and other countries make no representations or warranties of any kind regarding this material, including, but not limited to, implied warranties of merchantability and fitness for a particular purpose. SATO Corporation shall not be held responsible for errors contained herein or any omissions from this material or for any damages, whether direct, indirect, incidental or consequential, in connection with the furnishing, distribution, performance or use of this material. Specifications and contents in this document are subject to change without notice. Trademarks SATO is a registered trademark of SATO Holdings Corporation and its subsidiaries in Japan, the U.S. and other countries. Secure Digital (SD) Card is a registered trademark of the SD Card Association. QR Code is a registered trademark of DENSO WAVE INCORPORATED. Windows is a registered trademark of Microsoft Corporation in the United States and/or other countries. Bluetooth is a trademark of Bluetooth SIG, Inc., U.S.A. WPATM and WPA2TM are registered trademarks of Wi-Fi Alliance. All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners. In this Programing Reference, dip switches for setting is written as DSW, and adjusting volume is written as VR. The content of this Programing Reference is based on the firmware version 61.00.01.00A. Version: S84-ex/S86-ex-r06-10-19PR ©2019 SATO Corporation. All rights reserved. INDEX-1 Table of Contents Part 1 Programming Reference .............................................................. 1 1 List of Commands ................................................................................ 1 2 Initial Value of Operation Settings ...................................................... 5 3 List of Fonts .......................................................................................... 6 4 Example of Command Reference........................................................8 5 Control Commands ............................................................................ 10 5.1 ESC+A Start of Data Transmission........................................................................................10 5.2 ESC+Z End of Data Transmission .........................................................................................11 5.3 ESC+Q Print Quantity..............................................................................................................12 5.4 ESC+ID Job ID Number ...........................................................................................................13 5.5 ESC+WK Job Name .................................................................................................................14 6 Print Position Commands .................................................................. 15 6.1 ESC+H Horizontal Print Position ...........................................................................................15 6.2 ESC+V Vertical Print Position ................................................................................................16 7 Modification Commands .................................................................... 17 7.1 ESC+P Character Pitch ...........................................................................................................17 7.2 ESC+L Enlargement ................................................................................................................18 7.3 ESC+PS Proportional Pitch ....................................................................................................19 7.4 ESC+PR Release of Proportional Pitch.................................................................................20 7.5 ESC+% Rotation ......................................................................................................................21 7.6 ESC+F Sequential Numbering................................................................................................22 7.7 ESC+FW Print of Lines and Boxes ........................................................................................23 7.8 ESC+FC Print of Circles..........................................................................................................25 7.9 ESC+FT Print of Triangles ......................................................................................................26 7.10 ESC+( Black and White Reverse Print...................................................................................27 7.11 ESC+KC Character Code ........................................................................................................28 7.12 ESC+& Registration of Form Overlay....................................................................................29 7.13 ESC+/ Form Overlay Call ........................................................................................................30 7.14 ESC+0 Partial Editing ..............................................................................................................31 7.15 ESC+WD Partial Copying........................................................................................................32 7.16 ESC+J Print of Journal............................................................................................................34 7.17 ESC+RF Call and Print of Font & Logo .................................................................................35 7.18 ESC+RM Mirror Image.............................................................................................................36 7.19 ESC+WN Work Shift Information ...........................................................................................38 7.20 ESC+WS Print of Work Shift Information..............................................................................39 7.21 ESC+CE European Code Page...............................................................................................40 7.22 ESC+KS Kanji Font Type ........................................................................................................43 8 Font Commands ................................................................................. 44 8.1 ESC+XU XU Font (Default Font Size: 5×9 dots) .................................................................44 8.2 ESC+XS XS Font (Default Font Size: 17×17 dots) .............................................................46 8.3 ESC+XM XM Font (Default Font Size: 24×24 dots) ............................................................48 8.4 ESC+XB XB Font (Default Font Size: 48×48 dots) .............................................................50 8.5 ESC+XL XL Font (Default Font Size: 48×48 dots)..............................................................52 8.6 ESC+OA OCR-A Font ..............................................................................................................54 8.7 ESC+OB OCR-B Font ..............................................................................................................56 8.8 ESC+$ Shape of Outline Font.................................................................................................58 8.9 ESC+$= Print of Outline Font .................................................................................................59 8.10 ESC+RD TrueType Font ..........................................................................................................61 8.11 ESC+K1 16×16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji.......................................................................65 8.12 ESC+K2 24×24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji.......................................................................66 8.13 ESC+K8 16×16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters..........................67 8.14 ESC+K9 24×24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters..........................68 8.15 ESC+k1 16×16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji ............................................................................69 8.16 ESC+k2 24×24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji ............................................................................70 8.17 ESC+k8 16×16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters ...............................71 8.18 ESC+k9 24×24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters ...............................72 8.19 ESC+T1 Registration of 16×16 dots External Character .....................................................73 8.20 ESC+T2 Registration of 24×24 dots External Character .....................................................75 INDEX-2 8.21 ESC+K1(K2) Call of Horizontal Writing External Character ................................................77 8.22 ESC+k1(k2) Call of Vertical Writing External Character ......................................................78 8.23 ESC+U U Font (Default Font Size: 5×9 dots) ........................................................................79 8.24 ESC+S S Font (Default Font Size: 8×15 dots).......................................................................81 8.25 ESC+M M Font (Default Font Size: 13×20 dots)....................................................................83 8.26 ESC+WB WB Font (Default Font Size: 18×30 dots)..............................................................85 8.27 ESC+WL WL Font (Default Font Size: 28×52 dots) ..............................................................87 8.28 ESC+RG Multiple Language Font ..........................................................................................89 9 Barcode Specification ........................................................................ 90 9.1 ESC+B Barcode (Ratio 1:3) ....................................................................................................93 9.2 ESC+D Barcode (Ratio 1:2) ....................................................................................................95 9.3 ESC+D~ESC+d Barcode (Selection of HRI) ..........................................................................97 9.4 ESC+BD Barcode (Ratio 2:5)..................................................................................................98 9.5 ESC+BT Registration of Bar Width Ratio............................................................................100 9.6 ESC+BW Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio ..............................................................101 9.7 ESC+BI GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only)..............................................104 9.8 ESC+BC CODE93 Barcode ...................................................................................................106 9.9 ESC+BG CODE128 (128A, 128B, 128C) Barcode ...............................................................108 9.10 ESC+BP POSTNET ................................................................................................................112 9.11 ESC+BF UPC Add-on Code (BOOKLAND)..........................................................................114 9.12 ESC+BL UPC-A Barcode (Without HRI) ..............................................................................116 9.13 ESC+BL~ESC+d UPC-A Barcode (Selection of HRI) .........................................................117 9.14 ESC+BM UPC-A Barcode (With HRI) ...................................................................................119 9.15 ESC+EU Composite Symbol ................................................................................................120 9.16 ESC+BS USPS Barcode ........................................................................................................124 10 2D Code Commands.........................................................................126 10.1 ESC+2D10 PDF417 ................................................................................................................126 10.2 ESC+2D12 Micro PDF417......................................................................................................129 10.3 ESC+2D20 MaxiCode.............................................................................................................132 10.4 ESC+2D30 QR Code (Model 2) .............................................................................................134 10.5 ESC+2D31 QR Code (Model 1) .............................................................................................138 10.6 ESC+2D32 Micro QR Code ...................................................................................................141 10.7 ESC+2D50 Data Matrix (ECC200) .........................................................................................166 10.8 ESC+2D51 GS1 Data Matrix..................................................................................................169 10.9 ESC+BQ QR Code (Compatible Commands) .....................................................................172 10.10 ESC+BV MAXI Code (Compatible Commands) ..................................................................197 10.11 ESC+BK PDF417 (Compatible Commands) ........................................................................199 10.12 ESC+BX Data Matrix (ECC200) (Compatible Commands).................................................202 10.13 ESC+DC Data Matrix (ECC200) Data (Compatible Commands)........................................203 10.14 ESC+FX Data Matrix (ECC200) Sequential Numbering (Compatible Commands)..........204 10.15 ESC+2D70 Aztec code...........................................................................................................206 10.16 ESC+2D34 GS1 QR Code (Model 2) .....................................................................................209 11 Graphics Commands........................................................................238 11.1 ESC+G Print of Graphic ........................................................................................................238 11.2 ESC+GM Print of BMP File ...................................................................................................239 11.3 ESC+GP Print of PCX File.....................................................................................................240 12 System Commands .......................................................................... 241 12.1 ESC+CS Print Speed .............................................................................................................241 12.2 ESC+#F Print Darkness.........................................................................................................242 12.3 ESC+A1 Label Size ................................................................................................................243 12.4 ESC+A3 Base Offset Setting ................................................................................................245 12.5 ESC+EP Print End Position ..................................................................................................246 12.6 ESC+* Clear............................................................................................................................247 12.7 ESC+@ Offline .......................................................................................................................248 12.8 ESC+C Reprint .......................................................................................................................249 12.9 ESC+PG Registration of Printer Operation.........................................................................250 12.10 ESC+PC Registration of Printer Operation .........................................................................253 12.11 ESC+E Auto Linefeed............................................................................................................256 12.12 ESC+KM Kanji Mincho ..........................................................................................................257 12.13 ESC+KG Kanji Gothic............................................................................................................258 12.14 ESC+LD User Download .......................................................................................................259 12.15 ESC+PO Offset.......................................................................................................................260 12.16 ESC+#J Job Modification .....................................................................................................261 INDEX-3 13 Memory Card Commands ................................................................ 262 13.1 ESC+CC Card Slot for Use ...................................................................................................262 13.2 ESC+&S Registration of Form Overlay ...............................................................................263 13.3 ESC+&R Form Overlay Call ..................................................................................................266 13.4 ESC+YS Registration of Format...........................................................................................267 13.5 ESC+/N Registration of Field................................................................................................269 13.6 ESC+YR Format Call .............................................................................................................270 13.7 ESC+/D Print of Field.............................................................................................................271 13.8 ESC+GI Registration of Graphic ..........................................................................................272 13.9 ESC+GR Graphic Call............................................................................................................274 13.10 ESC+GT Registration of BMP File .......................................................................................275 13.11 ESC+GC BMP File Call ..........................................................................................................276 13.12 ESC+PI Registration of PCX File..........................................................................................277 13.13 ESC+PY PCX File Call ...........................................................................................................278 13.14 ESC+T1 Memory card 16×16 dots External Font Registration .........................................279 13.15 ESC+T2 Memory card 24×24 dots External Font Registration .........................................280 13.16 ESC+K1(K2) Memory Card Horizontal Writing External Character Recall ......................282 13.17 ESC+k1(k2) Memory Card Vertical Writing External Character Recall ............................283 13.18 ESC+BJF Memory Card Initialization ..................................................................................284 13.19 ESC+BJS Print of Memory Card Status ..............................................................................285 13.20 ESC+* Memory Card Clear....................................................................................................286 13.21 ESC+BJ, ESC+BJD Registration of TrueType Font (Compatible Commands) ...............287 13.22 ESC+BJT TrueType Font Call (Compatible Commands)...................................................288 14 Calendar Commands ........................................................................ 289 14.1 ESC+WT Calendar Setting ....................................................................................................289 14.2 ESC+WP Calendar Addition .................................................................................................290 14.3 ESC+WA Calendar Print .......................................................................................................291 14.4 ESC+WU Extended Calendar Print ......................................................................................293 14.5 ESC+WV Calendar Case Format ..........................................................................................295 14.6 ESC+CV Calendar M(Month) and D(Day) Code ..................................................................296 15 Intelligent Commands ...................................................................... 297 15.1 ESC+IK Media Feed Control....................................................................................................297 15.2 ESC+IM Displayed Messages...............................................................................................299 15.3 ESC+IF Internal Buffer Registration ....................................................................................300 15.4 ESC+IB Internal Buffer Recall ..............................................................................................301 15.5 ESC+IC Internal Buffer Data comparison ...........................................................................303 15.6 ESC+I* Internal Buffer Data Print .........................................................................................304 15.7 ESC+I# Exclusive Key Start-End..........................................................................................305 15.8 ESC+IZ Key Input...................................................................................................................307 15.9 ESC+IR Internal Buffer Registration (Received Data)........................................................308 15.10 ESC+IT Data Sending ............................................................................................................310 15.11 ESC+IO External Signal Input/Output..................................................................................312 15.12 ESC+IW Print Start Waiting Time.........................................................................................314 15.13 ESC+IU Internal Buzzer Sound ............................................................................................315 15.14 ESC+I@ Internal Buffer Initialization ...................................................................................316 15.15 ESC+IY Exclusive Display Start-End ...................................................................................317 16 RFID Commands ............................................................................... 318 16.1 ESC+IP0 EPC Code Write .....................................................................................................318 16.2 ESC+IP1 EPC Code Read .....................................................................................................326 16.3 ESC+F EPC Sequential Number...........................................................................................329 16.4 ESC+IP5 Antenna Output Power..........................................................................................330 16.5 ESC+TM Trademark Print .....................................................................................................332 16.6 ESC+TU Printing Tag Data ...................................................................................................333 16.7 ESC+RU TID Return...............................................................................................................336 16.8 ESC+RA RFID Mode Setting.................................................................................................340 17 XML Commands................................................................................343 17.1 ESC+/Y Register Print Template Name ...............................................................................343 17.2 ESC+/X Set XML Variable Name...........................................................................................344 17.3 ESC+/R Remove Print Template ..........................................................................................345 17.4 ESC+/S Set Print Template Name ........................................................................................346 17.5 ESC+/G Get Print Template Information .............................................................................347 17.6 ESC+/A Air Protocols Management.....................................................................................348 INDEX-4 Part 2 Interface Specification ............................................................. 349 1 Overview ............................................................................................ 349 1.1 Overview ...................................................................................................................................349 1.2 Function setting .......................................................................................................................349 1.3 Combination of interfaces.......................................................................................................350 2 Communication Protocol ................................................................. 351 2.1 Communication protocols and Receive Mode......................................................................351 2.2 Return Status............................................................................................................................352 2.2.1 Return status of Status 2 .................................................................................................354 2.2.2 Return status of Status 3 .................................................................................................355 2.2.3 Return status of Status 4 .................................................................................................358 2.2.4 Return status of Status 5 .................................................................................................362 2.2.5 Other return status (Common to Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5).............................372 2.3 READY/BUSY............................................................................................................................381 2.4 XON/XOFF.................................................................................................................................381 2.5 Status 3 .....................................................................................................................................381 2.5.1 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................382 2.5.2 Reference Flowchart ........................................................................................................384 2.6 Status 4 .....................................................................................................................................385 2.6.1 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................385 2.7 Status 5 .....................................................................................................................................387 2.7.1 Receive buffer control......................................................................................................387 2.7.2 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................388 3 RS-232C ............................................................................................. 394 3.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................394 3.2 READY/BUSY............................................................................................................................395 3.2.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................395 3.2.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................395 3.2.3 Timing chart of single item receive ................................................................................396 3.2.4 Timing chart of multiple receive .....................................................................................397 3.3 XON/XOFF.................................................................................................................................398 3.3.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................398 3.3.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................398 3.3.3 Timing chart of single item receive ................................................................................399 3.3.4 Timing chart of multiple receive .....................................................................................400 3.4 Printer Status 5 Return............................................................................................................401 3.4.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................401 3.4.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................401 3.4.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................402 3.5 Status 4 .....................................................................................................................................405 3.5.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................405 3.5.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................405 3.5.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................406 3.6 Printer Status 3 Return............................................................................................................409 3.6.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................409 3.6.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................409 3.6.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................410 3.7 Status 2 .....................................................................................................................................412 3.7.1 Connecting diagram.........................................................................................................412 3.7.2 Explanation of input/output signal .................................................................................412 3.7.3 Timing Chart......................................................................................................................413 3.7.4 Return Status ....................................................................................................................415 3.7.5 Return Sequence ..............................................................................................................416 3.7.6 Reference Flowchart ........................................................................................................418 3.7.7 Note....................................................................................................................................419 4 IEEE1284............................................................................................420 4.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................420 4.2 Connecting diagram ................................................................................................................421 4.3 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................422 4.4 Explanation of input signal .....................................................................................................422 4.5 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................423 4.5.1 Timing chart of single item receive ................................................................................423 4.5.2 Timing chart of multiple receive .....................................................................................425 INDEX-5 5 USB .................................................................................................... 428 5.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................428 5.2 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................428 6 LAN, wireless LAN ............................................................................ 429 6.1 Basic Specifications (LAN) .....................................................................................................429 6.2 Basic Specifications (wireless LAN) ......................................................................................431 6.3 Software Specifications ..........................................................................................................435 6.4 TCP/IP........................................................................................................................................435 6.5 LPD ............................................................................................................................................435 6.6 FTP ............................................................................................................................................436 6.7 TELNET .....................................................................................................................................436 6.7.1 Setting/Display items .......................................................................................................437 6.8 SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) ..................................................................................438 6.8.1 Function.............................................................................................................................438 6.8.2 Operating conditions .......................................................................................................438 6.8.3 Operation Sequence.........................................................................................................439 6.9 HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol).....................................................................................440 6.9.1 LAN settings......................................................................................................................440 6.9.2 Wireless LAN settings......................................................................................................440 6.10 SNMP specification (Simple Network Management Protocol) ............................................441 6.10.1 Supported MIB ..................................................................................................................441 6.10.2 Printer error information..................................................................................................442 6.10.2.1 Error and warning MIB correspondence table.......................................................442 6.10.2.2 Supplemental explanation .......................................................................................443 6.11 Setting the IP Address.............................................................................................................444 6.12 Wireless LAN settings .............................................................................................................445 6.12.1 Setting item list .................................................................................................................445 6.12.2 Combinations of wireless settings and necessary items.............................................447 6.12.3 802.1x authentication and certification ..........................................................................448 6.13 Socket Communication ...........................................................................................................449 6.13.1 Port Number ......................................................................................................................450 6.14 Connection and disconnection of session ...........................................................................451 6.15 Printer status ............................................................................................................................452 6.16 Note ...........................................................................................................................................454 6.16.1 Common to LAN/Wireless LAN interface.......................................................................454 6.16.2 Wireless LAN interface ....................................................................................................454 6.16.3 LAN Interface ....................................................................................................................454 7 Bluetooth ........................................................................................... 455 7.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................455 7.2 Bluetooth settings....................................................................................................................456 7.3 CRC Transmission Data ..........................................................................................................456 7.4 Calculation Example of CRC...................................................................................................457 7.5 Transmission Data Example ...................................................................................................458 7.6 CRC errors ................................................................................................................................459 7.7 Transmission Sequence..........................................................................................................460 7.7.1 Normal end ........................................................................................................................460 7.7.1.1 Status 4 (when CRC check is enabled)...................................................................460 7.7.1.2 Status 3 (when CRC check is enabled)...................................................................461 7.7.1.3 Status 4 (when CRC check is disabled)..................................................................462 7.7.1.4 Status 3 (when CRC check is disabled)..................................................................463 7.7.2 Disconnection During Print data sending......................................................................464 7.7.2.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ...................................464 7.7.2.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ..................................464 7.7.3 Disconnection during status sending after print data reception ................................465 7.7.3.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ...................................465 7.7.3.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4) ..................................465 7.7.4 Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled ..................................................................466 7.7.4.1 At the CRC error (common to Status 3 and 4) .......................................................466 7.7.4.2 At the communication time out (common to Status 3 and 4)...............................466 7.7.5 State transition diagram matrix (at host) .......................................................................467 7.7.5.1 Status 3 ......................................................................................................................467 7.7.5.2 Status 4 ......................................................................................................................468 7.7.5.3 State transition diagram matrix (at product)..........................................................469 INDEX-6 8 External signal interface .................................................................. 470 8.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................470 8.2 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................472 8.3 Explanation of input/output signal.........................................................................................473 9 USB Host ........................................................................................... 479 9.1 Basic Specifications ................................................................................................................479 9.2 Connector Pin Assignment.....................................................................................................479 10 Note .................................................................................................... 480 INDEX-7 Part 1 Programming Reference 1 List of Commands The following are the commands specified in the Specification for Command. Control Commands No. Command 5.1 ESC+A <A> 5.2 ESC+Z <Z> 5.3 ESC+Q <Q> 5.4 ESC+ID <ID> 5.5 ESC+WK <WK> Print Position Commands No. Command 6.1 ESC+H <H> 6.2 ESC+V <V> Modification Commands No. Command 7.1 ESC+P <P> 7.2 ESC+L <L> 7.3 ESC+PS <PS> 7.4 ESC+PR <PR> 7.5 ESC+% <%> 7.6 ESC+F <F> 7.7 ESC+FW <FW> 7.8 ESC+FC <FC> 7.9 ESC+FT <FT> 7.10 ESC+( <(> 7.11 ESC+KC <KC> 7.12 ESC+& <&> 7.13 ESC+/ </> 7.14 ESC+0 <0> 7.15 ESC+WD <WD> 7.16 ESC+J <J> 7.17 ESC+RF <RF> 7.18 ESC+RM <RM> 7.19 ESC+WN <WN> 7.20 ESC+WS <WS> 7.21 ESC+CE <CE> 7.22 ESC+KS <KS> Function Start of Data Transmission End of Data Transmission Print Quantity Job ID Numbering Job Name Function Horizontal Print Position Vertical Print Position Function Character Pitch Enlargement Proportional Pitch Release of Proportional Pitch Rotation Sequential Numbering Print of Lines and Boxes Print of Circles Print of Triangles Black and White Reverse Print Character Code Registration of Form Overlay Form Overlay call Partial Editing Partial Copying Print of Journal Call and Print of Font & Logo Mirror Image Work Shift Information Print of Work Shift Information European Code Page Kanji Font Type Font Commands No. Command 8.1 ESC+XU 8.2 ESC+XS 8.3 ESC+XM 8.4 ESC+XB 8.5 ESC+XL 8.6 ESC+OA 8.7 ESC+OB 8.8 ESC+$ 8.9 ESC+$= 8.10 ESC+RD 8.11 ESC+K1 8.12 ESC+K2 8.13 ESC+K8 8.14 ESC+K9 8.15 ESC+k1 8.16 ESC+k2 8.17 ESC+k8 8.18 ESC+k9 8.19 ESC+T1 <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <$> <$=> <RD> <K1> <K2> <K8> <K9> <k1> <k2> <k8> <k9> <T1> Function XU Font (Default Font size: 5 x 9 dots) XS Font (Default Font size: 17 x 17 dots) XM Font (Default Font size: 24 x 24 dots) XB Font (Default Font size: 48 x 48 dots) XL Font (Default Font size: 48 x 48 dots) OCR-A Font OCR-B Font Shape of Outline Font Print of Outline Font CG Font 16 x 16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji 24 x 24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji 16 x 16 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters 24 x 24 dots Horizontal Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters 16 x 16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji 24 x 24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji 16 x 16 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters 24 x 24 dots Vertical Writing Kanji with One-byte Characters Registration of 16 x 16 dots External Characters 1 On page 10 11 12 13 14 On page 15 16 On page 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 34 35 36 38 39 40 43 On page 44 46 48 50 52 54 56 58 59 61 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 8.20 ESC+T2 <T2> Registration of 24 x 24 dots External Characters 75 8.21 ESC+K1(K2) <K1(K2)> Call of Horizontal Writing External Character 77 8.22 ESC+k1(k2) <k1(k2)> Call of Vertical Writing External Character 78 8.23 ESC+U <U> U Font (Default Font size: 5 x 9 dots) 79 8.24 ESC+S <S> S Font (Default Font size: 8 x 15 dots) 81 8.25 ESC+M <M> M Font (Default Font size: 13 x 20 dots) 83 8.26 ESC+WB <WB> WB Font (Default Font size: 18 x 30 dots) 85 8.27 ESC+WL <WL> WL Font (Default Font size: 28 x 52 dots) 87 8.28 ESC+RG <RG> Multiple Language Font 89 Barcode Commands No. Command 9.1 ESC+B <B> 9.2 ESC+D <D> 9.3 ESC+D to ESC+d <D>~<d> 9.4 ESC+BD <BD> 9.5 ESC+BT <BT> 9.6 ESC+BW <BW> 9.7 ESC+BI <BI> 9.8 ESC+BC <BC> 9.9 ESC+BG <BG> 9.10 ESC+BP <BP> 9.11 ESC+BF <BF> 9.12 ESC+BL <BL> 9.13 ESC+BL to ESC+d <BL>~<d> 9.14 ESC+BM <BM> 9.15 ESC+EU <EU> 9.16 ESC+BS <BS> Function Barcode (Ratio 1:3) Barcode (Ratio 1:2) Barcode (Selection of HRI) Barcode (Ratio 2:5) Registration of Barcode Width Ratio Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) (Standard Carton ID Only) CODE93 Barcode CODE128 (128A,128B,128C) Barcode POSTNET UPC Add-on Code (BOOKLAND) UPC-A Barcode (Without HRI) UPC-A Barcode (Selection of HRI) UPC-A Barcode (With HRI) Composite Symbol USPS Barcode On page 93 95 97 98 100 101 104 106 108 112 114 116 117 119 120 124 2D Code Commands No. Command 10.1 ESC+2D10 <2D10> 10.2 ESC+2D12 <2D12> 10.3 ESC+2D20 <2D20> 10.4 ESC+2D30 <2D30> 10.5 ESC+2D31 <2D31> 10.6 ESC+2D32 <2D32> 10.7 ESC+2D50 <2D50> 10.8 ESC+2D51 <2D51> 10.9 ESC+BQ <BQ> 10.10 ESC+BV <BV> 10.11 ESC+BK <BK> 10.12 ESC+BX <BX> 10.13 ESC+DC <DC> 10.14 ESC+FX <FX> 10.15 ESC+2D70 <2D70> 10.16 ESC+2D34 <2D34> Function PDF417 Micro PDF417 MAXI Code QR Code (Model 2) QR Code (Model 1) Micro QR Code Data Matrix (ECC200) GS1 Data Matrix QR Code (Compatible Commands) Maxi Code (Compatible Commands) PDF417 (Compatible Commands) Data Matrix (ECC200) (Compatible Commands) Data Matrix (ECC200) Data (Compatible Commands) Data Matrix (ECC200) Sequential Numbering (Compatible Commands) Aztec Barcode (still in consideration) GS1 QR code (Model 2) On page 126 129 132 134 138 141 166 169 172 197 199 202 203 204 206 209 Graphic Commands No. Command 11.1 ESC+G <G> 11.2 ESC+GM <GM> 11.3 ESC+GP <GP> Function Print of Graphic Print of BMP File Print of PCX File On page 238 239 240 System Commands No. Command 12.1 ESC+CS <CS> 12.2 ESC+#F <#F> 12.3 ESC+A1 <A1> 12.4 ESC+A3 <A3> 12.5 ESC+EP <EP> 12.6 ESC+* <*> 12.7 ESC+ <> 12.8 ESC+C <C> 12.9 ESC+PG <PG> 12.10 ESC+PC <PC> 12.11 ESC+E <E> Function Print Speed Print Darkness Label Size Base Offset setting Print End Position Clear Offline Reprint Registration of Printer Operation Registration of Printer Operation Auto Linefeed 2 On page 241 242 243 245 246 247 248 249 250 253 256 12.12 12.13 12.14 12.15 12.16 ESC+KM ESC+KG ESC+LD ESC+PO ESC+#J <KM> <KG> <LD> <PO> <#J> Kanji Mincho Kanji Gothic User Download Offset Job Modification Memory Card Commands No. Command 13.1 ESC+CC <CC> 13.2 ESC+&S <&S> 13.3 ESC+&R <&R> 13.4 ESC+YS <YS> 13.5 ESC+/N </N> 13.6 ESC+YR <YR> 13.7 ESC+/D </D> 13.8 ESC+GI <GI> 13.9 ESC+GR <GR> 13.10 ESC+GT <GT> 13.11 ESC+GC <GC> 13.12 ESC+PI <PI> 13.13 ESC+PY <PY> 13.14 ESC+T1 <T1> 13.15 ESC+T2 <T2> 13.16 ESC+K1 ESC+K2 <K1> <K2> 13.17 ESC+k1 ESC+k2 <k1> <k2> 13.18 ESC+BJF <BJF> 13.19 ESC+BJS <BJS> 13.20 ESC+* <*> 13.21 ESC+BJ ESC+BJD <BJ> <BJD> 13.22 ESC+BJT <BJT> Calendar Commands No. Command 14.1 ESC+WT <WT> 14.2 ESC+WP <WP> 14.3 ESC+WA <WA> 14.4 ESC+WU <WU> 14.5 ESC+WV <WV> 14.6 ESC+CV <CV> Intelligent Commands No. Command 15.1 ESC+IK <IK> 15.2 ESC+IM <IM> 15.3 ESC+IF <IF> 15.4 ESC+IB <IB> 15.5 ESC+IC <IC> 15.6 ESC+I* <I*> 15.7 ESC+I# <I#> 15.8 ESC+IZ <IZ> 15.9 ESC+IR <IR> 15.10 ESC+IT <IT> 15.11 ESC+IO <IO> 15.12 ESC+IW <IW> 15.13 ESC+IU <IU> 15.14 ESC+I@ <I@> 15.15 ESC+IY <IY> Function Card Slot for Use Registration of Form Overlay Form Overlay Call Registration of Format Registration of Field Format Call Print of Field Registration of Graphic Graphic Call Registration of BMP File BMP File Call Registration of PCX File PCX File Call Memory Card 16x16 dots External Font Registration Memory Card 24x24 dots External Font Registration Memory Card Horizontal Writing External Character Recall Memory Card Vertical Writing External Character Recall Memory Card Initialization Memory Card Status Memory Card Clear Registration of TrueType Font (Compatible Commands) TrueType Font Call (Compatible Commands) Function Calendar Setting Calendar Addition Calendar Print Extended Calendar Print Calendar Case Format Calendar M(Month) and D(Day) Code Function Media Feed Control Displayed Messages Internal Buffer Registration Internal Buffer Recall Internal Buffer Data Comparison Internal Buffer Data Print Exclusive Key Start-End Key Input Internal Buffer Registration (Received Data) Data Sending External Signal Input/Output Print Start Waiting Time Internal Buzzer Sound Internal Buffer Initialization Exclusive Display Start-End 257 258 259 260 261 On page 262 263 266 267 269 270 271 272 274 275 276 277 278 279 280 282 283 284 285 286 287 288 On page 289 290 291 293 295 296 On page 297 299 300 301 303 304 305 307 308 310 312 314 315 316 317 3 RFID Commands No. Command 16.1 ESC+IP0 16.2 ESC+IP1 16.3 ESC+F 16.4 ESC+IP5 16.5 ESC+TM 16.6 ESC+TU 16.7 ESC+RU 16.8 ESC+RA <IP0> <IP1> <F> <IP5> <TM> <TU> <RU> <RA> Function EPC code write EPC code read EPC Sequential number Antenna output power Trademark print Printing tag data TID Return RFID mode setting XML Commands No. Command 17.1 ESC+/Y 17.2 ESC+/X 17.3 ESC+/R 17.4 ESC+/S 17.5 ESC+/G 17.6 ESC+/A </Y> </X> </R> </S> </G> </A> Function Register Print Template Name Set XML Variable Name Remove Print Template Set Print Template Name Get Print Template Information Air Protocols Management On page 318 326 329 330 332 333 336 340 On page 343 344 345 346 347 348 4 2 Initial Value of Operation Settings The initial values of operation setting are as follows: [S84-ex] Item Print speed Range of print darkness 8 dots/mm 6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16 A 12 dots/mm 6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14 A 24dots/mm 3 inches/s Range: 2, 3, 4, 5, 6 A Print darkness Start point correction 6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0 6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0 6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 +0 Designation of proportional pitch Proportional pitch Proportional pitch Proportional pitch [S86-ex] Item Print speed Range of print darkness Print darkness Start point correction Designation of proportional pitch 8 dots/mm 6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 13, 14, A 12 dots/mm 6 inches/s Range: 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11, 12, A 6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0 6 Range: 1, 2, 3, 4, 5,6,7,8,9,10 + 0 Proportional pitch Proportional pitch 5 3 List of Fonts When using the internal fonts, specify ESC + Font Type command. Font name OCR-A (8 dots/mm) OCR-B (8 dots/mm) OCR-A (12 dots/mm) OCR-B(12 dots/mm) OCR-A (24 dots/mm) OCR-B (24 dots/mm) XU XS XM XB XL U S M WB WL K1(k1) K2(k2) K8(k8) K9(k9) $ (Designation of shape) $= (Designation of print) RD RG Font Type Bitmap [OCR-A font] Bitmap [OCR-B font] Bitmap [OCR-A font] Bitmap [OCR-B font] Bitmap [OCR-A font] Bitmap [OCR-B font] Bitmap [Helvetica] Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] Bitmap [Universe Condensed Bold] Bitmap [Sans Serif] Bitmap [U font] Bitmap [S font] Bitmap [M font] Bitmap [WB font] Bitmap [WL font] Bitmap " Simplified Chinese", "Korean" Bitmap "Simplified Chinese", "Traditional Chinese", "Korean" Bitmap "Traditional Chinese", "Korean" Bitmap "Simplified Chinese", "Traditional Chinese", "Korean" Outline font CG font [CG Times] CG font [CG Triumvirate] SATOVICA SATOGAMMA Thai, Arabic 15×22 dots 20×24 dots 22×33 dots 30×36 dots 44×66 dots 60×72 dots 5× 9 dots 17×17 dots 24×24 dots 48×48 dots 48×48 dots 5×9 dots 8×15 dots 13×20 dots 18×30 dots 28×52 dots 16x16 dots 24x24 dots 16x16 dots 24x24 dots Pitch Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed/Proportional Fixed 6 Font Enlargement Internal font can be enlarged up to 36. For instance, if the standard font of W5(dots) x H9(dots) multiplied by 3 = W15(dots) x H27(dots). Parameter writing method of printed character is as follows. Width x Enlargement rate = Width parameter setting value Height x Enlargement rate = Height parameter setting value Enlargement specification <L> controls font size so that the parameter can be specified in ratio. If specifying <L> 0304, the font size will be enlarged 3 times the width and 4 times the height from its standard size. In this case, character pitch will be automatically widened. Fixed Pitch and Proportional Pitch Print of Fixed Pitch and Proportional Pitch are available for XU to XL fonts, Outline font, and CG font. To select Proportional Pitch, specify Proportional Pitch <PS> or Release of Proportional Pitch <PR>, or go to the USER Mode of printer LCD. Proportional pitch may vary depending on the font type. Fixed pitch will be adjusted to the width of characters based on the individual font size. Difference between Outline Font and Bitmap Font For Bitmap font, its height and width are already fixed and featured in the product. The actual height of bitmap font is slightly larger than its width. Bitmap font is the largest size of font matrix. For the type and size of font, see the list above. Outline font, when the height and width are set correctly, can create a font mostly well-balanced, which is done by means of a function of smooth-scaling algorithm in the product. Different font styles, such as outline characters, character decoration, and shaded italic, can also be selected. 7 4 Example of Command Reference 1 7.2 Modification 2 3 Enlargement ESC+L 4 Hexadecimal ESC L Parameter 5 code <1B>16 <4C>16 6 Initial value aa = 01, bb = 01 aabb 7 When the power switch is OFF Valid range and term of command Valid range within items Valid range between items 8 [Function] Specifying the enlargement ratio of print font. 9 [Format] <L>aabb The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is valid until next specification is made. The set parameter becomes initial value at the next item <A>. Parameter aa[Horizontal enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36 bb[Vertical enlargement ratio] = Valid range: 01 to 36 10 [Coding Example] Horizontal enlargement ratio: 4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3 times <A> <V>100H200P3L0403XMABCD <Q>2 <Z> 11 [Note] The character pitch is enlarged at the same time. When the character pitch command <P> is also used, the parameter of horizontal enlargement ratio specified by the enlargement command <L> becomes valid with the next character pitch <P>. 12 [Remark] When enlarging, design the print format so that the image will not exceed the printable area. 13 [Valid Commands] Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <OA> <OB> <K1> <K2> <K8> <K9> <k1> <k2> <k8> <k9> <U> <S> <M> <WB> <WL> Modification Graphic Memory Card <P> <G> <TU> <RF> <GM> <GC> <GP> <PY> 1. Command classification There are "Control", "Print position", "Modification", "Font", "Barcode", "2D code", "Graphics", "System", "Memory card", "Enhanced function", and "Calendar." 2. Command name 3. Command code 4. Command in HEX code 5. Parameter added to the command 6. Command default 8 7. Command valid range - When the power switch is OFF (1) The set parameter is maintained. (2) The set parameter is not maintained. (3) The set command is not maintained. - Valid range within item (1) The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. (2) The parameter preset will be invalid. (3) The set command becomes invalid. - Valid range between items (1) The set parameter becomes the default value with the next item <A>. (2) The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. (3) The set parameter becomes invalid. (4) The set command becomes invalid. 8. Command function overview 9. Command and necessary parameter <L>AABB means ESC+L(<1B>16<4C>16) and 2 kinds of parameter AA and BB. 10. Command coding examples The below is when the coding example is output via RS-232C to the product in BASIC language programing: 10 ESC$=CHR$(&H1B) 20 OPEN "COM1:9600N81RSBIN" FOR OUTPUT AS #1 30 PRINT #1ESC$"A" 40 PRINT #1ESC$"V100"ESC$"H200" 50 PRINT #1ESC$"P3"ESC$"L0403" 60 PRINT #1ESC$"XMABCD" 70 PRINT #1ESC$"Q2" 80 PRINT #1ESC$"Z" 90 CLOSE #1 100 END 11. Supplemental explanation of command function and parameter 12. Remarks or restrictions when using the command 13. Commands affected by using the command 9 5 Control Commands 5.1 Control 5.1 ESC+A Start of Data Transmission Start of Data Transmission ESC+A Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil A <41>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid. [Function] Specifying the start of data transmission. [Format] <A> [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Indicates the start of the item and to be placed at the head of the item. 2. Use <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> as a set of commands. [Remarks] 1. Setting value of all commands excluding a part of system commands will be set to default. 2. If not specified this command, printing will not be performed. 10 5.2 Control 5.2 ESC+Z End of Data Transmission End of Data Transmission ESC+Z Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil Z <5A>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid. [Function] Specifying the end of data transmission. [Format] <Z> [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Indicates the end of the item and to be placed at the tail of the item. 2. Use Start of Data Transmission <A> and <Z> as a set of commands. [Remark] If not specified this command, printing will not be performed. 11 5.3 Control 5.3 ESC+Q Print Quantity Print Quantity ESC+Q Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 aaaaaa=1 Q <51>16 Parameter aaaaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the number of labels to print. [Format] <Q>aaaaaa Parameter a[Number of labels to print] = Valid range: [Coding Example] Number of labels: 2 <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> 1 to 999999 [Notes] 1. Print contents specified by Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> are regarded as 1 label, and the number of reprints can be specified. 2. Use this command prior to End of Data Transmission <Z>. [Remark] The reprint will be performed based on the specified print quantity. If specifying Sequential Numbering <F>, the value of sequential number that was set up for that field portion will print. 12 5.4 Control 5.4 ESC+ID Job ID Number Job ID Number ESC+ID Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 a=<20>16 ID <49>16<44>16 Parameter aa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying job ID number for status return. [Format] <ID>aa <ID>aaaaa Parameter a[Job ID number] = Valid range: 00 to 99 (2 digits) ****** or 00000 to 99999 (5 digits) [Coding Example] Job ID number: 01 <A> <ID>01 <V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6 <$=>SATOPRINTER <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. When a status return is used for communication protocol, the specified job ID No. can be set to the telegraphic status. 2. Status can be confirmed sending status request (ENQ). 3. Include this command within an item and use when printing with Start of Data Transmission <A> ~ End of Data Transmission <Z>. 4. The valid range of the job ID is "00000 - 99999" and "*****" when using Status 5. When "*****" is specified, the item is not controlled by the job ID number. [Remarks] 1. In status return communication protocol, this command becomes valid when a status request (ENQ) is received while printing (Including when QTY0, Offline and Error). 2. In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and returned. 3. When Job ID Number <ID> is used more than twice within the items of <A> and <Z>, the last specified value becomes valid. 4. For more information, refer to the "Interface Specifications" 13 5.5 Control 5.5 ESC+WK Job Name Job Name ESC+WK Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC WK <1B>16 <57>16<4B>16 aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa =<20>16 Parameter aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying a job name for status return. [Format] <WK>aaaaaaaaaaaaaaaa Parameter a[Job Name] = ASCII code 16-digit, Shift JIS Kanji 8-digit [Coding Example] Job name: SATO <A> <ID>01 <WK>SATO <V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6 <$=>SATOPRINTER <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. When Status4 is used for communication protocol, specified job name can be set to the telegraphic status. 2. Status can be confirmed sending status request (ENQ). 3. Include this command within an item and use when printing with Start of Data Transmission <A> ~ End of Data Transmission <Z>. 4. This command can be used in combination with Job ID Number <ID>. [Remarks] 1. In status return communication protocol, this command becomes valid when a status request (ENQ) is received while printing (Including when QTY0, Offline and Error). 2. In status return communication protocol, if status request (ENQ) is received when printing is not in progress (QTY=0, No received data when power is ON), space (20H) will be set to status and returned. 3. When this command is used more than twice within the item of <A> and <Z>, the last specified value becomes valid. 4. For more information, refer to the "Interface Specifications". 5. If assigning over 17 characters to a job name, the excess characters are ignored. 14 6 Print Position Commands 6.1 Print Position 6.1 ESC+H Horizontal Print Position Horizontal Print Position ESC+H Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 aaaa=1 H <48>16 Parameter aaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying horizontal print position from its start point by dot. [Format] <H>aaaa Parameter a[Horizontal Print Position] = Refer to the table below. [Coding Example] Horizontal print position: 200 dots <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> [Note] Specifying the start of the horizontal position for the printing of text, barcode, ruled line and graphic. [Remarks] 1. Any contents such as text, barcode and graphic exceeding the printable area will not print. 2. When specifying "0" for print position, the operation is the same as when setting to "1". [Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter] [S84-ex] Head density Initial value 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 1 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 1 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 1 Valid range (dots) 1 to 832 1 to 1248 1 to 2496 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Initial value 1 1 Valid range (dots) 1 to 1340 1 to 2010 [Valid Commands] Font Barcode 2D code Composite symbol Modification Graphic Memory card <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50> <EU> <WD> <G> <GR> <XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX> <XM> <K9> <RG> <BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51> <XB> <k1> <BI> <BL><d> <2D20> <XL> <k2> <D> <BM> <BV> <FW> <GM> <GC> <(> <GP> <PY> <RF> <FC> <OA> <k8> <OB> <k9> <RD> <U> <D><d> <BD> <BT> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <FT> <RM> <%A> <$=> <S> <BW> <BQ> <WS> <K1> <M> <BP> <2D33> 15 6.2 Print Position 6.2 ESC+V Vertical Print Position Vertical Print Position ESC+V Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 aaaaa=1 V <56>16 Parameter aaaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying vertical print position from its start point by dot. [Format] <V>aaaaa Parameter a[Vertical Print Position] = Refer to the table below. [Coding Example] Vertical print position: 100 dots <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specifying the start of the vertical position for the printing of text, barcode, ruled line and graphics. 2. When specifying "0" for print position, the operation is the same as when setting to "1". [Remark] Any contents such as text, barcode and graphic exceeding the printable area will not print. [Initial Value and Valid Range of Parameter] [S84-ex] Head density Initial value 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 1 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 1 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 1 Valid range (dots) 1 to 20000 1 to 18000 1 to 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Initial value 1 1 Valid range (dots) 1 to 9992 1 to 14988 [Valid Commands] Font Barcode 2D code Composite symbol Modification Graphic Memory card <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50> <EU> <WD> <G> <GR> <XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX> <FW> <GM> <GC> <XM> <XB> <K9> <k1> <RG> <BG> <BI> <BL> <BL><d> <2D12> <2D20> <2D51> <XL> <k2> <D> <BM> <BV> <OA> <k8> <OB> <k9> <D><d> <BD> <2D30> <2D31> <RD> <U> <BT> <2D32> <$=> <S> <BW> <BQ> <(> <GP> <PY> <RF> <FC> <FT> <RM> <%A> <WS> <K1> <M> <BP> <2D33> 16 7 Modification Commands 7.1 Modification 7.1 ESC+P Character Pitch Character Pitch ESC+P Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 aa=02 P <50>16 Parameter aa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying character pitch by dot. [Format] <P>aa Parameter a[Character pitch] = Valid range: [Coding Example] Character pitch: 10 <A> <V>100<H>200<P>10<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> 00 to 99 dots [Notes] 1. Character pitch means the character gap or font gap when selecting font or barcode. 2. The specified character pitch will be widened based on the ratio of Enlargement <L>. 3. The character pitch command <P> maintains the parameter only in the field. However, when line feed code "CR" is specified by auto line feed command <E>, the parameter is maintained between the fields. This is defaulted back with the data start command <A>. 4. By specifying Character Pitch <P> just before the barcode specification, pitch command becomes valid for barcode module. Object barcode: CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5 For more information, see (3) Intercharacter Gap in [9 Barcode Specification]. 5. Data specification except numeric value or specification of over-digit will give the initial value. [Valid Commands] Font Barcode Modification <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <RF> <XS> <K8> <WL> <D> <XM> <K9> <D><d> <XB> <k1> <BD> <XL> <k2> <OA> <k8> <OB> <k9> <RD> <U> <BT> <BW> <BM> <$=> <S> <K1> <M> 17 7.2 Modification 7.2 ESC+L Enlargement Enlargement ESC+L Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 aa=01,bb=01 L <4C>16 Parameter aabb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying the enlargement ratio of the font. [Format] <L>aabb Parameter a[Horizontal enlargement ratio] = b[Vertical enlargement ratio] = Valid range: Valid range: 01 to 36 01 to 36 [Coding Example] Horizontal enlargement ratio: <A> <V>100<H>200<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> 4 times, Vertical enlargement ratio: 3 times [Note] Enlarges the intercharacter pitch as well. When Character Pitch <P> is used at the same time, the parameter value of the horizontal enlargement ratio specified in Enlargement <L> will be reflected in the subsequent specification <P>. [Remark] If increasing the enlargement ratio, design the print format that does not exceed printable area. [Valid Commands] Font Modification Graphic Memory card <XU> <K9> <P> <G> <GR> <XS> <k1> <RF> <GM> <GC> <XM> <k2> <GP> <PY> <XB> <k8> <XL> <k9> <OA> <U> <OB> <S> <K1> <M> <K2> <K8> <WB> <WL> 18 7.3 Modification 7.3 ESC+PS Proportional Pitch Proportional Pitch ESC+PS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil PS <50>16<53>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying the proportional pitch. [Format] <PS> [Coding Example] <A> <PS> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. If specifying this command, width of alphanumeric becomes narrower than the time when <PS> was not specified. 2. If setting data other than specified, proportional print will not be performed. 3. In the product initial state, [Proportional Pitch] is set to default. Go to the Advanced Mode of the product LCD display when selecting the default setting value (Fixed/Proportional). [Valid Commands] Font Modification <XU> <RF> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <RD> <$=> 19 7.4 Modification 7.4 ESC+PR Release of Proportional RelPeiatcshe of Proportional Pitch ESC+PR Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil PR <50>16<52>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying the release of proportional pitch. [Format] <PR> [Coding Example] <A> <PR> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABCD <Q>2 <Z> [Note] The default status of the product is set to "Proportional pitch". The setting (Fix/Proportional) can be changed in the advanced mode of the product LCD. [Valid Commands] Font Modification <XU> <RF> <XS> <XM> <XB> <XL> <RD> <$=> 20 7.5 Modification 7.5 ESC+% Rotation Rotation ESC+% Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 a=0 % <25>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying the counterclockwise rotation of font and barcode. This is to rotate the print direction in 90º increments without changing the location of the base reference point. [Format] <%>a Parameter a[Rotative direction] = 0: Parallel 1 (0 degree) 1: Serial 1 (90-degree) 2: Parallel 2 (180-degree) 3: Serial 2 (270-degree) [Coding Example] Font rotation: 180-degree, Barcode rotation: <A> <%>2 <V>100<H>400<P>3<L>0403<XM>ABCD <%>1 <V>400<H>200<BD>103160*123* <Q>2 <Z> Parallel 1 [Notes] 1. Position specification of Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> are the absolute value from its base reference point. 2. When the value of the parameter a is set to 4 to 9, the command error occurs and the command is ignored. When other than number is specified, it is also ignored and the image is printed with Parallel 1(0 degree). 3. When printing with Serial 1(90 degrees) or Serial 2(270 degrees), design the narrow bar of the barcode bigger because it may be blurred. When printing with Serial 1(90 degrees) and Serial 2(270 degrees), slow down the print speed. Base reference point Parallel 1 (0 degree) Base reference point Parallel 2 (180 degree) Base reference point Serial 1 (90 degree) Base reference point Serial 2 (270 degree) Label feed direction Label feed direction Label feed direction [Valid Commands] Font Barcode 2D code Composite symbol Graphic System Modification Memory card <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50> <EU> <G> <E> <RF> <GR> <XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX> <GM> <FW> <GC> <XM> <K9> <RG> <BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51> <XB> <k1> <BI> <BL><d> <2D20> <GP> <FC> <PY> <FT> <XL> <k2> <D> <BM> <BV> <(> Label feed direction <OA> <k8> <OB> <k9> <RD> <U> <D><d> <BD> <BT> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <RM> <WS> <$=> <S> <BW> <BQ> <K1> <M> <BP> <2D33> 21 7.6 Modification 7.6 ESC+F Sequential Numbering Sequential Numbering ESC+F Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil F <46>16 Parameter aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Printing sequential fields (text, barcode) where all incrementing is done within the product. [Format] <F>aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f) Parameter a[Number of times to repeat the same data] b[Plus or minus symbol] c[Value of step for sequence] d[Sequential numbering digit quantity] e[Number of digits free from sequential numbering] f[Decimal/Hex sequential numbering] = 1 to 9999 = + : for increments = - : for decrements = 1 to 9999 = 1 to 99 : If digits are omitted, 8 is default. = 0 to 99 : Starting with the rightmost position. If digits are left out, the default is 0. = 0 : Decimal number. If digits are left out, the default is 0 (zero) 1 : Hexadecimal [Coding Example] Number of times to repeat the same data: 1, Plus or minus symbol: + Value of step for sequence: 1, Sequential numbering digit quantity: 5 Number of digits free from sequential numbering: 0 <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202 <F>1+1,5,0<XU>10000 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Up to eight different sequential fields can be specified per label. 2. The print data just after the sequential numbering command <F> is the default value of the sequential numbering data. 3. Specify digits more than sequential numbering digit quantity for the sequential numbering data. When this fails, the sequential numbering may not be printed correctly. 4. The sequential numbering and inverse printing command <(> cannot be used together. 5. Auto Linefeed <E> is not available. 6. Font or barcode is necessary to be printed in order to implement sequential numbering print. 7. The sequential numbering digit quantity and the digit of data specify command for the font or barcode are needed to be matched. When this fails, the sequential numbering cannot be implemented. 8. When the print data just after the sequential numbering <F> is sequential numbering invalid command, the sequential numbering will be ignored. [Valid Commands] Font Barcode <XU> <S> <B> <BF> <XS> <M> <BC> <BS> <XM> <WB> <BG> <BL> <XB> <WL> <BI> <BL><d> <XL> <D> <BM> <OA> <D><d> <OB> <BD> <RD> <BT> <$=> <BW> <U> <BP> 22 7.7 Modification 7.7 ESC+FW Print of Lines and Boxes Print of Lines and Boxes ESC+FW Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil FW <46>16<57>16 Parameter Ruled line: Closing line: aabccccc(Peeeeeeee) aabbVcccccHddddd(Peeeeeeee) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Printing horizontal lines, vertical lines, and boxes as images on the label. [Format] <FW>aabccccc(Peeeeeeee) Print of lines Parameter a[Line width] b[Specification of horizontal/vertical direction] c[Length of line in dots] e[Line pattern] = Valid range = H = V = Valid range = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots : Horizontal line : Vertical line : Refer to the table below. : 01 to FFFFFFFF (omissible) <FW> aabbVcccccHddddd(Peeeeeeee) Print of boxes Parameter a[Vertical line width] b[Horizontal line width] c[Vertical line length] d[Horizontal line length] e[Line pattern] = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range : 02 to 99 dots : 02 to 99 dots : Refer to the table below. : Refer to the table below. : 01 to FFFFFFFF (omissible) [Coding Example 1] Lines [Line width: 4], [Specification of Horizontal direction], [Length of line in dots: 400] Boxes [Vertical line width: 8], [Horizontal line width: 8], [Vertical line length: 300], [Horizontal line length: 400] <A> <V>100<H>200<FW>04H400 <V>300<H>200<FW>0808V300H400 <Q>2 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Lines [Line width: 4], [Specification of Horizontal direction], [Length of line in dots: 400], line pattern: F0F0F0F0 Boxes [Vertical line width: 8], [Horizontal line width: 8], [Vertical line length: 300], [Horizontal line length: 400], line pattern: F0F0F0F0 <A> <V>100<H>200<FW>04H400PF0F0F0F0 <V>300<H>200<FW>0808V300H400PF0F0F0F0 <Q>2 <Z> line pattern: F0F0F0F0 4 dots 4 dots 23 [Notes] 1. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error. 2. Specify the line width of the horizontal direction for more than 0.166 mm according to the list below. Head density Line width 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) More than 2 dots 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) More than 2 dots 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) More than 4 dots 3. In case of the ruled line, when the line width of the vertical line is widened, the right side against the feed direction is widened. When the line width of the horizontal line is widened, the below against the feed direction is widened. 4. In case of frame line, the line will be widened for inside. 5. Please specify 8 digits bit pattern for the ruled line. (1 digit = 4 bits, 1 bit = 1 dot) 6. When the ruled pattern is less than 8 digits, data are generated repeatedly from the specified data until it becomes 8 digits data. Example) When ruled line pattern "FOC" is specified, ruled line pattern "FOCFOCFO" is generated. 7. When a pattern is specified, the image is generated in 4 bytes of the drawing area. When the print base reference point is not in 4 bytes, the image is misaligned for 1 dot because the data are generated from in the middle of the pattern. [Valid Range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Valid range (dots) Horizontal line length Vertical line length 1 to 832 1 to 20000 1 to 1248 1 to 18000 1 to 2496 1 to 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Valid range (dots) Horizontal line length Vertical line length 1 to 1340 1 to 9992 1 to 2010 1 to 14988 24 7.8 Modification 7.8 ESC+FC Print of Circles Print of Circles ESC+FC Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil FC <46>16<43>16 Parameter ,aaa,bbb(,c,d) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the print of circles. [Format] <FC>,aaa,bbb(,c,d) Parameter a[Radius] = b[Line width] = c[Sectional number] = Valid range: Valid range: Valid range: d[Pattern] = Valid range: Sectional number 5 to 999 dots 1 to 999 dots 0 to 8 If digits are omitted, the default is 0 (zero). See the details listed below. 0 to 3 If digits are omitted, the default is 0 (zero). 0: Solid line (black) 1: Gray 1 2: Gray 2 3: Gray 3 Section 0 Section 1 Section 2 Section 3 Section 4 Section 5 Section 6 Section 7 Section 8 [Coding Example] Solid line circle of 100 dots in radius, 8 dots in line width <A> <V>200<H>200 <FC>,100,8,0,0 <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. When a section number value outside of the range is specified, it will be processed as "0". In this case, this will not be a command error. 2. When the pattern designation value outside of the range is specified, it will be processed as "0". In this case, this will not be a command error. 3. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error. 4. This command sets the base reference point to the center of a circle. 0,0 <V>200 <H>200 100 in radius 5. This command can be registered to the format. 6. In case of frame line, the line will be widened for inside. [Valid range] Model S84-ex series S86-ex series Radius 5 to 999 5 to 999 Valid range (dots) Line width 1 to 999 1 to 999 25 7.9 Modification 7.9 ESC+FT Print of Triangles Print of Triangles ESC+FT Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil FT <46>16<54>16 Parameter ,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the print of triangles. [Format] <FT>,aaaa,bbbb(,cccc,d) Parameter a[Side length] = b[Line width] = c[Base length] = d[Pattern] = Valid range: 10 to 2000 dots Valid range: 1 to 1000 dots Valid range: 10 to 2000 dots The base length can be omitted and its value will be equal to the side length. Valid range: 0 to 3 If digits are omitted, the default is 0 (zero). 0: Solid line (black) 1: Gray 1 2: Gray 2 3: Gray 3 [Coding Example] ide length: <A> <V>100<H>200 <FT>,100,8,100,0 <Q>1 <Z> 100 dots, Line width: 8 dots, Base length: 100 dots [Notes] 1. When the pattern value outside of the range is specified, it will be processed as "0". In this case, this will not be a command error. 2. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error. 3. When the side length is not equal to the base length, printing will not be performed due to command error. 4. This command sets the base reference point to the apex of a triangle. 0,0 <V>100 <H>200 a a : Side length b : Base length a b 5. This command can be registered to the format. 6. When the line is widened, the line will be widened for inside. 7. When the length of the base is an odd number, it will be even number automatically by adding 1 to the base length. [Valid range] Model S84-ex series S86-ex series Side length 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 Valid range (dots) Line width 1 to 1000 1 to 1000 Base length 10 to 2000 10 to 2000 26 7.10 Modification 7.10 ESC+( Black and White Reverse Print Black and White Reverse Print ESC+( Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil ( <28>16 Parameter aaaa,bbbbb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Reversing and printing an image area from black to white and vice versa. [Format] <(>aaaa,bbbbb Parameter A[Horizontal length in dots of the reverse image area] = B[Vertical height in dots of the reverse image area] = Refer to the table below Refer to the table below [Coding Example] Horizontal length in dots of reverse image area: 70 <A> <V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC <V>50<H>50<(>200,70 <Q>2 <Z> 200, Vertical height in dots of reverse image area: H50(dots) V50(dots) 70(dots) Label feed direction 200(dots) [Notes] 1. Specify this command after the print data to be reversed. When this command is specified before the print data to be reversed, the image is printed in black and not reversed. 2. To set print start position, specify Horizontal Print Position <H> and Vertical Print Position <V> prior to this command. 3. When the print start position is outside of the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error. [Remark] Keep the black printable area under 30% of overall label. [Valid range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Valid range (dots) Reverse area in horizontal direction Reverse area in vertical direction 8 to 832 8 to 20000 8 to 1248 8 to 18000 8 to 2496 8 to 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Valid range (dots) Reverse area in horizontal direction Reverse area in vertical direction 8 to 1340 8 to 9992 8 to 2010 8 to 14988 27 7.11 Modification 7.11 ESC+KC Character Code Character Code ESC+KC Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 a=0 KC <4B>16<43>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specify the character code. Normally, the character code is specified in the user mode of the product, however, the character code can be changed temporary with this character code command <KC>. [Format] <KC>a Parameter a[Character code] = 2 : 3 : UTF-16 UTF-8 [Coding Example 1] In case of UTF-8 <A> <KC>2 <CC>1 <V>100<H>200<P>2<RD>S00,40,40,<E5 B6 B7>16 <Q>2 <Z> [Coding Example 2] In case of UTF-16 <A> <KC>3 <CC>1 <V>100<H>200<P>2<RD>S00,40,40,<5D B7>16 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command is not necessary to specify at the normal label printing. 2. This command can be used more than one time in the same item. 28 7.12 Modification 7.12 ESC+& Registration of Form Overlay Registration of Form Overlay ESC+& Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil & <26>16 Parameter (aabb) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Storing a label image in the volatile form overlay memory. [Format] <&>(aabb) Parameter a[Registration key] b[Comment] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (omissible) = Maximum 16 bytes (omissible) [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>50<FW>1010V800H750 <V>100<H>50<FW>0505V760H710 <V>150<H>100<XB>0MODEL <&>01DATA1 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command saves fixed print contents to a CF card in the product and then, Form Overlay Call </> combines the contents with drawing of general data to print out. 2. Specify this command at the end of data string that is to be stored. Drawing valid range in form overlay registration is same as printable area. 3. Only 1 format can be registered with the form overlay registration <&>. Any code in the valid range (01-99) can be specified for the registration key. 4. To change the stored data, specify Form Overlay Clear <*&>, then register new data. 5. Invoke stored data by Form Overlay Call</>. 6. When specifying Label Size <A1>, it will be extracted in the specified area. [Valid Commands] Print position Font Barcode 2D code Composite symbol Modification Graphic <V> <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50> <EU> <WD> <G> <H> <XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX> <FW> <GM> <XM> <K9> <RG> <BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51> <XB> <k1> <BI> <BL><d> <2D20> <(> <GP> <RF> <XL> <k2> <D> <BM> <BV> <RM> <OA> <k8> <OB> <k9> <RD> <U> <D><d> <BM> <2D30> <BD> <2D31> <BT> <2D32> <$=> <S> <BW> <BQ> <K1> <M> <BP <2D33> 29 7.13 Modification 7.13 ESC+/ Form Overlay Call Form Overlay Call ESC+/ Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil / <2F>16 Parameter (aa) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Recalling the label image from the form overlay memory for printing. [Format] </>(aa) Parameter a[Registration key] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (omissible) [Coding Example] <A> </>01 <V>200<H>100<P>0<$>B,100,100,6 <$=>SATOPRINTER <V>720<H>150<B>102100*95000012345* <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command invokes the data registered by Registration of Form Overlay <&> to print. 2. When detecting this command in general print data, it will be combined with drawing stored in form overlay and printed. 3. Regarding the registration key specification, an error will not occur even the registration key is different because the registration key is not checked. 30 7.14 Modification 7.14 ESC+0 Partial Editing Partial Editing ESC+0 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 0 <30>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid. [Function] Replacing a specified area of the previous label with new data. [Format] <0> [Coding Example] [DFE], a part of print data, is changed to [123]. <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>DEF <Q>1 <Z> First media <A> <0> <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XM>123 <Q>1 <Z> Second media First media ABC DEF Second media ABC 123 Partial edit Media feed direction [Notes] 1. Use this command to edit only one part of previous print data. 2. Specify the exact same parameters for the image to be replaced as were specified in the original data stream; including rotation, expansion, pitch, etc. This will ensure the new data will exactly replace the old image. 3. A specified portion of the previous data will be cleared. 4. If Rotation <%> is included in the specified editing portion, keep it for partial editing. 5. Use this command with fixed pitch, same font or same digit number. Proportional pitch text cannot be used with this command. 31 7.15 Modification 7.15 ESC+WD Partial Copying Partial Copying ESC+WD Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WD <57>16<44>16 Parameter VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Copying an image from one location to another on the same label. [Format] <WD>VaaaaaHbbbbYcccccXdddd Parameter a[Vertical position of the top left corner of the area] = See the table below b[Horizontal position of the top left corner of the area] = See the table below c[Vertical length of the image area to be copied] = See the table below d[Horizontal length of the image area to be copied] = See the table below [Coding Example] Vertical position of the top left corner of the area: 50 Horizontal position of the top left corner of the area: 50 Vertical length of the image area to be copied: 200 Horizontal length of the image area to be copied: 400 <A> <V>50<H>50<P>2<L>0202<XU>ABCD <V>300<H>100<WD>V50H50Y200X400 <Q>2 <Z> Media direction dddd aaaaa ccccc bbbb Dotted line part indicates the area to be copied. "ABCD" will be printed. [Notes] 1. To locate the destination of the copy, specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> prior to this command. 2. The position of the new target area must not be inside the original image. 3. If the reference area of the target image exceeds the printable area, printing will not be performed due to command error. [Valid Range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Valid range (dots) The horizontal position of The vertical position of the the top left corner of the top left corner of the area area Vertical length of the image Horizontal length of the area to be copied image area to be copied 1 to 832 1 to 20000 1 to 1248 1 to 18000 1 to 2496 1 to 9600 32 [S-86ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Valid range (dots) The horizontal position of The vertical position of the the top left corner of the top left corner of the area area Vertical length of the image Horizontal length of the area to be copied image area to be copied 1 to 1340 1 to 9992 1 to 2010 1 to 14988 * The command error occurs when the image exceeded the printable area due to the difference between the print start position, base reference point and dot number even the parameter is in the valid range. 33 7.16 Modification 7.16 ESC+J Print of Journal Print of Journal ESC+J Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil J <4A>16 Parameter aa+CR<0D>16 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the print of the journal. [Format] <J>aa+CR Parameter a[Journal print column] = Print data CR[Control code (0DH)] [Coding Example] <A> <J> ABCD+CR EFGH+CR <Z> [Notes] 1. Starts journal print from vertical position of 2 dots and horizontal position of 2 dots. 2. Character pitch is set to 2 dots and line pitch is set to 16 dots. 3. Prints in 2 x 2 times of XS font. 4. Use of this command in combination with other commands excluding [Reprint <C>] and [Black and White Reverse Print <(>) is invalid. 5. A line feed is inserted regardless the setting of the ignore CR/LF in this command. 34 7.17 Modification 7.17 ESC+RF Call and Print of Font & Logo Call and Print of Font & Logo ESC+RF Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC RF <1B>16 <52>16<46>16 aa=01, bbbb=1 Parameter aabbbb,nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Invoking and printing the font and logo downloaded with the exclusive tool. [Format] <RF>aabbbb,nn Parameter a [Font ID number] b [Print digit] n [Print data] = Valid range: = Valid range: = Data 01 to 99 1 to 9999 [Coding Example 1] When [AB] is printed in one-byte characters with this command [Font ID No.: 01 Print digit: 4] (Unicode A: <0041>16 B: <0042>16) <A> <PS> <V>100<H>100<L>0101 <RF>010004,<0041>16<0042>16 <Z> [Coding Example 2] When calling and printing logo [Font ID No.: 02 Print digit: 2] <A> <V>100<H>100<L>0101<RF>020002<826B>16 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify the value of print data placing Unicode (UTF-16BE). 2. When calling and printing logo, specify [Print digit: 0002], [Print data: <826B>16]. 35 7.18 Modification 7.18 ESC+RM Mirror Image Mirror Image ESC+RM Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil RM <52>16<4D>16 Parameter aaaa,bbbbb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Allowing mirror image printing of data. [Format] <RM>aaaa,bbbbb Parameter A[Horizontal length of the mirror image area] B[Vertical length of the mirror image area] = Refer to the table below. = Refer to the table below. [Coding Example 1] When specifying the mirror image area: <A> <H>100<V>200<XM>12345 <H>100<V>200<RM>0200,0080 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 2] When not specifying the mirror image area: <A> <H>100<V>200<XS>12345 <RM> <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. When the parameter "aaaa" and "bbbbb" are not specified, all print data specified prior to this command will be mirrored. 2. Any data outside the printable area will not be mirrored. 3. If specifying this command for the item that does not contain print data, the command error will occur. 4. This command cannot be used together with other commands that reedit the print data. Refer to the invalid command for the list below. When invalid commands are specified, printing may not be correct. 5. This command cannot be used together with some control commands. Refer to the invalid command for the list below. When invalid commands are specified, printing may not be correct. 6. This command cannot be used together with some modification commands. Refer to the invalid command for the list below. When invalid commands are specified, printing may not be correct. 7. The print image before the mirror printing command will be mirror printed. The print data after this command is not mirror printed. Also, note that when specifying the mirror printing command more than once, the image will be rotated for the specified number of times and printed. 8. When a barcode is mirror printed, the reading of the mirrored barcode and head check area are not guaranteed. 9. When mirror printing is implemented, all mirrored image is targeted for the head check. [Valid range for the mirror rotation start position] [S84-ex] Valid Range (dots) Head density Horizontal position of reference Vertical position of reference point for mirror image point for mirror image 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 1 to 832 1 to 1248 1 to 2496 1 to 20000 1 to 18000 1 to 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Valid Range (dots) Horizontal position of reference Vertical position of reference point for mirror image point for mirror image 1 to 1340 1 to 2010 1 to 9992 1 to 14988 [Valid range for the mirror rotation] 36 [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Valid Range (dots) Horizontal length of mirror image Vertical length of mirror image area area 8 to 832 8 to 20000 8 to 1248 8 to 18000 8 to 2496 8 to 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Valid Range (dots) Horizontal length of mirror image Vertical length of mirror image area area 8 to 1340 8 to 9992 8 to 2010 8 to 14988 [Commands cannot be used together with this command] Commands that reedit the print image <WD> <F> <(> Registration <GI> <GT> <PI> Modification <%> <R> <O> <WA> <WU> 37 7.19 Modification 7.19 ESC+WN Work Shift Information Work Shift Information ESC+WN Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC WN <1B>16 <57>16<4E>16 1.24.00.1.<space> Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items Parameter a,hh,mm,ll,nnn...n The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Set the work shift start time and name of the specified work shift code. [Format] <WN>a,hh,mm,ll,nnn...n Parameter a = hh = mm = ll = nnn...n = 1, 2 or 3 00 24 00 59 1-16 <space>, A-Z , 0-9 : shift code : shift start time (hours) : shift start time (minutes) (when hh=24, 00) : shift name length : shift name maximum 16 characters [Coding Example] <A> <WN>1,08,00,7,MORNING <Z> [Notes] 1. The command error occurs when the work shift information is disabled in the closed setting mode of the product. 2. When the parameter is not specified, the default value will be used. 3. When the length of the sift name (nnn...n) exceeds the value of the length parameter (ll), the exceeded part is cut off. 4. When the length of the sift name (nnn...n) is less than the value of the length parameter (ll), the blank is filled with space. 5. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 6. This command cannot be used together with <WS> command. When <WN> command and <WS> command is used in the same label, the work shift information may not be printed correctly. 38 7.20 Modification 7.20 ESC+WS Print of Work Shift PrintInofofrmWatoiornk Shift Information ESC+WS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil <WS> <57>16<53>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the print of work shift information (Shift code, Start time of product use, Shift name). [Format] <WS>a Parameter a[Data to be printed] = 1: Shift code 2: Start time of product use 3: Shift name [Coding Example] <A> <XS> <V>050<H>050<L>0101<XM>SHIFT CODE: <V>050<H>300<L>0202<WS>1 <V>100<H>050<L>0101<XM>START TIME: <V>100<H>300<L>0202<WS>2, <XB>0 <V>150<H>050<L>0101<XM>SHIFT NAME: <V>150<H>300<L>0101<WS>3 <Q>1 <Z> (To get work shift information, use the command [SOH+WS]) [Notes] 1. When work shift information is disabled in the Hidden Mode of product LCD, the command error will occur. 2. To designate the character type of print work shift information, specify the font specification command with no print data before Work Shift Information <WS>. When not designating the font specification command, the U - character is used for printing. 3. The font types can be specified are as follows: XU, XS, XM, XB and XL. 4. The font specification command to designate the character type for <WS> is set to the initial value at the next job <A>. The font specification command that designated print data does not affect the data of <WS>. 5. The details of command to obtain work shift information are as follows. (1) Command SOH+WS (01H 57H 53H) (2) Return status No. Item Bytes Description Remarks - STX (02H) 1 Status start a Shift code 1 "1" / "2" / "3" b Shift start time 4 "0000" to "2359" c Shift name 1 to 16 - EXT (03H) 1 Status end Total 8 to 23 1) Status is returned only if the work shift information is enabled. 2) When receiving this command while setting work shift information, status is returned after finishing its setup. 6. When the calendar setting command <WT> is used together with <WS> command, the work shift information to be printed on the label is decided according to the new time setting. 7. Only 1 calendar setting command <WT> is valid in the <A><Z> sequence. When a multiple calendar setting command <WT> is used in one <A><Z> sequence, the last <WT> is used. 39 7.21 Modification 7.21 ESC+CE European Code Page European Code Page ESC+CE Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC CE <1B>16 <43>16<45>16 aa=858,b=Nil Parameter aa(,b) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. The set command is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specify the European code page to be used. [Format] <CE>aa(,b) Parameter a[Code page name] = Valid range: refer to the [Code page parameter] in the next page b[Code page setting maintain] = Valid range: P(fixed) When "P" is specified, the selected code page is maintained. (Omissible) When this is omitted, the selected code page is not maintained. [Coding Example 1] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>1253<XU>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Coding Example 2] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<CE>855<XU>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> 40 [Code page specify parameter] Command parameter 858 Proper name DOS 858 88591 88592 88599 850 852 855 857 737 866 1250 1251 1252 1253 1254 1257 869 UTF-8 UTF-16BE 8859/1 ISO 8859/2 ISO 8859/9 DOS 850 DOS 852 DOS 855 DOS 857 DOS 737 DOS 866 Win 1250 Win 1251 Win 1252 Win 1253 Win 1254 Win 1257 IBM 869 UTF-8 UTF-16 (Big endian) Description Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro character Default Code page proprietary to SATO. ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 Latin 1 Multilingual Latin 2 Cyrillic Turkish Greek Cyrillic II Central Europe Cyrillic Western Latin 1 Greek Turkish Baltic IBM 869 Greek Unicode encoding in UTF-8 Unicode encoding in UTF-16 (Big endian) for Downloaded TTF. 41 [Supported symbol list] U+0020-U+002F !\"#\$\%&'()*+,-./ U+0030-U+003F 0123456789:;<=>? U+0040-U+004F @ABCDEFGHIJKLMNO U+0050-U+005F PQRSTUVWXYZ[\]^_ U+0060-U+006F `abcdefghijklmno U+0070-U+007F pqrstuvwxyz{|}~ U+00A0-U+00AF ¡¢£¤¥¦§¨©ª«¬®¯ U+00B0-U+00BF °±²³´µ¶·¸¹º»¼½¾¿ U+00C0-U+00CF ÀÁÂÃÄÅÆÇÈÉÊËÌÍÎÏ U+00D0-U+00DF ÐÑÒÓÔÕÖ×ØÙÚÛÜÝÞß U+00E0-U+00EF àáâãäåæçèéêëìíîï U+00F0-U+00FF ðñòóôõö÷øùúûüýþÿ U+0100-U+0107 U+010C-U+010F Cc U+0110-U+0113 U+0116-U+011B U+011E-U+011F U+0122-U+0123 U+02DB-U+02DD ~ U+0384-U+0386 U+0388-U+038A U+038C-U+038C U+038E-U+038F U+0390-U+039F U+03A0-U+03A1 U+03A3-U+03AF U+03B0-U+03BF U+03C0-U+03CE U+0401-U+040C U+040E-U+040F U+0410-U+041F U+0420-U+042F U+0430-U+043F U+0440-U+044F U+0451-U+045C U+045E-U+045F U+012A-U+012B U+012E-U+012F U+0130-U+0131 i U+0136-U+0137 U+0139-U+013E U+0141-U+0148 Ll U+014C-U+014D U+0150-U+015B OEoe U+015E-U+015F U+0160-U+0165 Ss U+016A-U+016B U+016E-U+016F U+0170-U+0173 U+0178-U+017E YZz U+0192-U+0192 U+02C6-U+02C7 ^ U+02C9-U+02C9 U+02D8-U+02D9 U+0490-U+0491 U+2013-U+2015 -- U+2017-U+201A `', U+201C-U+201E "",, U+2020-U+2022 · U+2026-U+2026 ... U+2030-U+2030 U+2039-U+203A <> U+207F-U+207F U+20AC-U+20AC U+2116-U+2116 U+2122-U+2122 TM U+2219-U+221A U+2248-U+2248 U+2264-U+2265 1. WGL4 (Windows Glyph List 4) is supported in this bitmap font. WGL4 is the name of symbol set that is defined by Microsoft. 42 7.22 Modification 7.22 ESC+KS Kanji Font Type Kanji Font Type ESC+KS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 a=31H, b=31H KS <4B>16<53>16 Parameter ab Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specify the Kanji font type used for the Kanji print command. [Format] <KS>ab Parameter a[Kanji font type] = "3"(33H) : GB18030 (Default) "5"(35H) : KSX1001 "6"(36H) : BIG5 b[Font] = "1"(31H) : Mincho (Default) "2"(32H) : Gothic [Coding Example] Set Mincho with GB18030 <A> <KS>31 <Z> [Notes] 1.When the font specified by this command is not supported, available font for every Kanji font is printed. 2.Unused value for the parameter "a" is reserved for Japanese. 3.Use this command solely together with <A> and <Z>. 43 8 Font Commands 8.1 Font 8.1 ESC+XU XXUU FFonotn(Dtefault Font Size: (Defa5×u9ltdoFtso) nt Size: 5×9 dots) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil XU <58>16<55>16 Parameter nn ESC+XU Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W5 x H9 dots. [Format] <XU>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XU>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. XU font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%A> <WS> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 44 XU Font Character Set The above is printed with width 5 dots x height 9 dots, enlarged 3 times for both vertically and horizontally. 45 8.2 Font 8.2 ESC+XS XXSS FFonotn(Dt efault Font Size: (Defa1u7×lt17Fdoontst) Size: 17×17 dots) ESC+XS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil XS <58>16<53>16 Parameter nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W17 x H17 dots. [Format] <XS>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XS>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. XS font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%A> <WS> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 46 XS Font Character Set The above is printed with width 17 dots x height 17 dots, enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally. 47 8.3 Font 8.3 ESC+XM XXMM FFoontn(Dt efault Font Size: (Defa2u4l×t24Fdoontst) Size: 24×24 dots) ESC+XM Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil XM <58>16<4D>16 Parameter nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W24 x H24 dots. [Format] <XM>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. XM font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%A> <WS> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 48 XM Font Character Set The above is printed with width 24 dots x height 24 dots, enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally. 49 8.4 Font 8.4 ESC+XB XXBBFFonotn(Dtefault Font Size: (Defa4u8×lt48Fdoontst) Size: 48×48 dots) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 a=0 XB <58>16<42>16 Parameter ann ESC+XB Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W48 x H48 dots. [Format] <XB>ann Parameter a[Smoothing] = n[Print data] = 0: Smoothing disabled 1: Smoothing enabled (When Enlargement <L> rate is between threefold and nine fold) Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XB>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. XB font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display. 3. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 10 to 36 times. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%A> <WS> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 50 XB Font Character Set The above is printed with width 48 dots x height 48 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally. 51 8.5 Font 8.5 ESC+XL XXLL FFoontn(Dt efault Font Size: (Defa4u8l×t48Fdoontst) Size: 48×48 dots) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil XL <58>16<4C>16 Parameter ann ESC+XL Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W48 x H48 dots. [Format] <XL>ann Parameter a[Smoothing] = n[Print data] = 0: Smoothing disabled 1: Smoothing enabled (When Enlargement <L> rate is between threefold and nine fold) Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XL>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. XL font can be set to either fixed pitch or proportional pitch. 2. To set up fixed and proportional pitch, use the command or go to the Advanced Mode of product LCD display. 3. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 10 to 36 times. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%A> <WS> <%> <PS> <PR> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 52 XL Font Character Set Characters in default font size of W48 x H48 dots. The above is printed with width 48 dots x height 48 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally. 53 8.6 Font 8.6 ESC+OA OCR-A Font OCR-A Font ESC+OA Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil OA <4F>16<41>16 Parameter nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying OCR-A font. [Format] <OA>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<OA>ABC <Q>2 <Z> [Note] Refer to the list below for the font size according to the head density. [Font Size] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Font size (dots) W15 × H22 W22 × H33 W44 × H66 [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> <%A> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 54 OCR-A font specification. OCR-A Font Character Set The above is printed in head density of 12 dots/mm, with width 22 dots x height 33 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally. 55 8.7 Font 8.7 ESC+OB OCR-B Font OCR-B Font ESC+OB Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil OB <4F>16<42>16 Parameter nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying OCR-B font. [Format] <OB>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<OB>ABC <Q>2 <Z> [Note] Refer to the list below for the font size according to the head density. [Font Size] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Font size (dots) W20 × H24 W30 × H36 W60 × H72 [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> <%A> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 56 OCR-B font specification. OCR-B Font Character Set The above is printed in head density of 12 dots/mm, with width 30 dots x height 36 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally. 57 8.8 Font 8.8 ESC+$ Shape of Outline Font Shape of Outline Font ESC+$ Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC $ <1B>16 <24>16 a=Abbb=50ccc=50d=0 Parameter a,bbb,ccc,d When the power switch is OFF Valid range and Valid range within item term of command Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter becomes the initial value at the next item <A>. [Function] Specifying the type, size, and shape of the font. [Format] <$>a,bbb,ccc,d Parameter a[Font type] = b[Font width] = c[Font height] = d[Font shape] = A: Helvetica bold (Proportional) B: Helvetica bold (Fixed character pitch) 24 to 999 dots 24 to 999 dots 0: Standard font (Black) 1: Outline font 2: Gray font (Pattern 1) 3: Gray font (Pattern 2) 4: Gray font (Pattern 3) 5: Shaded font 6: Outline and shaded font 7: Mirror image font 8: Standard italic font 9: Outline, shaded, and italic font [Coding Example] Font type : A Font height : 100 dots <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO <Q>2 <Z> Font width : 100 dots Font shape : 1 [Notes] 1. The shape of Italic font is inclined 15-degree within font width specification 2. Specify this command prior to Print of Outline Font <$=>. 3. If specified dots in 1 to 9 of [Font shape] are tiny, they may be unrecognizable as a font. 4. Font width and height specification up to 24 dots are printable; however, some fonts may be unreadable because of character crowding. [Valid Commands] Font <$=> 58 8.9 Font 8.9 ESC+$= Print of Outline Font Print of Outline Font ESC+$= Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil $= <24>16<3D>16 Parameter nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the print outline font. [Format] <$=>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] Print data: SATO <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <$>A,100,100,1<$=>SATO <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify Shape of Outline Font <$> prior to this command. 2. Font height specification includes ascender and descender areas. For proportional pitch, character size width of outline font varies depending on the individual font. 3. Use Character Pitch <P> to specify font pitch. 4. The shape of Italic font is inclined 15-degree within font width specification. Font height specification includes ascender and descender areas. 5. If specified dots in 1 to 9 of [Font shape] are tiny, they may be unrecognizable as a font. 6. In the Shape of Outline Font <$>, font width and height specification up to 24 dots are printable; however, some fonts may be unreadable because of character crowding. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <%> <F> Font <$> Calendar <WA> <WU> 59 Outline font specification. Outline Font Character Set The above is printed in head density of 12 dots/mm, with width 48 dots x height 48 dots, enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally. 60 8.10 Font 8.10 ESC+TRrDueTTruyeTpyepeFFoonnt t ESC+RD Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil RD <52>16<44>16 Parameter abb,ccc,ddd,nn abc,ddd,eee,nn abc,ddd,eee,%VAR%pp,q,r Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying CG font type, font style, font size, and print data. [Format1] <RD>abc,ddd,eee,nn [Format2] <RD>abc,ddd,eee,%VAR%pp,q,r Parameter a[Font type] = A [CG Times] B [CG Triumvirate] C [SATOGAMMA] (Code page can be switched by ESC+CE command) D [SATOVICA] (Code page can be switched by ESC+CE command) E-Z,a-z TTF downloaded with the dedicate tool b[Character set] = 0 (No specification for the character set(Fixed)) Refer to the code page parameter in the next page. [Font type A or B]. [Other than font type A or B] c [Font style] = 0 [Standard] 1 [Bold] 2 [Italic] 3 [Bold+Italic] d[Horizontal length] = 004 to 999 (dot specification) P02 to P99 (point specification) e[Vertical length] = 004 to 999 (dot specification) P02 to P99 (point specification) n[Print data] = Data p[Field name] = Field name up to 16 characters q[Field maximum length] = Maximum length of field variable data (from 1 up to 16 characters]. r[Type of variable field] = N [Numbers] A [Alphabetic + Symbols characters] B [Alphanumeric + Symbols characters] [Coding Example 1] Font type: CG Times <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <RD>A00,P10,P10,SATO <Q>2 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Variable Field(Field name:"Field#", Field maximum length:4, Type of variable field:Numbers) <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <RD>A00,P10,P10,%VAR%Field#,4,N <Q>2 <Z> 61 [Notes] 1. Set font size in [dot specification] or [point specification]. 2. Dot size varies depending on the head density. Refer to the table below. Head density 1 dot size (mm) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 0.125 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 0.083 12 dots/mm (609 dpi) 0.042 3. One point is 0.35 mm. 4. When using TTF that is downloaded with dedicated tools, be sure to specify appropriate card slot with the command <CC> before this command. 5. Format 2 is exclusive for Simple Stand Alone mode. If it is used for usual printing, the variable data are printed as is. 6. If the Field name (parameter p) is 17 characters or more, it is not treated as a variable data. 7. Comma cannot be used for the Field name (parameter p). If there are commas, the operation cannot be guaranteed. 8. If the Field maximum length (parameter q) is 17 characters or more, it is not treated as a variable data. 9. When Type of variable field is out of range, the operation is the same as "B" (Alphanumeric + symbols character) specification. 10. Variable data can be specified up to 20. More that that would be treated as a usual print data. [Font size range] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 12 dots/mm (609 dpi) Valid range (dots) Horizontal line length Vertical line length 4 to 832 4 to 999 5 to 999 5 to 999 9 to 999 9 to 999 [Valid Commands] Print position <V> Modification <P> <H> <%> <F> <PS> <PR> <%A> [Code page specify parameter] Command parameter 0 1 2 3 4 5 8 9 A B C D E F G J K @ # Name Use the code page specified by the CE command. DOS 858 Multilingual Latin 1 + Euro character Default Code page proprietary to SATO. ISO 8859-1 Latin 1 ISO 8859-2 Latin 2 ISO 8859-9 Latin 5 CP737 DOS Greek CP855 DOS Cyrillic PC-850 Multilingual CP852 DOS Central European CP857 DOS Turkish CP866 DOS Cyrillic II CP1250 Windows Central European CP1251 Windows Cyrillic CP1252 Windows Western Latin 1 CP1253 Windows Greek CP1254 Windows Turkish CP1257 Windows Baltic CP869 IBM Greek Unicode UTF-8 Unicode UTF-16 (Big endian) for Downloaded TTF. 62 CG Times font specification. CG Times Font Character Set 63 CG Triumvirate Font Character Set CG Triumvirate font specification. 64 8.11 Font 8.11 ESC+K1 16×1166×1d6otsdots Horizontal WHroitrinizgoKnantajil Writing Kanji Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil K1 <4B>16<31>16 Parameter ann ESC+K1 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying horizontal writing Kanji font of W16 x H16 dots. [Format] <K1>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code n[Data] = Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. [Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203 <K1>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical 4. Highlight function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 valid range: 1 to 5 [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 65 8.12 Font 8.12 ESC+K2 24×2244×2d4otsdots Horizontal WHroitirnigzoKanntjai l Writing Kanji Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil K2 <4B>16<32>16 Parameter ann ESC+K2 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying horizontal writing Kanji font of W24 x H24 dots. [Format] <K2>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code n[Data] = Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. [Coding Example] Specifying Hex character of Shift JIS, Horizontal enlargement scale: Vertical enlarged scale: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <K2>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z> 3 times, [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times 4. Highlight function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 66 8.13 Font 186.×1136EdSoCts+KH8orizo1n6ta×1l 6Wridtiontgs KaHnojriizwonitthal WritiOngneK-abnyjitewiCthhOarnaec-bteyrtes Characters Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil K8 <4B>16<38>16 Parameter ann ESC+K8 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Printing W16 x H16 dots horizontal writing Kanji with W8 x H16 dots one-byte characters. [Format] <K8>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code n[Data] = Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. * Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh. [Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203 <K8>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times 4. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 67 8.14 Font 284.×1424EdSoCt+sKH9or2iz4o×2n4tadloWtsrHitoinrigzoKnatanljWi wriittinhg KanjOi wnieth-bOyntee-bCyhtearCahcatrearcsters Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil K9 <4B>16<39>16 Parameter ann ESC+K9 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Printing W24 x H24 dots horizontal writing Kanji with W12 x H2416 dots one-byte characters. [Format] <K9>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code n[Data] = Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. * Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh. [Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 3 times, vertical enlargement: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <K9>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times 4. Highlight function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. 4. For one-byte characters, printing will be performed in W12 x H24 dots. 5. For two-byte characters, printing will be performed in W24 x H24 dots. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 68 8.15 Font 8.15 ESC+k1 16×16 dots Vertical Writing 16×1K6adnjoi ts Vertical Writing Kanji ESC+k1 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil k1 <6B>16<31>16 Parameter ann Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying vertical text flow Kanji font of W16 x H16 dots. [Format] <k1>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code n[Data] = Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. [Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 3 times, vertical enlargement: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <k1>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times 4. Highlight function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 69 8.16 Font 8.16 ESC+k2 24×24 dots Vertical Writing 24×2K4andjiots Vertical Writing Kanji ESC+k2 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil k2 <6B>16<32>16 Parameter ann Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying vertical text flow Kanji font of W24 x H24 dots. [Format] <k2>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = n[Data] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. [Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 3 times, vertical enlargement: 5 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <k2>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times 4. Highlight function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 70 8.17 Font 8.1716E×S1C6+dko8ts 1V6e×r1t6icadloWtsriVtienrgticKalanWjiriting KawnijtihwOithneO-nbey-tbeytCe hCahraarcacteterrss Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil k8 <6B>16<38>16 Parameter ann ESC+k8 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Printing W16 x H16 dots vertical text flow Kanji font with W8 x H16 dots one-byte characters. [Format] <k8>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code n[Data] = Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. * Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh. [Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0203 <k8>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times 4. Highlight function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. 4. For one-byte characters, printing will be performed in W8 x H16 dots. 5. For two-byte characters, printing will be performed in W16 x H16 dots. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 71 8.18 Font 8.1284×E2S4C+dko9ts V24e×r2ti4cadloWtsritVienrgticKaal nWjiriting Kwanitjhi wOitnheO-bney-tbeyCtehCahraarcatcetresrs Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil k9 <6B>16<39>16 Parameter ann ESC+k9 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Printing W24 x H24 dots vertical text flow Kanji with W12 x H24 dots one-byte characters. [Format] <k9>ann Parameter a[Kanji specification mode] = H: Hexadecimal character B: Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C: Smoothing function by Binary code J: Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D: Highlight function by Binary code K: Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E: Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code n[Data] = Specify according to the selected Kanji code range * Printing may not be correct when the number of data is increased/decreased. * Code that can be specified as a half - width character is 20h-7Fh. [Coding Example] Specified character in HEX, horizontal enlargement: 2 times, vertical enlargement: 3 times (when KSX1001 is selected) <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0305 <k9>HB0A1B0A2B0A3B0A4B0A5303132 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Hexadecimal character = 4 bytes ASCII / 1 character 2. Binary code = 2 bytes ASCII / 1 character 3. Smoothing function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 3 to 12 times 4. Highlight function enlargement scale = Horizontal/Vertical valid range: 1 to 5 times [Remarks] 1. In highlight function, the character width will increase based on the enlargement specification. 2. In highlight function, smearing problem may occur depending on the characters. 3. Printable fonts vary according to the font type. Be sure to check if it is printable or not before using. 4. For one-byte characters, printing will be performed in W12 x H24 dots. 5. For two-byte characters, printing will be performed in W24 x H24 dots. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <&> </> <O> <WD> 72 8.19 Font 8.R19eEgSiCs+tTr1atioRengisotrfat1io6n×o1f 616d×o16tsdots ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil T1 <54>16<31>16 Parameter Abbnn ESC+T1 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Registering W16 x H16 dots external character. [Format] <T1>abbnn Parameter a[Selection of registered data type] b[Registered font code address] n[External character registered data] = H : Registered data in hexadecimal character B : Registered data in binary code = H: in the range from "21" to "7F", up to 95 items can be registered B: in the range from 21H to 7FH, up to 95 items can be registered = Data [Coding Example] Registration and printing by binary code of BIG5 <A> <CC>0 <T1>B<21>16 <00FF FF00>16 <Z> <A> <CC>0 <V>100<H>200<K1>B<90>16<21>16 <Q>2 <Z> 73 [Notes] 1. Register external character of W16xH16 dots to the internal memory or user registration memory. 2. Re-entry to the registered area is allowed. 3. Refer to the data registration procedure below. 4. Registered contents in the memory of the product will be deleted by turning off the product. Register again for the next operation. 5. When Kanji data is replaced (GB18030 BIG5 KSX1001), register again after deleting the external character registration. External character file: [16 ×16] D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D1 D3 D5 D7 D31 D32 D9 D11 D13 D15 D17 D19 D21 D23 D25 D27 D29 D31 8 dots 16 dots 8 dots D2 D4 D6 D8 D10 D12 D14 D16 16 dots D18 D20 D22 D24 D26 D28 D30 D32 D1 and D2 respectively consist of [00000001] and [10000000]. To register the above external character, consider D1 data as <01>16 and D2 data as <80>16. In the same manner, D3 as <03>16, D4 as <00>16, D5 as <3F>16, and D6 as <FC>16, so that the specification of external character registered data will be <018003003FFC·····>16 and up to D32. [Remarks] 1. When it is registered in the user registration memory, the data is maintained even the product power is off. 2. It is not possible to use the internal memory specification and user registration memory specification at the same time. 3. Please specify the slot of the registered memory. However, it will be registered in the internal memory when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product power on. 74 8.20 Font 8.R20egESiCs+tTr2atioRengisotrfat2io4n×o2f 424d×o24tsdots ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter ESC+T2 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil T2 <54>16<32>16 Parameter Abbnn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Registering W24 x H24 dots external character. [Format] <T2>abbnn Parameter a[Selection of registered data type] = b[Registered font code address] = n[External character registration data] = H : Registration data in hexadecimal character B : Registration data in binary code H : Within the range from 21 to 7F, up to 95 addresses can be registered. B : Within the range from 21H to 7FH, up 95 addresses can be registered. Data [Coding Example] Registration and printing by binary code of GB18030 <A> <CC>0 <T2>B<00>16 <00FF FF00>16 <Z> <A> <CC>0 <V>100<H>200<K2>B<80>16<21>16 <Q>2 <Z> 75 [Notes] 1. Register external character of W24xH24 dots to the internal memory or user registration memory. 2. Re-entry to the registered area is allowed. 3. Refer to the data registration procedure below. 4. Registered contents in the memory of the product will be deleted by turning off the product. Register again for the next operation. 5. When Kanji data is replaced (GB18030 BIG5 KSX1001), register again after deleting the external character registration. External character file: [24 x 24] D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 D8 D9 D1 D4 D7 D70 D71 D72 D10 D13 D16 D19 D22 D25 D28 D31 D34 D37 D40 D43 D46 D49 D52 D55 D58 D61 D64 D67 D70 8 dots 24 dots 8 dots D2 D71 8 dots D3 D6 D9 D12 D15 D18 D21 D24 D27 D30 D33 D36 24 dots D39 D42 D45 D48 D51 D54 D57 D60 D63 D66 D69 D72 D1, D2 and D3 respectively consist of [00000000], [00111100] and [00000000]; therefore, to register the above external character, consider D1 data as <00>16, D2 data as <3C>16 and D3 data as <00>16. In the same manner, D4 as <00>16, D5 as <3C>16, D6 as <00>16, so that the specification of external character registered data will be <003C003C00·····>16 and up to D72. [Remarks] 1. When it is registered in the user registration memory, the data is maintained even the product power is off. 2. It is not possible to use the internal memory specification and user registration memory specification at the same time. 3. Please specify the slot of the registered memory. However, it will be registered in the internal memory when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product power on. 76 8.21 Font 8.2C1 aElSlCo+fK1H(Ko2)rizCoalnl otfaHloWrizornittainl Wgriting ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter ESC+K1(K2) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil K1(K2) Parameter <4B>16<31>16(<4B>16<32>16) abb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Recall the horizontal writing external characters registered to the product memory and print in horizontal writing. [Format] <K1>abb <K2>abb Parameter a[External character specification mode] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal character E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code b[Registration code] = HIJK : "8021""807F" BCDE : 8021H807FH [Coding Example] Recall 16x16 external characters, registration data by HEX characters of GB18030 <A> <T1>H21 00FF FF00 <Z> <A> <V>100<H>200<K1>H8021 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. If print error occurs, register again. 2. Please specify the slot of the memory to be recalled. However, data in the internal memory will be recalled when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product power on. 77 8.22 Font 8.22 CEaSCll+ko1f(kV2)erCtiacllaolfWVerritticinalgWriting ExEtexrntaelrCnhaarlacCtehr aracter ESC+k1(k2) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil k1(k2) Parameter <6B>16<31>16(<6B>16<32>16) abb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Invoking vertical writing external character registered in the product memory to print. [Format] <k1>abb <k2>abb Parameter a [External character specification mode] = character b [Registration code] = H : Hexadecimal character B : Binary code I : Smoothing function by Hexadecimal character C : Smoothing function by Binary code J : Highlight function by Hexadecimal character D : Highlight function by Binary code K : Smoothing and highlight functions by Hexadecimal E : Smoothing and highlight functions by Binary code HIJK : "8021""807F" BCDE : 8021H807FH [Coding Example] Recall 16x16 external characters, registration data by HEX characters of GB18030 <A> <T1>H21 00FF FF00 <Z> <A> <V>100<H>200<k1>H8021 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. If print error occurs, register again. 2. Please specify the slot of the memory to be recalled. However, data in the internal memory will be recalled when <CC> command is not yet sent after the product power on. 78 8.23 Font 8.23 ESC+U U UFonFto(Dneftault Font Size: 5×9 (Dedofatsu) lt Font Size: 5×9 dots) ESC+U Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil U <55>16 Parameter nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W5 x H9 dots. [Format] <U>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<U>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Note] Only the fixed pitch is available for U font. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> <WS> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 79 U Font Character Set Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 3 times for both vertically and horizontally. 80 8.24 Font 8.24 ESC+S SSFFonot n(Dt efault Font Size: (De8f×a1u5 ldtoFtso) nt Size: 8×15 dots) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil S <53>16 Parameter nn ESC+S Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the characters in default font size of W8 x H15 dots. [Format] <S>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<S>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Note] Only the fixed pitch is available for S font. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> <WS> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 81 S Font Character Set Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally. 82 8.25 Font 8.25 ESC+M MMFoFnton(Dtefault Font Size: (De1f3a×u2l0t dFootsn) t Size: 13×20 dots) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil M <4D>16 Parameter nn ESC+M Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W13 x H20 dots. [Format] <M>nn Parameter n[Print data] = Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<M>ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Note] Only the fixed pitch is available for M font. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> <WS> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 83 M Font Character Set Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 2 times for both vertically and horizontally. 84 8.26 Font 8.26 ESC+WB WWBBFFonot n(Dtefault Font Size: (De1fa8×u3l0t dFootsn)t Size: 18×30 dots) ESC+WB Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WB <57>16<42>16 Parameter ann Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W18x H30 dots. [Format] <WB>ann Parameter a[Smoothing] = n[Print data] = 0 : Smoothing disabled 1 : Smoothing enabled (When Enlargement <L> rate is from 3 to 12) Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WB>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Only the fixed pitch is available for WB font. 2. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 13 to 36 times. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> <WS> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 85 WB Font Character Set Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally. 86 8.27 Font 8.27 ESC+WL WWLLFFonot n(Dtefault Font Size: (De2fa8×u5l2t dFootsn)t Size: 28×52 dots) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WB <57>16<4C>16 Parameter ann ESC+WL Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the character in default font size of W28 x H52 dots. [Format] <WL>ann Parameter a[Smoothing] = n[Print data] = 0 : Smoothing disabled 1 : Smoothing enabled (When Enlargement <L> rate is from 3 to 12) Data [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<WL>0ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Only the fixed pitch is available for WL font. 2. Even the smoothing is enabled, it will be invalid when enlargement <L> is specified for 1 time, 2 times, and 13 to 36 times. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <P> <L> <%> <F> <&> </> <O> <WD> <WS> Barcode <D><d> <BL><d> Calendar <WA> <WU> 87 WL Font Character Set Characters in default font size of W28 x H52 dots. Above is the print sample in head density of 12 dots/mm and enlarged 1 time for both vertically and horizontally. 88 8.28 Font 8.28 ESC+RG Multiple Language Font Multiple Language Font ESC+RG Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil RG <52>16<47>16 Parameter abc,ddd,eee,nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify font type (Arabic or Thai), character set, font style, font size and print data. [Format] <RG>a,b,c,ddd,eee,nn Parameter a[Input character code] b[Character set] c[Font style] d[Horizontal size] e[Vertical size] n[Print data] = 0 : 1 : = 2 : 13 : = 0 : 1 : 2 : 3 : = Valid range Valid range = Valid range Valid range = Data UNICODE (UTF-8) UNICODE (UTF-16) AR Hebe Sans Thai AR Roman Arabic [Standard] [Bold] [Italic] [Bold+Italic] : 020 to 999 (dots) : P09 to P99 (point specification) : 020 to 999 (dots) : P09 to P99 (point specification) [Coding Example] Italic printing of Thai by UTF-8 specification, horizontal size: P10, vertical size: P10 * <~>16 means the byte specification (in the example below, E0B895=3 bytes) <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2 <RG>0,2,2,P10,P10,<E0B895E0B989E0B8A1E0B8A2E0B8B3E0B881E0B8B8E0B989E0B887>16 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Set the font size by "dot specification" or "point specification." 2. Dot size differs according to the head density (refer to the list below) Head density 1 dot size (mm) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 0.125 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 0.083 12 dots/mm (609 dpi) 0.042 3. 1 point is 0.35 mm. 4. When the specified character does not exist in the character set, the character is not printed. When the specified character is a space or square mark in the character set, the image is printed. 5. Character size may be smaller than parameter, because it takes into account the multi-language 6. UTF-8 supports up to four byte character code. 5 bytes UTF-8 and 6 bytes UTF-8 are not supported. 7. Complex script languages (Arabic, Thai) are printed with proportional fonts, regardless of setting of font type in order to use the formatter function and the combined font function. 8. The linefeed code cannot be inserted among one word or one character code forming one character for the complex script languages (Arabic, Thai). If the linefeed is inserted, the rendering result is not guaranteed. 9. Comply with Unicode 2.1 (note that if the first byte is 0x1b when UTF-16BE is specified, it is judged as a ESC code). 10. When executing sequential number printing in Arabic and Thai, the character codes are rendered as a character string and it may not function properly. 11. When the character string exceeds the horizontal printable range, the string might not be printed. 12. When the character for uniting is selected alone, part or all of the character might not be printed. [Valid Commands] Print position <V> <H> Modification <%> <&> </> <WD> 89 9 Barcode Specification In barcode specification, print of various barcode, change of bar width ratio, and print of guard bar or human-readable information can be performed by designating (B, D and BD) after ESC. This and the next page should be read closely and followed. Refer to the table below for the specification of B, D, and BD. [Specification of Bar Width Ratio] Barcode specification parameter Barcode 0 CODABAR(NW-7) 1 CODE39 2 ITF 5 Industrial 2 of 5 6 Matrix 2 of 5 <B> <D> <BD> 1:3 1:2 2:5 1:3 1:2 2:5 1:3 1:2 2:5 1:3 1:2 2:5 1:3 1:2 2:5 (1) Bar width ratio The barcode is composed of Narrow Bar, Wide Bar, Narrow Space and Wide Space. The Bar width ratio is the proportion of Narrow Bar and Wide Bar. Bar width ratio (Ratio 1 : 3) <B> This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [3]. Bar width ratio (Ratio 1 : 2) <D> This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [1] and Wide Bar [2]. Bar width ratio (Ratio 2 : 5) <BD> This barcode is composed of Narrow Bar [2] and Wide Bar [5]. If the specifying bar width ratio for your own convenience, register the ratio with Bar Width Ratio <BT> and print labels with Print of Specified Bar Width Ratio <BW>. (2) Width of narrow bar and height of barcode Narrow bar indicates the narrow bar width, and bar height indicates the height of the barcode. For instance, printing narrow bar for 1 dot in head density of 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), the narrow bar width will be 0.125 mm and barcode scanner may have a reading problem. To avoid this problem, set the narrow bar to 2 dots so that the narrow bar width will be 0.25 mm and this will improve the scanner reading condition. There is a necessity to set the narrow bar width based on the print head density or performance of barcode scanner. In bar width ratio, [Narrow bar width] specification sets the width of the bar. e.g.) When bar width ratio = 1 : 3 and narrow bar width is 3 dots, bar width ratio becomes 3 : 9. Bar height is to specify the height of the barcode, and proper height based on the scanner type can be set. (3) Intercharacter gap Intercharacter gap is the space between two adjacent barcode characters in a discrete barcode. To specify and enable intercharacter gap, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode specification such as <B>, <D> and <BD> or Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio <BW>. If not, initial value (2 dots) will be set. Intercharacter gap is designable for the following barcodes. 1) CODABAR(NW-7) 2) CODE39 3) Industrial 2 of 5 4) Matrix 2 of 5 Intercharacter gap is the multiplier of values specified with Character Pitch <P> and narrow bar width. e.g.) When Character Pitch <P> is 3 and narrow bar width is 2 dots: Intercharacter gap = 3 x 2 = 6 (dots) 90 (4) Designation of human readable information (HRI) and guard bar For UPC-A and EAN8 and 13-digit barcode, availability of human-readable information (hereinafter HRI) and guard bar can be specified. Barcode specification parameter 3 Barcode JAN/EAN13 4 JAN/EAN8 H UPCA <B> HRI : Nil Guard bar : Nil HRI : Nil Guard bar : Nil HRI : Nil Guard bar : Nil <D> <BD> HRI : Nil Guard bar : Available HRI : Nil Guard bar : Available HRI : Nil Guard bar : Available HRI : Available Guard bar : Available HRI : Available Guard bar : Available HRI : Available Guard bar : Available Barcode specification parameter H Barcode UPC-A <BM> <BL> HRI : Available HRI : Nil Guard bar : Available Guard bar : Available 1) Specification of <B> (No HRI, No guard bar) If specifying <B>, the following barcode will be printed. Media feed direction 2) Specification of <D> (No HRI, with Guard bar) If specifying <D>, the following barcode will be printed. Media feed direction Guard bar [Note] HRI is printable specifying <Character Type> data subsequently to <D>. For more information, refer to Barcode Specification (Selection of HRI) <D>~<d>. 3) Specification of <BD> (HRI and guard bar available) If specifying <BD>, the following barcode will be printed. Media feed Media feed direction HRI(JAN/EAN13) direction HRI(JAN/EAN8) Media feed direction [Barcode Specification Only] Barcode specification parameter C E G I HRI(UPC-A) Barcode CODE93 UPC-E CODE128 UCC/EAN128 for standard carton ID <B> Barcode only Barcode only Barcode only Barcode only [Important] 1. In this case, barcode will not have Bar Width Ratio and HRI. 2. HRI will not be printed when barcode is erroneous for barcode with HRI. 91 (5) Composition of check digit Refer to the table below for check digit in each barcode. [Composition of C/D] Barcode specification parameter Barcode 3 JAN/EAN13 4 JAN/EAN8 C CODE93 E UPC-E G CODE128 H UPC-A GS1-128 for I standard carton ID (UCC/EAN128) [Note] C/D stands for "Check Digit". Input digit No. 12-digit 13-digit 7-digit 8-digit Max. 99-digit 6-digit only 11-digit only 17-digit only Print digit number and contents 13-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D) C/D is calculated by modulus10. 13-digit (Input data of barcode) C/D is not checked. 8-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D) C/D is calculated by modulus10. 8-digit (Input data of barcode) C/D is not checked. C/D is calculated by modulus47. C/D is calculated by modulus10. C/D is calculated by modulus103. 12-digit (Input data of barcode + C/D) C/D is calculated by modulus10. C/D is calculated by modulus103. (6) Print Direction of Barcode Print direction of barcode can be rotated. Note that when specifying Serial 1 and Serial 2 for barcode rotation, it may cause blurring due to barcode enlargement ratio. Please avoid 1 dot narrow bar printing. "1 dot is 0.125mm" when the head density is 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), "1 dot is 0.083 mm" when the head density is 12 dots/mm (305 dpi), and "1 dot is 0.042 mm" when the head density is 24 dots/mm (609 dpi). 1 dot narrow bar may lead to unreadability of the barcode. Parallel 1: Forward feed print Parallel 2: Backfeed print at 180-degree rotation Parallel 1: Forward feed print at 90-degree rotation Parallel 2: Forward feed print at 270-degree rotation [Note] Forward feed: Prints horizontally to label feed direction 1) Specify the enlargement ratio of the bar width of the narrow bar for more than 2 dots when printing with Parallel 1 or Parallel 2. ("L" indicates the enlargement ratio to the bar width ratio.) Head density 8 dots/mm 12 dots/mm 24 dots/mm Bar width ratio 1 : 2 2L or more 2L or more 4L or more Bar width ratio 1 : 3 2L or more 2L or more 4L or more Bar width ratio 2 : 5 1L or more 1L or more 2L or more UPC-A/EAN/JAN 2L or more 2L or more 4L or more 2) Specify the enlargement ratio of the bar width of the narrow bar for more than 3 dots when the head density is 8 dots/mm or 12 dots/mm and printing with Serial 1 or Serial 2. Head density 8 dots/mm 12 dots/mm 24 dots/mm Bar width ratio 1 : 2 3L or more 3L or more 6L or more Bar width ratio 1 : 3 3L or more 3L or more 6L or more Bar width ratio 2 : 5 2L or more 2L or more 4L or more UPC-A/EAN 3L or more 3L or more 6L or more 3) To print with Serial 1 or Serial 2, drop print speed. 92 9.1 Barcode 9.1 ESC+B Barcode (Ratio 1:3) Barcode (Ratio 1:3 ESC+B Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil B <42>16 Parameter abbcccnn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the barcode of narrow and wide bar width ratio 1:3. [Format] <B>abbcccnn Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data] = Refer to the table below. = 01 to 36 dots = 001 to 999 dots = Data Barcode symbology (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode symbology.) a Barcode symbology Description 0 CODABAR(NW-7) 1 CODE39 2 ITF Set print data including Start/Stop character. Start/Stop Characters are [A,B,C,D,E,N,T,a,b,c,d,e,n,t] However, the reading result of [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t] will be [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A.] e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODABAR(NW-7) for the print data. Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Character is [*]. e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODE39 for the print data. Specify print data in even-numbered digit. If specifying in odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the head of print data. Refer to the code list of the ITF for the print data. 3 JAN/EAN13 4 JAN/EAN8 5 Industrial 2of5 6 Matrix 2of5 A MSI C CODE93 E UPC-E F UPC add-on code BOOKLAND G CODE128 H UPC-A I GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) P POSTNET S USPS code The barcode will have no guard bar and human readable information. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN13 for the print data. The barcode will have no guard bar and human readable information. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN8 for the print data. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Industrial 2of5 for the print data. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Matrix 2of5 for the print data. Print data can be specified up to 13-digit. Refer to the code list of the MSI for the print data. Refer to CODE93 <BC>. Specify 6-digit number for print data. Refer to the code list of the UPC-E for the print data. Refer to the UPC add-on code / BOOKLAND specification <BF>. Refer to CODE128 <BG>. Barcode will have no guide bar and human readable information. Refer to the code list of the UPC-A for the print data. Refer to GS1-128(UCC/EAN128)<BI>. Refer to the POSTNET specification <BP>. Refer to the USPS code specification <BS>. Ratio 1:3 1:3 1:3 Fixed (11,12, 13 digits) Fixed (7,8 digits) 1:3 1:3 Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed Fixed 93 [Coding Example 1] Barcode symbology : CODE39 Print data : *1234AB* <A> <V>100<H>100<B>103120*1234AB* <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 [Coding Example 2] Barcode symbology : EAN8 Print data : 4912345 <A> <V>100<H>100<B>4020804912345 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 02 Height of barcode : 080 [Notes] 1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before Barcode symbology. When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be same as narrow space width and multiple of the narrow bar. Command Ratio Narrow space width <P> specification Character pitch Narrow bar width is 1 Narrow bar width is 2 Nil 1 2 <P>0 1 2 <B> 1:3 1 <P>1 <P>2 1 2 2 4 <P>3 3 6 <P>4 4 8 2. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data. [Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. When narrow bar is enlarged, the barcode may exceed the printable area and may not be printed. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 203 dpi 2 dots or more 305 dpi 2 dots or more 609 dpi: 4 dots or more 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the barcode will be printed; however, the scanner cannot read it. 8. If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN13 or JAN/EAN8 specification, set the correct calculated value. The barcode will be printed even when the data includes improper check digit; however, the scanner cannot read it. 94 9.2 Barcode 9.2 ESC+D Barcode (Ratio 1:2) Barcode (Ratio 1:2) ESC+D Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil D <44>16 Parameter abbcccnn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the barcode of narrow and wide bar width ratio 1:2. [Format] <D>abbcccnn Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data] = Refer to the table below. = 01 to 36 dots = 001 to 999 dots = Data Barcode symbology (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode symbology.) A Barcode symbology Description 0 CODABAR(NW-7) Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Characters are [A,B,C,D,E,N,T,a,b,c,d,e,n,t]. However, the reading result of [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t] will be [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A.] e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODABAR(NW-7) for the print data. 1 CODE39 Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Character is [*]. e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODE39 for the print data. 2 ITF Specify print data in even-numbered digit. If specifying in odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the head of print data. Refer to the code list of the ITF for the print data. 3 JAN/EAN13 The barcode will have a guard bar and no HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN13 for the print data. 4 JAN/EAN8 The barcode will have a guard bar and no HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN8 for the print data. 5 Industrial 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Industrial 2of5 for the print data. 6 Matrix 2of5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Matrix 2of5 for the print data. H UPC-A The barcode will have a guard bar and no HRI. Refer to the code list of the UPC-A for the print data. Ratio 1:2 1:2 1:2 Fixed Fixed 1:2 1:2 Fixed 95 [Coding Example 1] Barcode symbology : CODABAR(NW-7) Print data : A1234A <A> <V>100<H>100<D>003120A1234A <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 [Coding Example 2] Barcode symbology : ITF Print data : 98002345678163 <A> <V>100<H>100<D>20208098002345678163 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 02 Height of barcode : 080 [Coding Example 3] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 20123948573 <A> <V>240<H>100<D>H0312020123948573 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 [Notes] 1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode symbology. When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be same as narrow space width and multiple of the narrow bar. e.g.) Command Ratio Narrow space width <P> specification Character pitch Narrow bar width is 1 Narrow bar width is 2 Nil 1 2 <P>0 1 2 <D> 1:2 1 <P>1 <P>2 1 2 2 4 <P>3 3 6 <P>4 4 8 2. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data. [Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. When narrow bar is enlarged, the barcode may exceed the printable area and may not be printed. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 203 dpi: 2 dots or more 305 dpi: 2 dots or more 609 dpi: 4 dots or more 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the printing of barcode will be performed; however, the scanner cannot read it. 8. If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN13 or JAN/EAN8 specification, set the correct calculated value. The barcode will be printed even when the data includes improper check digit; however, the scanner cannot read it. 96 9.3 Barcode 9.3 ESC+D~ESC+d Barcode (Selection of BarHcRoI) de (Selection of HRI) ESC+D ~ ESC+d Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil D ~ d Parameter <44>16 ~ Character type abbcccn~n + <d>n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying character type of human readable information (HRI) for barcode. [Format] <D>abbcccn~n + <d>n~n Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data] = 3 : JAN/EAN13 4 : JAN/EAN8 H : UPC-A = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots = Barcode data d[Character type specification] n[Print data] = OA OB XU XS XM XB XL U S M WB WL = HRI data [Coding Example] Barcode symbology : EAN13 Barcode data : 4902471000793 HRI data : 4902471000793 <A> <V>100<H>200<D>3031204902471000793 <XU>4902471000793 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Character type : XU Height of barcode: : 120 [Notes] 1. Adds HRI with specified character type. 2. When the data other than specified value is set, printing will not be performed. When the barcode enlargement ratio is small and character type is large, HRI may be overlapped with each other. 3. The product will lay out HRI properly. 4. HRI for JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13 and UPC-A requires the following terms. For 8 dots/mm (203 dpi), [02] and [03] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 12 dots/mm (305 dpi), [03] and [04] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 24 dots/mm (609 dpi), [06], [07] and [08] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. 5. HRI will not be printed when barcode is an erroneous for barcode with HRI. 6. When <P> or <L> is specified (<P>02<d>nn,<L><d>nn), HRI will not be printed. 97 9.4 Barcode 9.4 ESC+BD Barcode (Ratio 2:5) Barcode (Ratio 2:5) ESC+BD Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BD <42>16<44>16 Parameter abbcccnn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between itemss The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the barcode of narrow and wide bar width ratio 2:5. [Format] <BD>abbcccn~n Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data] = Refer to the table below = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots = Valid range : 001 to 999 dots = Data Barcode symbology (Ratio of module composition may not be available depending on the barcode symbology.) A Barcode symbology Description 0 CODABAR(NW-7) Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Characters are [A,B,C,D,E,N,T,a,b,c,d,e,n,t]. However, the reading result of [E, N, T, a, b, c, d, e, n, t] will be [D, B, A, A, B, C, D, D, B, A.] e.g.) When barcode print data is [123], specify [A123A]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODABAR(NW-7) for the print data. 1 CODE39 Set print data including Start/Stop Character. Start/Stop Character is [*]. e.g.) When barcode print data is [12345], specify [*12345*]. Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the CODE39 for the print data. 2 ITF Specify print data in even-numbered digit. If specifying in odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the head of print data. Refer to the code list of the ITF for the print data. 3 JAN/EAN13 The barcode will have a guard bar and HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN13 for the print data. 4 JAN/EAN8 The barcode will have a guard bar and HRI. Refer to the code list of the JAN/EAN8 for the print data. 5 Industrial 2 of 5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Industrial 2of5 for the print data. 6 Matrix 2 of 5 Barcode character pitch is enabled. Refer to the code list of the Matrix 2of5 for the print data. H UPC-A The barcode will have a guard bar and HRI. Refer to the code list of the UPC-A for the print data. Ratio 2:5 2:5 2:5 Fixed Fixed 2:5 2:5 Fixed 98 [Coding Example 1] Barcode symbology : CODABAR(NW-7) Print data : A1234A <A> <V>100<H>100<BD>003120A1234A <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 [Coding Example 2] Barcode symbology : ITF Print data : 98002345678163 <A> <V>100<H>100<BD>20212098002345678163 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 [Coding Example 3] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 20123948573 <A> <V>240<H>100<BD>H0312020123948573 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 [Notes] 1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode symbology. When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be same as narrow space width. Command Ratio <BD> 2:5 Narrow space width 2 <P> specification Nil <P>0 <P>1 <P>2 <P>3 <P>4 Character pitch Narrow bar width is 1 Narrow bar width is 2 2 4 2 4 1 2 2 4 3 6 4 8 2. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data. 3. The below condition is necessary for the HRI of JAN/EAN8, JAN/EAN13 and UPC-A. The head density is 203 dpi (8 dots/mm): HRI is printed only if the narrow bar is [02] and [03] The head density is 305 dpi (12 dots/mm): HRI is printed only if the narrow bar is [03] and [04] The head density is 609 dpi (24 dots/mm): HRI is printed only if the narrow bar is [06], [07] and [08] Automatic HRI printing is will not be implemented when the value other than above is specified. [Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. Increasing the narrow bar width may exceed the printable area. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the printing of barcode will be performed; however, the scanner cannot read it. 8. If sending the print data including check digit at the time of JAN/EAN13 or JAN/EAN8 specification, set the correct calculated value. The barcode will be printed even when the data includes improper check digit; however, the scanner cannot read it. 99 9.5 Barcode 9.5 ESC+BT Registration of Bar Width RegisRtartaiotion of Bar Width Ratio ESC+BT Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BT <42>16<54>16 Parameter abbccddee Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the bar width ratio of narrow and wide bars. [Format] <BT>abbccddee Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow space] = c[Wide space] = d[Narrow bar] = e[Wide bar] = = 0 : CODABAR(NW-7) 1 : CODE39 2 : ITF 5 : Industrial 2 of 5 6 : Matrix 2 of 5 Valid range : 01 to 99 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 dots [Coding Example] Barcode symbology : CODE39 Narrow space : 03 Narrow bar : 03 Wide bar : 05 <A> <BT>103050305 <V>100<H>200<BW>01233*ABCD* <Q>2 <Z> Wide space : 05 [Notes] 1. To print barcode with specified ratio, insert Print of Barcode with Registered Ratio <BW> after this command. 2. When <BW> and Print Quantity <Q> are not specified, only the registration of bar width ratio of narrow and wide bars will be performed. 3. Only one ratio can be registered. 4. If the data other than specified is set, this will not be registered due to command error. 100 9.6 Barcode 9.6 PESrCin+BtWof BParirnct oodf eBwarictohde with RegRisetegreidsRtaetrioed Ratio Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BW <42>16<57>16 Parameter aabbbn~n ESC+BW Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the barcode registered with Registration of Bar Width Ratio <BT>. [Format] <BW>aabbbn~n Parameter a[Narrow bar width] = b[Height of barcode] = n[Print data] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Barcode data [Coding Example] Narrow bar width : 02 <A> <BT>103060306 <V>100<H>200<BW>02120*ABCD* <Q>2 <Z> Height of barcode : 120 [Notes] 1. Barcode character pitch is available for CODABAR(NW-7), CODE39, Industrial 2 of 5, and Matrix 2 of 5. To specify barcode character pitch, insert Character Pitch <P> right before barcode symbology. When <P> is omitted, character pitch will be as same as narrow space width. Command Ratio Narrow space width <P> specification Character pitch Narrow bar width is 1 Narrow bar width is 2 Nil 3 6 <P>0 3 6 <BT> 3:5 3 <P>1 <P>2 1 2 2 4 <P>3 3 6 <P>4 4 8 2. If there is no Registration of Bar Width Ratio <BT>, barcode based on pre-registered bar width ratio of narrow and wide bars will be printed. Note that specification of <BT> is required beforehand to print. 3. Refer to the code list of each barcode for the print data. [Remarks] 1. If the value other than valid range is set, command error will occur and barcode will not be printed. 2. A barcode that exceeds the printable area will not be printed. 3. When narrow bar is enlarged, the barcode may exceed the printable area and may not be printed. 4. The scanner may not read the barcode with a valid character pitch when Character Pitch <P> is increased. Also, increasing the narrow bar width may cause the same type of problem. For more information, refer to the documentation of your scanner. 5. Specify the narrow bar width by considering the scanner readability and the head density. 6. Adjust Print Speed <CS> or Print Darkness <#F> in case of scanner reading problem. 7. If the Start/Stop character is not included in print data at the time of CODABAR(NW-7) or CODE39 specification, the printing of barcode will be performed; however, the scanner cannot read it. 101 CODABAR(NW-7) - Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 A a 0 0 1 0 2 2 B b 0 0 1 1 3 3 C c 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 5 E e 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0A * : 1 0 1 1B + 1 1 0 0C 1 1 0 1D - 1 1 1 0 E N n 1 1 1 1 F / * 0x20(SP) cannot be used, however, an error will not occur when it is specified and black will be printed. 102 CODE39 - Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 P 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ 0 0 1 0 2 2 BR 0 0 1 1 3 3 C S 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DT 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EU 0 1 1 0 6 6 F V 0 1 1 1 7 7 GW 1 0 0 0 8 8 H X 1 0 0 1 9 9 I Y 1 0 1 0A * J Z 1 0 1 1B + K 1 1 0 0C L 1 1 0 1D - M 1 1 1 0 E N 1 1 1 1 F / O 103 9.7 Barcode 9.7 GESSC1+-B1I28(UCGCS/1E-1A28N(U1C2C8/E)AN128) (St(aStnanddaarrddCaCrtaonrtIDoOnnIlyD) Only) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BI <42>16<49>16 Parameter aabbbcn~n ESC+BI Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) barcode for Standard Carton ID. [Format] <BI>aabbbcnn Parameter a[Narrow bar width] = b[Height of barcode] = c[Barcode expository font specification]= n[Print data] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots 0: No HRI 1: HRI is available (Top of barcode) 2: HRI is available (Bottom of barcode) Barcode data (Fixed 17 digits) Refer to the code list of the GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) for the print data. EAN128 (Barcode for standard carton ID) - Identifier of sequence code for transportation container - Package type - Country code, manufacturer code - Sequence number of shipment container - C/D * Specify the 17-digit data without C/D because C/D is automatically added. [Coding Example 1] Narrow bar width: 05, barcode height: 080, HRI: yes (in the bottom) Print data: 12345678901234567 <A> <V>100<H>200<BI>05080212345678901234567 <Q>2 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Narrow bar width: 04, barcode height: 150, HRI: no Print data: 123456789+ calendar data (refer to the enhanced calendar printing <WU>) <A> <V>100<H>200 <BI>041500<WU>123456789>ZDDMMYYhh>Z <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. This is UCC128 code only for the standard carton ID. When printing EAN128 that is used for medical services, fresh products, and horticultures, please specify the application identifier according to the application, or specify the print data by separators by using CODE128 barcode command <BG>. 2. Start character code, function character, end character code and identifier (only "00" is supported) are automatically added. 3. Modulus10 check character and modulus 103 check character are automatically produced. 4. Sequential numbering of the barcode data is available. 5. The line pitch between barcode and HRI font is fixed to 10 dots. 6. When the width of the HRI is wider than the barcode width, the HRI is printed from the print start position of the barcode. 7. When the width of the HRI is narrower than the barcode width, the HRI is printed in the center position of the barcode. 8. The font type of the HRI is OCR-B. 9. When the HRI exceeded the printable area, it will not be printed. When barcode with HRI is specified, specify the vertical position <V> and horizontal position <H> by considering the HRI printing. 10. When other than 0, 1, or 2 is specified as the barcode HRI font, it will be the same as the barcode HRI font specification "0". 104 ITF Matrix 2of5 Industrial 2of5 UPC-A, EAN8 EAN13, UPC-E GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) MSI code list S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 3 3 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 5 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0A 1 0 1 1B 1 1 0 0C 1 1 0 1D 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F 105 9.8 Barcode 9.8 ESC+BC CODE93 Barcode CODE93 Barcode ESC+BC Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BC <42>16<43>16 Parameter aabbbccn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying CODE93 barcode. [Format] <BC>aabbbccnn Parameter a[Narrow bar width] = b[Height of barcode] = c[Digit No. of data] = n[Print data] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Valid range : 01 to 99 Barcode data (Refer to the CODE93 - Code Table) [Coding Example] Narrow bar width : 02 Height of barcode : 120 Digit No : 12 Print data : ABCD123456xy <A> <V>100<H>200<BC>0212012ABCD123456xy <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. C/D is an auto-generation. 2. Start code and stop code is automatically added. 3. Maximum entry digit number of data is 99. 4. [Digit No. of data] and No. of input data has to be equal. 5. Command error will occur when No. of input data and [Digit No. of data] is not matching. 106 CODE93 - Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ a q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2BRb r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 ' 7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B +K k 1 1 0 0C < L \ l 1 1 0 1D - = Mm 1 1 1 0 E > Nn - 1 1 1 1 F / O o DEL 00H to 7FH are available in CODE93. 107 9.9 Barcode C9.9ODEESC1+2B8G (12C8OADE, 11228 8B(12,81A,281C28)B, 128C) BarBcoadercode ESC+BG Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BG <42>16<47>16 Parameter aabbbn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying CODE128 barcode. [Format] <BG>aabbbn~n Parameter a[Narrow bar width] = b[Height of barcode] = n[Print data] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Barcode data (Refer to the CODE128 - Code Table) [Coding Example] Narrow bar width : 02 Height of barcode : 120 A) <A> <V>100<H>200<BG>02120>GABCD123456 <Q>2 <Z> Print data : ABCD123456 (START CODE [Notes] 1. Specify [START CODE] at the head of print data. (1) START CODE A = [>G] (2) START CODE B = [>H] (3) START CODE C = [>I] 2. C/D is an auto-generation. 3. (1) When using "START CODE C", specify print data in even-numbered digit. (2) When "START CODE C" is set to print data in odd - number digits, specify "START CODE A" or "B" to change the first one character of print data. And then specify the rest of data with "Code Set Character C" to change it to even-numbered digit. e.g.1) 15 digits [123456789012345] <B>1<C>23456789012345. e.g.2) 9 digits / Alphanumeric 6 digits [123456789ABC123] <C>12345678<B>9ABC123. (3) If using "START CODE C" to specify odd-numbered digit, "0" will be added to the tail of print data before printing. (4) Note that when the LEGACY COMMAND SUPPORT is on and specify odd-numbered digit with START CODE C, "0" will be added to the tail of the print data and printed. (5) When start character is omitted, data will be printed with "START CODE B". 108 CODE128 - Code Table VALUE 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 Code A SP " # $ % & ' ( ) * + / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : < = > [Important] - 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Code B SP " # $ % & ' ( ) * + / 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 : < = > [Important] - 4 @ A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Code C 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 09 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 109 VALUE 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 Code A Q R S T U V W X Y Z NUL >SP SOH > STX >" ETX ># EOT >$ ENQ >% ACK >& BEL >' BS >( HT >) LF >* VT >+ FF > CR >SO > SI >/ DLE >0 DC1 >1 DC2 >2 DC3 >3 DC4 >4 NAK >5 SYN >6 ETB >7 CAN >8 EM >9 SUB >: ESC > FS >< GS >= RS >> US > FNC3 >@ FNC2 >A Code B Q R S T U V W X Y Z ` >SP a > b >" c ># d >$ e >% f >& g >' h >( i >) j >* k >+ l > m >n > o >/ p >0 q >1 r >2 s >3 t >4 u >5 v >6 w >7 x >8 y >9 z >: > >< >= >> DEL > FNC3 >@ FNC2 >A Code C 49 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 66 67 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 77 78 79 80 81 82 83 84 85 86 87 88 89 90 91 92 93 94 95 96 97 110 VALUE 98 99 100 101 102 103 104 105 Code A SHIFT >B Code-C >C Code-B >D FNC4 >E FNC1 >F START CODE A >G B >H C >I Code B SHIFT >B Code-C >C FNC4 >D Code-A >E FNC1 >F Code C 98 99 Code-B >D Code-A >E FNC1 >F [Important] 1. Send [START CODE] by all means. 2. [STOP CODE] will be automatically added in the internal product. 3. For the specification of code higher than Value 64 in Code A and Code B, specify it as a two-character code with the addition of [>]. 4. Specification code [>] is described as [>J]. 111 9.10 Barcode 9.10 ESC+BP POSTNET POSTNET ESC+BP Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BP <42>16<50>16 Parameter nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying POSTNET. [Format] <BP>n~n Parameter n = Print data (refer to the POSTNET code table) Note that the digits other than specified below are not allowed. - 5 digits (POSTNET-32 format) - 6 digits (POSTNET-37 format) - 9 digits (POSTNET-52 format) - 11 digits (POSTNET-62 Delivery Point format) [Coding Example] Postal code : 11 digits: <A> <V>100<H>200<BP>01234567890 <Q>2 <Z> 01234567890 [Notes] 1. If specifying the value other than 5, 6, 9, and 11 digits for print data, it will be ignored. 2. Only numeric can be specified as print data. Refer to the POSTNET - Code Table. 112 POSTNET - Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 3 3 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 5 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0A 1 0 1 1B 1 1 0 0C 1 1 0 1D 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F 113 9.11 Barcode 9.11 ESC+BF UPC Add-on Code UPC(BAOdOdK-LoAnNDC) ode (BOOKLAND) ESC+BF Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BF <42>16<46>16 Parameter aabbbn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify UPC Add-on code (BOOKLAND) [Format] <BF>aabbbn~ Parameter a[Narrow bar width] = b[Height of barcode] = n[Print data] = Valid range : 01 to 36 dots Valid range : 001 to 999 dots Numeric (0 to 9) : 2, 5 digits [Coding Example] Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 <A> <H>325<V>725<BD>H0315009827721123 <H>640<V>760<BF>0312021826 <H>655<V>730<OB>21826 <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. The specified barcodes that are other than 2-digit or 5-digit will not be printed. 2. Only numeric can be specified as print data. Refer to the BOOKLAND - Code Table. 3. There is no auto HRI specification. 4. When UPC Add-on code <BF> only is printed, it will not be readable. It is readable only if UPC Add-on is printed with UPC code. 114 UPC Add-on barcode - Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 3 3 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 5 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0A 1 0 1 1B 1 1 0 0C 1 1 0 1D 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F 115 9.12 Barcode 9.12 ESCU+BPLC-AUPBC-AarcBoardcoede (Without HRI) (Without HRI) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BL <42>16<4C>16 Parameter aabbcccn~n ESC+BL Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Adjusting the barcode character height of the first and the last digits to the same as that of the guide bar. [Format] <BL>abbcccn~n Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data] = H = Valid range = Valid range = Data : UPC-A ('H' fixed) : 01 to 36 dots : 001 to 999 dots : 11 fixed digits [Coding Example] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 01234567890 <A> <H>100<V>100<BL>H0312001234567890 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 03 Height of barcode : 120 [Notes] 1. This command supports UPC-A only. When setting [Barcode symbology] to the value other than `H', command error will occur. 2. Settings for guide bar, HRI and Ratio are as follows. Guide bar Available HRI Not available Ratio Fixed 3. The operation when invalid parameters are specified is not guaranteed. 4. The height of the character barcode is the same when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <D>, however, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the character code will be the same as the guide bar when printing with UPC-A barcode command <BL>. Guide bar Character barcode Character barcode Guide bar Guide bar Character barcode Character barcode Guide bar First digit Last digit Print result by barcode command <D> First digit Last digit Print result by UPC-A barcode command <BL> 116 9.13 Barcode 9.13 ESCU+BPL~CE-SAC+Bd arcUoPdCe-A Barcode (Se(lSecetiolencoftiHoRnI) of HRI) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BL~ <42>16<4C>16~ Character type Parameter abbcccn~n~<d>n~n ESC+BL ~ ESC+d Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Adjusting the barcode character height of the first and the last digits to the same as that of the guide bar. [Format] <BL>abbcccn~n ~ <d>n~n Parameter a[Barcode symbology] = b[Narrow bar width] = c[Height of barcode] = n[Print data] = d[Character type specification] = n[Print data] = H Valid range Valid range Data OA OB XU XS XM XB XL U S M WB WL HRI data : : UPC-A ('H' fixed) : 01 to 36 dots : 001 to 999 dots : 11 fixed digits 12 fixed digits [Coding Example] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Barcode data : 01234567890 <A> <H>100<V>100<BL>H0212001234567890 <XS>01234567890 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 02 Character type : XS Height of barcode : 120 HRI data : 01234567890 117 [Notes] 1. This command supports UPC-A only. When setting [Barcode symbology] to the value other than `H', command error will occur. 2. HRI requires the following terms. For 8 dots/mm, [02] and [03] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 12 dots/mm, [03] and [04] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 24 dots/mm, [06], [07] and [08] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. 3. Please set the correct calculation for the check digit that is the 12th digit of the HRI data by using modulus10. 4. Settings for guide bar, HRI and Ratio are as follows. Guide bar Available HRI Available Ratio Fixed 5. The operation when invalid parameters are specified is not guaranteed. 6. HRI will not be printed when barcode is an error for barcode with HRI. 7. The height of the character barcode is the same when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <D> followed by <character type> data, however, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the character code will be the same as the guide bar when printing with UPC-A barcode command <BL> followed by <character type> data. Also, HRI can be printed from below the first digit to the last digit because the height of the barcode is shorter when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <D> followed by <character type> data, however, the printable area of HRI will be narrower compared to the barcode command <d> followed by <character type> data when printing UPC-A with UPC-A barcode command <BL> followed by <character type> data because the first digit and the last digit's height is longer. GuGidueidbeabr ar Character barcode GuGidueidbeabr ar Character barcode GuGidueidbeabr ar Character barcode GuGidueidbearbar Character barcode First digit Last digit Print result of UPC-A of barcode command <D> followed by <character type> data First digit Last digit Print result of UPC-A of UPC-A barcode command <BL> followed by <character type> data 118 9.14 Barcode 9.14 ESCU+BPMC-UAPCB-AaBracrcooddee(With HRI) (With HRI) ESC+BM Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BM <42>16<4D>16 Parameter abbcccn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Adjusting the barcode character height of the first and the last digits to the same as that of the guide bar. [Format] <BM>abbcccn~n Parameter a[Barcode symbology] b[Narrow bar width] c[Height of barcode] n[Print data] = H = Valid range = Valid range = Data : UPC-A ('H' fixed) : 01 to 36 dots : 001 to 999 dots : 11 fixed digits [Coding Example] Barcode symbology : UPC-A Print data : 20123948573 <A> <H>100<V>100<BM>H0212020123948573 <Q>2 <Z> Narrow bar width : 02 Height of barcode : 120 [Notes] 1. This command supports UPC-A only. When setting [Barcode symbology] to the value other than `H', command error will occur. 2. HRI requires the following terms. For 8 dots/mm, [02] and [03] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 12 dots/mm, [03] and [04] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. For 24 dots/mm, [06], [07] and [08] would be a proper value of narrow bar width. Automatic HRI printing is will not be implemented when the value other than above is specified. 3. Settings for guide bar, HRI and Ratio are as follows. Guide bar Available HRI Available Ratio Fixed 4. The operation when invalid parameters are specified is not guaranteed. 5. The height of the character barcode is the same when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <BD>, however, the height of the first digit and the last digit of the character code will be the same as the guide bar when printing with UPC-A barcode command <BM>. Also, HRI can be printed from below the first digit to the last digit because the height of the barcode is shorter when printing UPC-A by using barcode command <BD>, however, the printable area of HRI will be narrower when printing UPC-A with UPC-A barcode command <BM> because the first digit and the last digit's height is longer. Guide bar Character barcode Guide bar Character barcode Guide bar Character barcode Guide bar Character barcode First digit Last digit Print result by barcode command <BD> First digit Last digit Print result by UPC-A barcode command <BM> 119 9.15 Barcode 9.15 ESC+EU Composite Symbol Composite Symbol ESC+EU Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil EU <45>16<55>16 Parameter aabb(cc)(ddd) n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify composite symbol EAN and UCC. [Format 1] <EU>aabbccnn Parameter a[Composite symbol] = b[Narrow bar width] = c[Segment width] = n[Print data] = 01 : GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 02 : GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 03 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 04 : GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B) 05 : GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 06 : GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC/B) / GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B) 07 : UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 08 : UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 09 : EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 10 : EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 01 ~ 12 (dots) 02 ~ 22 (even numbers only) * Supported only for DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) data The maxim digit available for 1D data GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B) GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) / GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B) UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B) UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B) Specify the 1D data in the format of "XX00000XXX"(X is variables). EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) 13 digits 13 digits 13 digits 13 digits 13 digits 74 digits 11 digits Fixed to 10 digits 12 digits 7 digits * Check digit is automatically calculated and added. * Separate the 1D data and 2D data with '|'(7CH) when specifying composite symbol printing. Data = 1D data| 2D data * It is necessary to specify the data of GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) in 1 to 16 digits of the GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC=B). * It is possible to input up to 74 digits for numeric and up to 41 digits for alphabet including the data of GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) for the GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/C-B). (It is possible to input up to 41 digits for alphanumeric including GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) data) * 0 is added before the data when the specified data are less than the maximum digit for 1D data. * It is possible to input up to 338 digits for 2D data, however, the maximum input digit varies depending on the barcode type. * The barcode may exceed the printable area depending on the data or data digit. The barcode may not be read in that case. Please adjust the data so that the whole barcode can be printed in the printable area. * The input digit of the UPC-A Composite is 11 digits only, however, EAN14 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) will be printed when 12 digits has been input to maintain compatibility. 120 [Format 2] <EU>aabbcccnn Parameter a[Composite symbol] = 11 : GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) b[Narrow bar width] = c[Barcode height] = 12 : GS1-128 Composite (CC-C) 01 ~ 12 (dots) 001 ~ 500 (dots) * Specify the barcode height when the narrow bar width is 01. The barcode height will be 300 dots when the narrow bar is 03, and barcode height is 100. n[Print data] = barcode data (up to 236 digits for 1D and 2D data together) The maximum digit available for 1D and 2D data (however, there is a limitation for the maximum digit for 1D data) GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B 338 digits GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-C 2361 digits The maxim digit available for 1D data GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-A/B 48 digits GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) with CC-C 48 digits * Separate the 1D data and 2D data with '|'(7CH) when specifying composite symbol printing. Data = 1D data| 2D data * Please use '#'(23H) when specifying CC-A/B(Micro PDF) or CC-C(PDF417) as the FNC1(GS). * The 2D data of GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) With CC-A/B can input up to 338 digits. * When the 2D data of the GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) With CC-A/B is less than 56 digits, it will be CC-A automatically, and it will be CC-B when it is 57 to 338 digits. * The digit varies depending on the width of the barcode in GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) With CC-C, and the maximum digit of the 1D and 2D is 2361 digits. [Coding Example 1] When using GS1 DataBar Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>01040361234567890|11990102 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 2] When using GS1 DataBar Truncated Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>02040361234567890|11990102 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 3] When using GS1 DataBar Stacked Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>03040341234567890|17010200 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 4] When using GS1 DataBar Stacked Omni-Directional (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>04040341234567890|17010200 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 5] When using GS1 DataBar Limited Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>05040351234567890|21ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUV <Q>1 <Z> 121 [Coding Example 6] When using GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0605220104912345678904 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 7] When using GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0605020104912345678904 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 8] When using UPC-A Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0704331234567890|991234-abcd <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 9] When using UPC-E Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>08041200000123|15021231 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 10] When using EAN13 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>0904331234567890|991234-abcd <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 11] When using EAN8 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>10041234567|21A12345678 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 12] When using GS1-128 Composite (CC-A/CC-B) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>11040260103212345678906|21A1B2C3D4E5F6G7H8 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 13] When using GS1-128 Composite (CC-C) command <A> <V>100<H>100 <EU>120402600030123456789012340|02130123456789 093724#101234567ABCDEFG <Q>1 <Z> 122 [Notes] 1. The format of the parameter varies depending on the 1D barcode type. The segment width can be specified only with DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) (EU06). The barcode height parameter can be specified only with GS1-128(UCC/EAN-128) (EU11, EU12). 2. Composite symbol will not be printed when the data matched to the composite symbol is not set to the data. 3. The print data parameter can be input up to 2361 digits for 1D data and 2D data, however, the data can be specified as 2D data vary according to the 1D barcode type, and conditions such as the alphabet and numeric is mixed in the data. The barcode may not be printed correctly when data exceeded the maximum digit. 4. The size of the composite symbol changes depending on the width of the narrow bar. 5. When the composite symbol exceeded the printable area, the part within the printable area will be printed. The composite symbol may be read correctly by the scanner. 6. According to the specification of composite symbol, the height and width of the 2D code are adjusted by the 1D barcode data. When the width of the 1D barcode is not enough, the composite barcode may not be printed even the data are less than the maximum digit. 7. HRI printing cannot be specified with this command. 8. The rotation command <%> is available, but enlarge command <L> is disabled. 9. Please specify a correct value for YYMMDD when specifying 11(manufactured date), 12(due date for payment), 13(packed date), 15(sell-by date), and 17(warranty date) for application identifier. The print result is not guaranteed when the correct value is not input. 10. Please specify the 2D code data according to the format of the application identifier when GS1 Databar is specified as the barcode type. 11. GS1 DataBar Expanded Composite (CC-A/CC-B) is automatically stacked according to the segment width and data size, and printed as GS1 DataBar Expanded Stacked (CC-A/CC-B). 12. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different, however, the reading result is the same. Composite symbol 2D code-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 P p 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ a q 0 0 1 0 2 "2 BR b r 0 0 1 1 3 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 '7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + K k 1 1 0 0C , <L l 1 1 0 1D - =M m 1 1 1 0 E > N n 1 1 1 1 F / O o * Please use '#'(23H) when specifying FNC1. 123 9.16 Barcode 9.16 ESC+BS USPS Barcode USPS Barcode ESC+BS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BS <42>16<53>16 Parameter aabbbccccccdddddddddee Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] USPS code is printed. [Format] <BS>aabbbccccccddddddddd(ee) Parameter a[Barcode ID] = b[Service Type ID] = c[Mailer ID] = d[Serial Number] = e[Routing Code] = Fixed to 2 digits * Specify 0 to 4 for the second digit. Fixed to 3 digits Fixed to 6 digits Fixed to 9 digits Fixed to 5 digits, 9 digits, or 11 digits (Omissible) [Coding Example] Barcode ID : 53, Service Type ID : 379, Customer Identifier : 777234 Serial Number: 994544928, Routing Code : 51135759461 <A> <V>100<H>200<BS>5337977723499454492851135759461 <Q>1 <Z> [Note] Refer to the USPS code table on the next page for the valid parameter. 124 USPS code-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 3 3 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 5 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0A 1 0 1 1B 1 1 0 0C 1 1 0 1D 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F 125 10 2D Code Commands 10.1 2D Code 10.1 ESC+2D10 PDF417 PDF417 ESC+2D10 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D10 <32>16<44>16<31>16<30>16 Parameter ,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying PDF417 of 2D code. [Format] (For setup) <2D10>,aa,bb,c,dd,ee(,f) Parameter a[Minimum module width] = b[Minimum module height] = c[Security level] = d[Number of data codewords per 1 line]= number of data) e[Lines per a symbol] = number of data) f [Code type] = Valid range: 01~27 (dots) Valid range: 01~72 (dots) Valid range: 0~8 Valid range: 01~30 00 : Auto (the width size varies depending on the specified Valid range: 03~90 00 : Auto (the height size varies depending on the specified 0 : Normal, 0 when omitted (omissible) 1 : Truncated [Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn Parameter m[Number of data] n[Print data] = Valid range: 1~2681 (bytes) = data [Coding Example 1] Minimum module width: 03 (dots), minimum module height: 09 (dots) Security level: 3, number of data codewords per 1 line: 03, lines per a symbol: 18 <A> <V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Minimum module width: 03 (dots), minimum module height: 09 (dots) Security level: 3, number of data codewords per 1 line: 03, Lines per a symbol: 18, code type: truncated <A> <V>100<H>200<2D10>,03,09,3,03,18,1 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z> 126 [Notes] 1. Specify the base reference point for PDF417 by using vertical position command <V> and horizontal position command <H>. <V>100<H>200<2D10>***** 200 100 2. The ratio of vertical and horizontal size (aspect ratio) is 1:2 according to the number of data when d=e=00. 3. The printing may not be correct when the number of data specified for d and e does not match. 4. Specify bigger d and e when the specified security level is bigger. 5. Recommended to specify more than 2 dots for 8 dots/mm and 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm because the minimum module width and minimum module height may not be read by the scanner. 6. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different, however, the reading result is the same. [Remarks] 1. The sequential numbering is invalid. 2. Print position specification by auto line feed is not available. 3. Print specification o 00H~FFH is available. 4. Format registration is available. 5. Specify bigger minimum module size when improving the print quality. 6. Specify a bigger security level value when improving the scanner readability. 7. The height of the code varies when the data are only alphabet or only numeric, and when the data are alphanumeric. 127 PDF417-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 AQa q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2BRb r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 ' 7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + ;K[ k { 1 1 0 0C , <L \ l | 1 1 0 1D - =M ] m } 1 1 1 0 E . >N^ n~ 1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL [00H to 7FH] are available in PDF417. 128 10.2 2D code 10.2 ESC+2D12 Micro PDF417 Micro PDF417 ESC+2D12 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D12 Parameter <32>16<44>16<31>16<32>16 ,aa,bb,c,dd(,e) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify Micro PDF417. [Format] (setting part) <2D12>,aa,bb,c,dd(,e) Parameter a[Minimum module width] = Valid range : 01~27 (dots) b[Minimum module height] = Valid range : 01~72 (dots) c[Data codeword number per 1 line](Cols) = Valid range : 1~4 d[Lines per a symbol](Rows) = Valid range : 2 digits e[Binary mode specification] = 0 : Normal, 0 when omitted (Omissible) 1 : Binary mode [Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn : When Binary mode specification is "Binary mode" <DS>nn : When Binary mode specification is "Normal" Parameter m[Number of data] n[Print data] = Valid range = data : 0001~0366 (bytes) [Coding Example] Module width: 02 (dots), minimum module height: 04 (dots) number of data codewords per 1 line: 1, lines per a symbol: 14 <A> <V>100<H>200<2D12>,02,04,1,14 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Lines per a symbol are decided according to the number of data codewords per 1 line. Refer to the "Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417" in the next page. 2. Recommended to specify more than 2 dots for 8 dots/mm, 12 dots/mm, and more than 4 dots for 24 dots/mm because the code with the minimum module width and the minimum module height may not be read by a scanner. 3. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different, however, the reading result is the same. 129 * The symbol size of Micro PDF417 is fixed to the following 34 types. "Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417" Symbol size The maximum number of data Cols(c) Rows(d) Only alphabet Only numeric 11 6 8 14 12 17 17 18 26 1 20 22 32 24 30 44 28 38 55 8 14 20 11 24 35 14 36 52 2 17 46 67 20 56 82 23 64 93 26 72 105 6 10 14 8 18 26 10 26 38 12 34 49 15 46 67 3 20 66 96 26 90 132 32 114 167 38 138 202 44 162 237 4 14 20 6 22 32 8 34 49 10 46 67 12 58 85 4 15 76 111 20 106 155 26 142 208 32 178 261 38 214 313 44 250 366 Binary mode 3 7 10 13 18 22 8 14 21 27 33 38 43 6 10 15 20 27 39 54 68 82 97 8 13 20 27 34 45 63 85 106 128 150 * Number of characters varies depending of the combination of alphabet (upper case, lower case), numeric and mix of the control code. 130 Micro PDF417-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 AQa q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2BRb r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 ' 7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + ;K[ k { 1 1 0 0C , <L \ l | 1 1 0 1D - =M ] m } 1 1 1 0 E . >N^ n~ 1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL [00H to FFH] are available in Micro PDF417. 131 10.3 2D code 10.3 ESC+2D20 MaxiCode MaxiCode ESC+2D20 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D20 Parameter <32>16<44>16<32>16<30>16 ,a(,bbb,ccc,dd) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify the MaxiCode. [Format] (setting part) <2D20>,a(,bbb,ccc,dd) Parameter a[Mode] = 2 : 3 : 4 : 6 : For carrier (numeric) For carrier (alphanumeric) Standard code For reading device * Please specify the below parameter when mode 2 or 3 is specified. Please omit the below parameter when mode 4 or 6 is specified. b[Service class] = Valid range: 001~999 (numeric) c[Country code] = Valid range: 001~999 (numeric) d[Postal code] = Valid range: 0~999999999 (mode 2) 000000~999999 (mode 3) * Maximum 9 digits for mode 2 (only numeric) Fixed to 6 digits for mode 3 (upper case only for alphabet) [Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn Parameter m[Number of data] = Valid range : 1~138 n[Print data] = data * 00H cannot be specified. Mode 2 3 4 6 Service class Country code Postal code Fixed to 3 digits (Numeric only) Fixed to 3 digits (Numeric only) Omit Maximum 9 digits Fixed to 6 digits (alphanumeric) The maximum number of print data Numeric Alphanumeric only 123 84 138 93 [Coding Example] Mode: For carrier (numeric), Service class: 003, country code : 081 Postal code: 123456789 <A> <V>100<H>200<2D20>,2,003,081,123456789 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. The size of the MaxiCode does not vary depending on the number of data. 2. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 3. Specify more than 12 for the print data when mode 4 or 6 is specified. The MaxiCode that print data are equal or less than 11 cannot be read by scanners. 4. The maximum number of print data varies depending on the print data combination when other than alphanumeric code are used for the print data. 5. The generation module has been changed for the quality improvement. The generated image may be different, however, the reading result is the same. 132 MaxiCode-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ a q 0 0 1 0 2 "2 BR b r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 '7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B +K k 1 1 0 0C < L \ l 1 1 0 1D - = Mm 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F > Nn ~ / O o DEL [01H to FFH] are available in MaxiCode. 133 10.4 2D code 10.4 ESC+2D30 QR Code (Model 2) QR Code (Model 2) ESC+2D30 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D30 Parameter <32>16<44>16<33>16<30>16 ,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify QR code (model 2) [Format] (setting part) <2D30>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg) Parameter a[Error correction level(error correction)] = L : 7% M : 15% Q : 25% H : 30% b[Size of a side] = Valid range : 01~99 (dots) * Recommend to specify more than 2 dots for 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm for scanner readability. c[Data setting mode] = 0 : Manual setting 1 : Auto setting * Note that the print data specification varies according to this setting. d[Combine mode] = 0 : Normal mode 1 : Combine mode * Please specify the below parameter when combined mode 1 is specified. Omit the below parameter with the normal mode. e[Division number of combine mode] = Valid range : 01 16 * Specify how many divided QR code are to be combined with the combine mode. f[Sequential number of divided combine mode] = Valid range * Specify what number of divided QR code. : 01 16 g[Parity data of combine mode] = Valid range : 00 FF *Specify the data that is a calculation (exclusive OR) of all divided QR code print data in HEX. [Format] (data part) Manual setting (Data setting mode) <DS>k,nn * This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji code. <DN>mmmm,nn * This is used when specified by binary. Auto setting (Data setting mode) <DN>mmmm,nn * The input mode is automatically switched by the input data. [Format] (version specification) <QV>pp * This is used when specifying the version. Parameter k[Input mode] = 1 : Numeric mode 2 : Alphanumeric mode 3 : Kanji mode(Shift JIS Kanji code) * Specify this setting only if the manual setting is specified in the data setting mode. * Note that there is a binary specification other than above, however, the data specification command is different. m [Number of data] = Valid range: 1~2953 * Specify this setting when auto setting in the data setting mode or binary specification in manual setting is specified. n[Print data] = data pp [Version] = 0040 (MODEL2) * Use this setting when fix the QR symbol size. When this is not specified, it will be Auto. It will be Auto when 00 is specified. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. * Refer to the "QR code version specification command" for more details. 134 [Note 1] 1. When Kanji is specified in the <DN>, specify the size of number of Kanji character x2. 2. When auto setting is on and <DN> specification, 80H~9FH and E0H~FFH is treated as Kanji mode and binary cannot be specified. [Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D30>,L,05,0,0 <DS>1,012345 <Q>2 <Z> [Note 2] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. The data specification command in the data part varies according to the setting of the parameter part or specified data contents. [Coding Example2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04 Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data setup mode) In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric, Kanji and Binary). <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D30>,L,04,0,0 <DS>3, <DN>0010,0123456789 <DS>1,123 <Q>1 <Z> [Note 3] 1. Please specify the data part after the parameter part. Also, specify the data part after the data part continuously. When this fails, printing may not be correct. 2. Make the total number of data (n) less than 7000 bytes in this specification. Also the maximum block number of the continuously specified data part is 200 blocks. [Coding Example 3] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal, printed with version 5 <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D30>,L,05,0,0 <QV>5 <DS>1,012345 <DN>0004,6789 <Q>1 <Z> [Note 4] 1. Specify the <QV> command in between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>. 2. When the parameter error occurs, it will be treated as no specification. 3. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. (Please specify the value in the range supported in the model) Setting range (MODEL 1): 00 to 40 4. The command error occurs and the QR code will not be printed when data exceeded the size limit of the specified version data size. 135 QR Code data size table (Model 2) Version Error Correction Numeric Alphanumeric Kanji L 41 25 10 1 M 34 20 8 21X21 Q 27 16 7 H 17 10 4 L 77 47 20 2 M 63 38 16 25X25 Q 48 29 12 H 34 20 8 L 127 77 32 3 M 101 61 26 29X29 Q 77 47 20 H 58 35 15 L 187 114 48 4 M 149 90 38 33X33 Q 111 67 28 H 82 50 21 L 255 154 65 5 M 202 122 52 37X37 Q 144 87 37 H 106 64 27 L 322 195 82 6 M 255 154 65 41X41 Q 178 108 45 H 139 84 36 L 370 224 95 7 M 293 178 75 45X45 Q 207 125 53 H 154 93 39 L 461 279 118 8 M 365 221 93 49X49 Q 259 157 66 H 202 122 52 L 552 335 141 9 M 432 262 111 53X53 Q 312 189 80 H 235 143 60 L 652 395 167 10 M 513 311 131 57X57 Q 364 221 93 H 288 174 74 Binary 17 14 11 7 32 26 20 14 53 42 32 24 78 62 46 34 106 84 60 44 134 106 74 58 154 122 86 64 192 152 108 84 230 180 130 98 271 213 151 119 Version Error Correction Numeric Alphanumeric Kanji L 772 468 198 11 M 604 366 155 61X61 Q 427 259 109 H 331 200 85 L 883 535 226 12 M 691 419 177 65X65 Q 489 296 125 H 374 227 96 L 1022 619 262 13 M 796 483 204 69X69 Q 580 352 149 H 427 259 109 L 1101 667 282 14 M 871 528 223 73X73 Q 621 376 159 H 468 283 120 L 1250 758 320 15 M 991 600 254 77X77 Q 703 426 180 H 530 321 136 L 1408 854 361 16 M 1082 656 277 81X81 Q 775 470 198 H 602 365 154 L 1548 938 397 17 M 1212 734 310 85X85 Q 876 531 224 H 674 408 173 L 1725 1046 442 18 M 1346 816 345 89X89 Q 948 574 243 H 746 452 191 L 1903 1153 488 19 M 1500 909 384 93X93 Q 1063 644 272 H 813 493 208 L 2061 1249 528 20 M 1600 970 410 97X97 Q 1159 702 297 H 919 557 235 Binary 321 251 177 137 367 287 203 155 425 331 241 177 458 362 258 194 520 412 292 220 586 450 322 250 664 504 364 280 718 560 394 310 792 624 442 338 858 666 482 382 136 Version Error Correction L 21 M 101X101 Q H L 22 M 105X105 Q H L 23 M 109X109 Q H L 24 M 113X113 Q H L 25 M 117X117 Q H L 26 M 121X121 Q H L 27 M 125X125 Q H L 28 M 129X129 Q H L 29 M 133X133 Q H L 30 M 137X137 Q H Numeric 2232 1708 1224 969 2409 1872 1358 1056 2620 2059 1468 1108 2812 2188 1588 1228 3057 2395 1718 1286 3283 2544 1804 1425 3517 2701 1933 1501 3669 2857 2085 1581 3909 3035 2181 1677 4158 3289 2358 1782 Alphanumeric 1352 1035 742 587 1460 1134 823 640 1158 1248 890 672 1704 1326 963 744 1853 1451 1041 779 1990 1542 1094 864 2132 1637 1172 910 2223 1732 1263 958 2369 1839 1322 1016 2520 1994 1429 1080 Kanji 572 438 314 248 618 480 348 270 672 528 376 284 721 561 407 315 784 614 440 330 842 652 462 365 902 692 496 385 940 732 534 405 1002 778 559 430 1066 843 604 457 Binary 929 711 509 403 1003 779 565 439 1091 857 611 461 1171 911 661 511 1273 997 715 535 1367 1059 751 593 1465 1125 805 625 1528 1190 868 658 1628 1264 908 698 1732 1370 982 742 Version Error Correction L 31 M 141X141 Q H L 32 M 145X145 Q H L 33 M 149X149 Q H L 34 M 153X153 Q H L 35 M 157X157 Q H L 36 M 161X161 Q H L 37 M 165X165 Q H L 38 M 169X169 Q H L 39 M 173X173 Q H L 40 M 177X177 Q H Numeric 4417 3486 2473 1897 4686 3693 2670 2022 4965 3909 2805 2157 5253 4134 2949 2301 5529 4343 3081 2361 5836 4588 3244 2524 6153 4775 3417 2625 6479 5039 3599 2735 6743 5313 3791 2927 7089 5596 3993 3057 Alphanumeric 2677 2113 1499 1150 2840 2238 1618 1226 3009 2369 1700 1307 3183 2506 1787 1394 3351 2632 1867 1431 3537 2780 1966 1530 3729 2894 2071 1591 3927 3054 2181 1658 4087 3220 2298 1774 4296 3391 2420 1852 Kanji 1132 894 634 486 1201 947 684 518 1273 1002 719 553 1347 1060 756 590 1417 1113 790 605 1496 1176 832 647 1577 1224 876 673 1661 1292 923 701 1729 1362 972 750 1817 1435 1024 784 Binary 1840 1452 1030 790 1952 1538 1112 842 2068 1628 1168 898 2188 1722 1228 958 2303 1809 1283 983 2431 1911 1351 1051 2563 1989 1423 1093 2699 2099 1499 1139 2809 2213 1579 1219 2953 2331 1663 1273 137 10.5 2D code 10.5 ESC+2D31 QR Code (Model 1) QR Code (Model 1) ESC+2D31 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D31 Parameter <32>16<44>16<33>16<31>16 ,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify QR code (model 1) [Format] (setting part) <2D31>,a,bb,c,d(,ee,ff,gg) Parameter a[Error correction level(error correction)] = L : 7% M : 15% Q : 25% H : 30% b[Size of a side] = Valid range : 01~99 (dots) * Recommend to specify more than 2 dots for 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm for scanner readability. c[Data setting mode] = 0 : Manual setting 1 : Auto setting * Note that the print data specification varies according to this setting. d[Combine mode] = 0 : Normal mode 1 : Combine mode * Please specify the below parameter when combined mode 1 is specified. Omit the below parameter with the normal mode. e[Division number of combine mode] = Valid range : 01 16 * Specify how many divided QR code are to be combined with the combine mode. f[Sequential number of divided combine mode] = Valid range : 01 16 * Specify what number of divided QR code. g[Parity data of combine mode] = Valid range : 00 FF * Specify the data that is a calculation (exclusive OR) of all divided QR code print data in HEX. [Format] (data part) Manual setting (Data setting mode) <DS>k,nn * This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji code. <DN>mmmm,nn * This is used when specified by binary. Auto setting (Data setting mode) <DN>mmmm,nn * The input mode is automatically switched by the input data. [Format] (version specification) <QV>pp * This is used when specifying the version. Parameter k[Input mode] = 1 : Numeric mode 2 : Alphanumeric mode 3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji code) * Specify this setting only if the manual setting is specified in the data setting mode. * Note that there is a binary specification other than above, however, the data specification command is different. m [Number of data] = Valid range : 1~486 * Specify this setting when auto setting in the data setting mode or binary specification in manual setting is specified. n [Print data] = data pp [Version] = 0040 (MODEL2) * Use this setting when fix the QR symbol size. When this is not specified, it will be Auto. It will be Auto when 00 is specified. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. * Refer to the "QR code version specification command" for more details. 138 [Note 1] 1. When Kanji is specified in the <DN>, specify the size of number of Kanji character x2. 2. When auto setting is on and <DN> specification, 80H~9FH and E0H~FFH is treated as Kanji mode and binary cannot be specified. [Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D31>,L,05,0,0 <DS>1,012345 <Q>2 <Z> [Note 2] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. The data specification command in the data part varies according to the setting of the parameter part or specified data contents. [Coding Example 2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04 Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data setup mode) In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric, Kanji and Binary). <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D31>,L,04,0,0 <DS>3, <DN>0010,0123456789 <DS>1,123 <Q>1 <Z> [Note 3] Please specify the data part after the parameter part. Also, specify the data part after the data part continuously. When this fails, printing may not be correct. [Coding Example 3] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal, printed with version 5 <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D31>,L,05,0,0 <QV>5 <DS>1,012345 <DN>0004,6789 <Q>1 <Z> [Note 4] 1. Specify the <QV> command in between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>. 2. When the parameter error occurs, it will be treated as no specification. 3. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. (Please specify the value in the range supported in the model) Setting range (MODEL 1): 00 to 14 4. The command error occurs and the QR code will not be printed when data exceeded the size limit of the specified version data size. 139 QR code data size table (Model 1) Error Version Correction Numeric Alphanumeric Kanji L 40 24 10 1 M 33 20 8 21X21 Q 25 15 6 H 16 10 4 L 81 49 20 2 M 66 40 17 25X25 Q 52 31 13 H 33 20 8 L 131 79 33 3 M 100 60 25 29X29 Q 81 49 20 H 52 31 13 L 186 113 48 4 M 138 84 35 33X33 Q 114 69 29 H 76 46 19 L 253 154 65 5 M 191 116 49 37X37 Q 157 95 40 H 105 63 27 L 321 194 82 6 M 249 151 64 41X41 Q 201 122 51 H 133 81 34 L 402 244 103 7 M 311 188 80 45X45 Q 253 154 65 H 167 101 43 L 493 299 126 8 M 378 229 97 49X49 Q 301 183 77 H 203 123 52 L 585 354 150 9 M 441 267 113 53X53 Q 369 223 94 H 239 145 61 L 690 418 177 10 M 526 319 135 57X57 Q 433 262 111 H 291 176 74 Binary 17 14 11 7 34 28 22 14 55 42 34 22 78 58 48 32 106 80 66 44 134 104 84 56 168 130 106 70 206 158 126 85 244 184 154 100 287 219 180 121 Error Version Correction Numeric Alphanumeric Kanji L 800 485 205 11 M 608 368 156 61X61 Q 493 299 126 H 342 207 87 L 915 555 234 12 M 694 421 178 65X65 Q 579 351 148 H 390 236 100 L 1030 624 264 13 M 790 479 202 69X69 Q 656 398 168 H 454 275 116 L 1167 707 299 14 M 877 531 225 73X73 Q 738 447 189 H 498 302 127 Binary 333 253 205 142 381 289 241 162 429 329 273 189 486 365 307 207 140 10.6 2D code 10.6 ESC+2D32 Micro QR Code Micro QR Code ESC+2D32 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D32 Parameter <32>16<44>16<33>16<32>16 ,a,bb,c Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify Micro QR code. [Format] (setting part) <2D32>,a,bb,c Parameter a[Error correction level(error correction)] = L : 7% M : 15% Q : 25% b[Size of a side] = Valid range : 01~99 (dots) * Recommend to specify more than 2 dots for 12 dots/mm, and 4 dots for 24 dots/mm for scanner readability. c[Data setting mode] = 0 : Manual setting 1 : Auto setting [Format] (data part) Manual setting (Data setting mode) <DS>k,nn * This is used when the input mode is numeric mode, alphanumeric mode and Kanji code. <DN>mmmm,nn * This is used when specified by binary. Auto setting (Data setting mode) <DN>mmmm,nn * The input mode is automatically switched by the input data. [Format] (version specification) <QV>pp * This is used when specifying the version. Parameter k[Input mode] = 1 : Numeric mode 2 : Alphanumeric mode 3 : Kanji mode (Shift JIS Kanji code) * Note that there is a binary specification other than above, however, the data specification command is different. m [Number of data] = Valid range : 1~15 * Specify this setting only if the auto setting is specified in the data setting mode. n[Print data] = data pp [Version] = 0040 (MODEL 2) * Use this setting when fix the QR symbol size. When this is not specified, it will be Auto. It will be Auto when 00 is specified. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. * Refer to the "QR code version specification command" for more details. [Note 1] 1. When Kanji is specified in the <DN>, specify the size of number of Kanji character x2. 2. When auto setting is on and <DN> specification, 80H~9FH and E0H~FFH is treated as Kanji mode and binary cannot be specified. [Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 04 <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D32>,L,04,0 <DS>1,012345 <Q>2 <Z> [Note 2] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. The data specification command in the data part varies according to the setting of the parameter part or specified data contents. 141 [Coding Example2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 04 Mixed specification of Manual setup (Data setup mode) In Manual setup, you can proceed specifying data in specified input mode (Numeric, Alphanumeric, Kanji, Binary) in a row. <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D32>,L,04,0 <DS>3, <DN>0010,0123456789 <DS>1,123 <Q>1 <Z> [Note 3] Please specify the data part after the parameter part. Also, specify the data part after the data part continuously. When this fails, printing may not be correct. Micro QR code data size table Version Error correction M1 (11×11) L (Error correction only) M2 L (13×13) M M3 L (15×15) M M4 (17×17) L M Q Numeric Alphanumeric 5 - 10 6 8 5 23 14 18 11 35 21 30 18 21 13 Kanji - 6 4 9 8 5 Binary - 9 7 15 13 9 [Coding Example 3] Error correction level: 7%, size of a side: 05 data setting mode: manual setting, combine mode: normal, printed in version M4 <A> <V>100<H>200 <2D32>,L,05,0,0 <QV>4 <DS>1,012345 <DN>0004,6789 <Q>1 <Z> [Note 4] 1. Specify the <QV> command in between <2Dxx> and <DN>/<DS>. 2. When the parameter error occurs, it will be treated as no specification. 3. The parameter error will not occur in the range of 00~40. (Please specify the value in the range supported in the model) Setting range (Micro QR): 00 to 04 4. The command error occurs and the Micro QR code will not be printed when data exceeded the size limit of the specified version data size. 142 QR code (Numeric mode)-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 3 3 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 5 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0A 1 0 1 1B 1 1 0 0C 1 1 0 1D 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F 143 QR code (Alphanumeric mode)-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 P 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ 0 0 1 0 2 2 BR 0 0 1 1 3 3 C S 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DT 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EU 0 1 1 0 6 6 F V 0 1 1 1 7 7 GW 1 0 0 0 8 8 H X 1 0 0 1 9 9 I Y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ 1 0 1 1B + K 1 1 0 0C L 1 1 0 1D - M 1 1 1 0 E . N 1 1 1 1 F / O 144 QR code (Binary mode)-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P ` p 0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 AQa q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2BRb r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 ' 7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B +;K[ k { 1 1 0 0C , <L \ l | 1 1 0 1D - =M ] m } 1 1 1 0 E . > N ^ n 1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL [00H to 7FH], [A0H to DFH] are available in the QR code. 145 QR code (Kanji mode)-Code Table Symbol Alphanumeric Hiragana Shift JIS 813F 814F 815F 816F 8180 8190 819E 824F 825F 826F 8280 8290 829E 82AE 82BE 82CE 82DE 82EE 833F 834F 835F 836F 8380 8390 839E 83AE 83BE 83CE 843F 844F 845F 846F 8480 8490 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F SP : ´ ¨ - / ...``"" ( ) + ±× ÷ = < > °'" $ % # & * @ § 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z Katakana Greek Alphabet Russian Alphabet 146 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 889E 88AE 88BE 88BE 88CE 88DE 88EE 893F 893F 894F 895F 895F 896F 8980 8990 8990 899E 89AE 89AE 89BE 89CE 89DE 89EE 8A3F 8A4F 8A5F 8A6F 8A80 8A90 8A9E 8AAE 8ABE 8ACE 8ADE 147 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 8ADE 8AEE 8B3F 8B4F 8B5F 8B6F 8B80 8B90 8B9E 8BAE 8BBE 8BCE 8BDE 8BDE 8BEE 8C3F 8C4F 8C4F 8C5F 8C6F 8C80 8C90 8C9E 8CAE 8CBE 8CBE 8CCE 8CDE 8DEE 8D3F 8D4F 8D5F 8D6F 8D80 148 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 8D90 8D9E 8DAE 8DAE 8DBE 8DCE 8DDE 8DEE 8E3F 8E4F 8E5F 8E5F 8E6F 8E80 8E90 8E9E 8EAE 8EBE 8ECE 8EDE 8EEE 8F3F 8F4F 8F5F 8F6F 8F80 8F90 8F9E 8FAE 8FBE 8FCE 8FDE 8FEE 903F 149 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 904F 905F 906F 906F 9080 9090 909E 909E 90AE 90BE 90CE 90DE 90EE 913F 914F 914F 915F 916F 9180 9190 919E 91AE 91AE 91BE 91CE 91DE 91EE 923F 924F 925F 925F 926F 9280 9290 150 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 929E 92AE 92BE 92BE 92CE 92DE 92DE 92EE 933F 934F 935F 935F 936F 9380 9390 939E 93AE 93BE 93CE 93DE 93EE 93EE 943F 943F 943F 944F 944F 945F 945F 946F 9480 9490 949E 94AE 151 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 94BE 94CE 94CE 94DE 94EE 953F 954F 955F 956F 956F 9580 9590 959E 95AE 95AE 95BE 95CE 95CE 95DE 95EE 963F 964F 965F 966F 9680 9690 969E 969E 96AE 96AE 96AE 96BE 96BE 96CE 152 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 96DE 96DE 96EE 96EE 973F 974F 974F 975F 976F 9780 9780 9790 9790 979E 97AE 97BE 97CE 97CE 97DE 97DE 97EE 983F 983F 984F 985F 985F 986F 153 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 989E 989E 989E 989E 989E 989E 98AE 98AE 98AE 98AE 98BE 98CE 98DE 98EE 993F 994F 994F 995F 995F 995F 995F 996F 996F 996F 9980 9980 9980 9990 999E 999E 99AE 99AE 99AE 99AE 154 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 99AE 99BE 99BE 99BE 99BE 99CE 99CE 99CE 99CE 99DE 99EE 9A3F 9A4F 9A5F 9A6F 9A80 9A90 9A90 9A9E 9A9E 9AAE 9ABE 9ACE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9AEE 9B3F 9B4F 9B5F 9B6F 155 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9B6F 9B6F 9B80 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B9E 9B9E 9B9E 9BAE 9BBE 9BCE 9BCE 9BDE 9BDE 9BDE 9BEE 9BEE 9BEE 9BEE 9C3F 9C3F 9C4F 9C4F 9C4F 9C5F 9C5F 9C5F 9C6F 9C6F 9C80 9C90 156 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9C9E 9CAE 9CBE 9CCE 9CDE 9CEE 9CEE 9D3F 9D3F 9D3F 9D4F 9D5F 9D6F 9D80 9D90 9D9E 9DAE 9DAE 9DBE 9DBE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DDE 9DEE 9E3F 9E3F 9E3F 9E4F 9E4F 9E5F 9E6F 157 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9E80 9E90 9E9E 9EAE 9EBE 9ECE 9EDE 9EEE 9F3F 9F4F 9F4F 9F5F 9F5F 9F5F 9F6F 9F6F 9F6F 9F6F 9F80 9F80 9F80 9F80 9F90 9F9E 9FAE 9FBE 9FCE 9FDE 9FEE E03F E04F E05F E06F E06F 158 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E080 E090 E09E E09E E09E E09E E0AE E0AE E0AE E0BE E0CE E0CE E0DE E0EE E13F E13F E14F E14F E14F E14F E14F E15F E15F E16F E180 E190 E19E E19E E19E E19E E1AE E1AE E1AE E1BE 159 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E1CE E1DE E1DE E1DE E1DE E1EE E23F E23F E24F E24F E24F E25F E26F E26F E280 E280 E290 E290 E29E E2AE E2BE E2CE E2DE E2DE E2EE E2EE E33F E34F E35F E36F E380 E390 E390 E39E 160 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E39E E3AE E3AE E3BE E3BE E3BE E3CE E3CE E3DE E3DE E3DE E3EE E43F E44F E45F E45F E45F E45F E46F E46F E46F E480 E480 E480 E480 E490 E49E E4AE E4BE E4CE E4DE E4EE E53F E54F 161 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E55F E55F E55F E56F E580 E590 E59E E5AE E5BE E5BE E5BE E5BE E5CE E5DE E5EE E63F E63F E63F E64F E64F E64F E65F E66F E680 E690 E69E E69E E6AE E6AE E6AE E6AE E6BE E6BE E6CE 162 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E6CE E6DE E6DE E6DE E6EE E73F E74F E74F E75F E75F E76F E780 E780 E780 E790 E79E E7AE E7AE E7BE E7BE E7CE E7CE E7CE E7CE E7DE E7EE E83F E84F E85F E86F E86F E880 E890 E890 163 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E89E E8AE E8AE E8AE E8BE E8CE E8CE E8CE E8CE E8DE E8DE E8DE E8DE E8EE E8EE E93F E93F E93F E94F E95F E95F E95F E95F E96F E980 E980 E990 E990 E990 E99E E99E E99E E99E E9AE 164 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E9AE E9BE E9CE E9DE E9DE E9EE EA3F EA4F EA5F EA5F EA5F EA5F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA90 EA90 EA90 EA90 165 10.7 2D code 10.7 ESC+2D50 Data Matrix (ECC200) Data Matrix (ECC200) ESC+2D50 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D50 Parameter <32>16<44>16<35>16<30>16 ,aa,bb,ccc,ddd Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify Data Matrix (ECC200). [Format] (setting part) <2D50>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd Parameter a[Horizontal cell size] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots) b[Vertical cell size] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots) c[Number of cells per line] = Valid range : 010 to 144 000 : Auto setting d[Number of cell lines] = Valid range : 008 to 144 000 : Auto setting [Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn Parameter m[Number of data] = Valid range : 1 to 3116 n[Print data] = data * Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. * The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. [Coding Example] Horizontal cell size: 3dots, Vertical cell size: 3dots <A> <V>100<H>200<2D50>,03,03,000,000 <DN>0010,0123456789 <Z> [Notes] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 2. Specify more than 2 mm blank space around the Data Matrix code as a margin for scanner readability when specifying the print format. 3. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. The number of data is [0002]. 4. When auto setting (000) is specified in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", square Data Matrix is printed. Data format Numeric Alphanumeric Binary (00H~FFH) Number of data 3116 2335 1556 166 * The symbol size of Data Matrix (ECC200) is fixed to the following 30 types. "Symbol size and number of data for Data Matrix (ECC200)" Symbol size The maximum value for the data digit Number of cells Number of per 1 line (c) Cell lines(d) Number of blocks Numeric Alphanumeric Binary 10 10 1 6 3 1 12 12 1 10 6 3 14 14 1 16 10 6 16 16 1 24 16 10 18 18 1 36 25 16 20 20 1 44 31 20 22 22 1 60 43 28 24 24 1 72 52 34 26 26 1 88 64 42 32 32 4 124 91 60 36 36 4 172 127 84 40 40 4 228 169 112 44 44 4 288 214 142 48 48 4 348 259 172 52 52 4 408 304 202 64 64 16 560 418 278 72 72 16 736 550 366 80 80 16 912 682 454 88 88 16 1152 862 574 96 96 16 1392 1042 694 104 104 16 1632 1222 814 120 120 36 2100 1573 1048 132 132 36 2608 1954 1302 144 144 36 3116 2335 1556 18 8 1 10 6 3 32 8 2 20 13 8 26 12 1 32 22 14 36 12 2 44 31 20 36 16 2 64 46 30 48 16 2 98 72 47 * Numeric, alphanumeric and mix of the control code varies depending on the combined number of characters. 167 Data Matrix (ECC200)-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ a q 0 0 1 0 2 "2 BR b r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 '7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + K k 1 1 0 0C < L \ l 1 1 0 1D - = Mm 1 1 1 0 E > Nn ~ 1 1 1 1 F / O o DEL [00H to FFH] are available in Data Matrix. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. 168 10.8 2D code 10.8 ESC+2D51 GS1 Data Matrix GS1 Data Matirx ESC+2D51 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D51 Parameter <32>16<44>16<35>16<31>16 ,aa,bb,ccc,ddd Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify GS1 Data Matrix. [Format] (setting part) <2D51>,aa,bb,ccc,ddd Parameter a[Horizontal cell size] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots) b[Vertical cell size] = Valid range : 01 to 99 (dots) c[Number of cells per line] = Valid range : 010 to 144 000 : Auto setting d[Number of cell l lines] = Valid range : 008 to 144 000 : Auto setting [Format] (data part) <DN>mmmm,nn Parameter m [Number of data] = Valid range : 1~3116 n [Print data] = data * Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. * Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH. * Specify [1BH, 31H] when printing FNC1. * The contents of the code will not be guaranteed when parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. [Coding Example] Horizontal cell size: 3dots, Vertical cell size: 3dots <A> <V>100<H>200<2D51>,03,03,000,000 <DN>0014,<1B>161100123456789 <Z> * <1B>16 is referring to 1BH in the character code. [Notes] 1. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of digits in the number of data and print data do not match. 2. Specify more than 2 mm blank space around the Data Matrix code as a margin for scanner readability when specifying the print format. 3. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. The number of data is [0002]. 4. When [7EH] is specified solely, the command error occurs and the code will not be printed. 5. Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH. The number of data is [0002]. 6. Specify [1BH, 31H] when printing FNC1. The number of data is [0002]. 7. When [1BH] is specified solely, the printing and the contents are not guaranteed. 8. When auto setting (000) is specified in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", square Data Matrix is printed. 9. When the same value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", square Data Matrix is printed. 10. When different value other than 000 is specified (manual setting) in the "number of cells per 1 line" and "number of cell lines", rectangle Data Matrix is printed. 11. The number of data can be specified in the data part depends on the data format. Available number of data is as follows. (Number of cells is auto setting or the maximum cell number is specified): Data format Number of data Numeric 3116 Alphanumeric 2335 Binary (00H~FFH) 1556 169 12. The symbol may not be read by a scanner when the cell size is smaller. In the above case, specify enough cell size for the scanner. 13. The symbol size available in the GS1 Data Matrix is limited to the 30 types in the below table. Also, the maximum number of data is limited depending on the symbol size. Refer to the "The maximum digit of the number of data" table. 14. Be sure to specify 1BH and 31H at the beginning of the data. "Symbol size and number of data for GS1 Data Matrix" Symbol size Number of cells Cell lines(d) Number of per 1 line (c) blocks 10 10 1 12 12 1 14 14 1 16 16 1 18 18 1 20 20 1 22 22 1 24 24 1 26 26 1 32 32 4 36 36 4 40 40 4 44 44 4 48 48 4 52 52 4 64 64 16 72 72 16 80 80 16 88 88 16 96 96 16 104 104 16 120 120 36 132 132 36 144 144 36 18 8 1 32 8 2 26 12 1 36 12 2 36 16 2 48 16 2 The maximum value for the data digit Numeric Alphanumeric Binary 6 10 16 24 36 44 60 72 88 124 172 228 288 348 408 560 736 912 1152 1392 1632 2100 2608 3116 10 20 32 44 64 98 3 6 10 16 25 31 43 52 64 91 127 169 214 259 304 418 550 682 862 1042 1222 1573 1954 2335 6 13 22 31 46 72 1 3 6 10 16 20 28 34 42 60 84 112 142 172 202 278 366 454 574 694 814 1048 1302 1556 3 8 14 20 30 47 * Numeric, alphanumeric and mix of the control code varies depending on the combined number of characters. 170 GS1 Data Matrix-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ a q 0 0 1 0 2 "2 BR b r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTdT 0 1 0 1 5 %5EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 '7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + K k 1 1 0 0C < L \ l 1 1 0 1D - = Mm 1 1 1 0 E > Nn ~ 1 1 1 1 F / O o DEL FNC1 Data n 1BH Data n+1 31H 00H to FFH are available in GS1 Data Matrix. Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH. Specify [1BH, 31H] when printing FNC1. 171 10.9 2D code 10.9 ESC+BQ QRQCRodCeode (Compatible (CCoommmpaantdisb) le Commands) ESC+BQ Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BQ <42>16<51>16 Parameter Manual setting abcc,(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)n Auto setting abcc,(ddeeff,)n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify the QR Code. [Format] [Manual setting] [Auto setting] <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff)g(hhhh)n <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff) n Parameter a[Error correction level(error correction)] b[Combine mode] c[Size of a side] Example) cc=04 4 dots = 1 : 2 : 3 : 4 : = 0 : 1 : = Valid range: 7% High density Level(L) 15% Standard Level(M) 30% Ultra High Reliability Level(H) 25% High Reliability Level(Q) Normal mode Combine mode 0199 (dots) 4 dots Media feed d[Division number of combine mode] = e[Sequential number of divided combine mode] = f[Parity data of combine mode] = g[Character mode] = h[Number of data] = n[Print data] = Valid range : 01 16 Valid range : 01 16 Valid range : 00 FF 1 : Numeric mode 2 : Alphanumeric mode 3 : Binary mode 4 : Kanji mode Valid range : 017366 (dots) data [Coding Example] Error correction level: 30%, Combine mode: Normal, Size of a side: 10 <A> <V>100<H>200<BQ>3010,112345 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify the data that is a calculation (exclusive OR) of all divided QR code print data in HEX. 2. It is not necessary to specify the number of data parameter when the character mode is other than the binary mode. [Important] This command is for existing models. Using QR Code (Model 2) command <2D30> and QR Code (Model 2) command <2D31> is recommended 172 QR Code data size table (for model 1) Version Error Correction Numeric AlphaNumeric Kanji L 40 24 10 1 M 33 20 8 21X21 Q 25 15 6 H 16 10 4 L 81 49 20 2 M 66 40 17 25X25 Q 52 31 13 H 33 20 8 L 131 79 33 3 M 100 60 25 29X29 Q 81 49 20 H 52 31 13 L 186 113 48 4 M 138 84 35 33X33 Q 114 69 29 H 76 46 19 L 253 154 65 5 M 191 116 49 37X37 Q 157 95 40 H 105 63 27 L 321 194 82 6 M 249 151 64 41X41 Q 201 122 51 H 133 81 34 L 402 244 103 7 M 311 188 80 45X45 Q 253 154 65 H 167 101 43 L 493 299 126 8 M 378 229 97 49X49 Q 301 183 77 H 203 123 52 L 585 354 150 9 M 441 267 113 53X53 Q 369 223 94 H 239 145 61 L 690 418 177 10 M 526 319 135 57X57 Q 433 262 111 H 291 176 74 Binary 17 14 11 7 34 28 22 14 55 42 34 22 78 58 48 32 106 80 66 44 134 104 84 56 168 130 106 70 206 158 126 85 244 184 154 100 287 219 180 121 Version Error Correction Numeric AlphaNumeric Kanji L 800 485 205 11 M 608 368 156 61X61 Q 493 299 126 H 342 207 87 L 915 555 234 12 M 694 421 178 65X65 Q 579 351 148 H 390 236 100 L 1030 624 264 13 M 790 479 202 69X69 Q 656 398 168 H 454 275 116 L 1167 707 299 14 M 877 531 225 73X73 Q 738 447 189 H 498 302 127 Binary 333 253 205 142 381 289 241 162 429 329 273 189 486 365 307 207 173 QR Code (Numeric mode)-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 3 3 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 5 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0 A 1 0 1 1 B 1 1 0 0 C 1 1 0 1 D 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F 174 QR Code (Alphanumeric mode)-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 P 0 0 0 1 1 1 A Q 0 0 1 0 2 2 B R 0 0 1 1 3 3 C S 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4 D T 0 1 0 1 5 % 5 E U 0 1 1 0 6 6 F V 0 1 1 1 7 7 G W 1 0 0 0 8 8 H X 1 0 0 1 9 9 I Y 1 0 1 0 A * : J Z 1 0 1 1 B + K 1 1 0 0 C L 1 1 0 1 D - M 1 1 1 0 E . N 1 1 1 1 F / O 175 QR Code (Binary mode)-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P ` p 0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 A Q a q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2 B R b r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3 C S c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4 D T d t 0 1 0 1 5 % 5 E U e u 0 1 1 0 6 & 6 F V f v 0 1 1 1 7 ' 7 G W g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8 H X h x 1 0 0 1 9 ) 9 I Y i y 1 0 1 0 A * : J Z j z 1 0 1 1 B + ; K [ k { 1 1 0 0 C 1 1 0 1 D ,<L \ l| - = M ] m } 1 1 1 0 E . > N ^ n ~ 1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL [00H to 7FH], [A0H to DFH] are available in the QR code. 176 QR code (Kanji mode)-Code Table Symbol Alphanumeric Hiragana Shift JIS 813F 814F 815F 816F 8180 8190 819E 824F 825F 826F 8280 8290 829E 82AE 82BE 82CE 82DE 82EE 833F 834F 835F 836F 8380 8390 839E 83AE 83BE 83CE 843F 844F 845F 846F 8480 8490 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F SP : ´ ¨ - / ...``"" ( ) + ±× ÷ = < > °'" $ % # & * @ § 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z Katakana Greek Alphabet Russian Alphabet 177 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 889E 88AE 88BE 88BE 88CE 88DE 88EE 893F 893F 894F 895F 895F 896F 8980 8990 8990 899E 89AE 89AE 89BE 89CE 89DE 89EE 8A3F 8A4F 8A5F 8A6F 8A80 8A90 8A9E 8AAE 8ABE 8ACE 8ADE 178 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 8ADE 8AEE 8B3F 8B4F 8B5F 8B6F 8B80 8B90 8B9E 8BAE 8BBE 8BCE 8BDE 8BDE 8BEE 8C3F 8C4F 8C4F 8C5F 8C6F 8C80 8C90 8C9E 8CAE 8CBE 8CBE 8CCE 8CDE 8DEE 8D3F 8D4F 8D5F 8D6F 8D80 179 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 8D90 8D9E 8DAE 8DAE 8DBE 8DCE 8DDE 8DEE 8E3F 8E4F 8E5F 8E5F 8E6F 8E80 8E90 8E9E 8EAE 8EBE 8ECE 8EDE 8EEE 8F3F 8F4F 8F5F 8F6F 8F80 8F90 8F9E 8FAE 8FBE 8FCE 8FDE 8FEE 903F 180 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 904F 905F 906F 906F 9080 9090 909E 909E 90AE 90BE 90CE 90DE 90EE 913F 914F 914F 915F 916F 9180 9190 919E 91AE 91AE 91BE 91CE 91DE 91EE 923F 924F 925F 925F 926F 9280 9290 181 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 929E 92AE 92BE 92BE 92CE 92DE 92DE 92EE 933F 934F 935F 935F 936F 9380 9390 939E 93AE 93BE 93CE 93DE 93EE 93EE 943F 943F 943F 944F 944F 945F 945F 946F 9480 9490 949E 94AE 182 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 94BE 94CE 94CE 94DE 94EE 953F 954F 955F 956F 956F 9580 9590 959E 95AE 95AE 95BE 95CE 95CE 95DE 95EE 963F 964F 965F 966F 9680 9690 969E 969E 96AE 96AE 96AE 96BE 96BE 96CE 183 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 96DE 96DE 96EE 96EE 973F 974F 974F 975F 976F 9780 9780 9790 9790 979E 97AE 97BE 97CE 97CE 97DE 97DE 97EE 983F 983F 984F 985F 985F 986F 184 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 989E 989E 989E 989E 989E 989E 98AE 98AE 98AE 98AE 98BE 98CE 98DE 98EE 993F 994F 994F 995F 995F 995F 995F 996F 996F 996F 9980 9980 9980 9990 999E 999E 99AE 99AE 99AE 99AE 185 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 99AE 99BE 99BE 99BE 99BE 99CE 99CE 99CE 99CE 99DE 99EE 9A3F 9A4F 9A5F 9A6F 9A80 9A90 9A90 9A9E 9A9E 9AAE 9ABE 9ACE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9AEE 9B3F 9B4F 9B5F 9B6F 186 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9B6F 9B6F 9B80 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B9E 9B9E 9B9E 9BAE 9BBE 9BCE 9BCE 9BDE 9BDE 9BDE 9BEE 9BEE 9BEE 9BEE 9C3F 9C3F 9C4F 9C4F 9C4F 9C5F 9C5F 9C5F 9C6F 9C6F 9C80 9C90 187 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9C9E 9CAE 9CBE 9CCE 9CDE 9CEE 9CEE 9D3F 9D3F 9D3F 9D4F 9D5F 9D6F 9D80 9D90 9D9E 9DAE 9DAE 9DBE 9DBE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DDE 9DEE 9E3F 9E3F 9E3F 9E4F 9E4F 9E5F 9E6F 188 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9E80 9E90 9E9E 9EAE 9EBE 9ECE 9EDE 9EEE 9F3F 9F4F 9F4F 9F5F 9F5F 9F5F 9F6F 9F6F 9F6F 9F6F 9F80 9F80 9F80 9F80 9F90 9F9E 9FAE 9FBE 9FCE 9FDE 9FEE E03F E04F E05F E06F E06F 189 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E080 E090 E09E E09E E09E E09E E0AE E0AE E0AE E0BE E0CE E0CE E0DE E0EE E13F E13F E14F E14F E14F E14F E14F E15F E15F E16F E180 E190 E19E E19E E19E E19E E1AE E1AE E1AE E1BE 190 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E1CE E1DE E1DE E1DE E1DE E1EE E23F E23F E24F E24F E24F E25F E26F E26F E280 E280 E290 E290 E29E E2AE E2BE E2CE E2DE E2DE E2EE E2EE E33F E34F E35F E36F E380 E390 E390 E39E 191 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E39E E3AE E3AE E3BE E3BE E3BE E3CE E3CE E3DE E3DE E3DE E3EE E43F E44F E45F E45F E45F E45F E46F E46F E46F E480 E480 E480 E480 E490 E49E E4AE E4BE E4CE E4DE E4EE E53F E54F 192 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E55F E55F E55F E56F E580 E590 E59E E5AE E5BE E5BE E5BE E5BE E5CE E5DE E5EE E63F E63F E63F E64F E64F E64F E65F E66F E680 E690 E69E E69E E6AE E6AE E6AE E6AE E6BE E6BE E6CE 193 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E6CE E6DE E6DE E6DE E6EE E73F E74F E74F E75F E75F E76F E780 E780 E780 E790 E79E E7AE E7AE E7BE E7BE E7CE E7CE E7CE E7CE E7DE E7EE E83F E84F E85F E86F E86F E880 E890 E890 194 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E89E E8AE E8AE E8AE E8BE E8CE E8CE E8CE E8CE E8DE E8DE E8DE E8DE E8EE E8EE E93F E93F E93F E94F E95F E95F E95F E95F E96F E980 E980 E990 E990 E990 E99E E99E E99E E99E E9AE 195 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E9AE E9BE E9CE E9DE E9DE E9EE EA3F EA4F EA5F EA5F EA5F EA5F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA90 EA90 EA90 EA90 196 10.10 2D code 10.10 ESC+BVMaxMiAXCI oCdoede (Compatible (CCoommmpaandtisb) le Commands) ESC+BV Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BV <42>16<56>16 Parameter a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,nn Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify the MaxiCode. [Format] <BV>a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,nn Parameter a[Symbol number] = Range : 1~8 b[Symbol digit] = Range : 1~8 c[Mode] = 2 : For carrier 3 : For carrier 4 : Standard code 6 : For reading device d [Postal code] = Valid range : 0~999999999 (mode 2) 000000~999999 (mode 3) * Maximum 9 digits for mode 2 (only numeric) Fixed to 6 digits for mode 3 (upper case only for alphabet) . e[Country code] = Valid range : 001~999 f [Service class] = Valid range : 001~999 n[Low priority message] = Alphanumeric, symbols Mode 2 3 4 6 Service class Country code Fixed to 3 digits Fixed to 3 digits (Numeric only) (Numeric only) Omission Postal code Maximum 9 digits Fixed to 6 digits (alphanumeric) The maximum number of print data Numeric only Alphanumeric 123 84 138 93 [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<BV>1,1,2,123456789,001,002,SAHTHA <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. The size of the MaxiCode does not vary depending on the number of print data. 2. The code will not be printed when a parameter other than above is specified or number of print data does not match. 3. Specify more than 12 for the print data when mode 4 or 6 is specified. The MaxiCode that print data are equal or less than 11 cannot be read by scanners. [Important] This command is for existing models. Using Maxi Code command <2D20> is recommended 197 MaxiCode-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ a q 0 0 1 0 2 "2 BR b r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 '7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + K k 1 1 0 0C < L \ l 1 1 0 1D - = Mm 1 1 1 0 E > Nn ~ 1 1 1 1 F / O o DEL [01H to FFH] are available in MaxiCode. 198 10.11 2D code 10.11 ESC+BK PDFP4D1F7417 (Compatible (CCoommmpaandtisb) le Commands) ESC+BK Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BK <42>16<4B>16 Parameter aabbcddeeffffgg(,h) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify the PDF417. [Format] <BK>aabbcddeeffffgg(,h) Parameter a[Minimum module width] b[Minimum module height] c[Security level] c[Number of data codewords per 1 line](Cols) number of data) e[Lines per symbol] number of data) f[Number of data digit] g[Print data] h[PDF code type] = Valid range : 01~27 (dots) = Valid range : 01~72 (dots) = Valid range : 0~8 = Valid range : 01~30 00: Auto (the width size varies depending on the specified = Valid range : 03~90 00: Auto (the height size varies depending on the specified = Valid range : 0001~2681 = data = when omitted: PDF417 T : Truncated M : Micro PDF [Coding Example] Minimum module width: 03 (dots), minimum module height: 09 (dots) Security level: 3, number of data codewords per 1 line: 03, lines per symbol: 18 <A> <V>100<H>200<BK>0309303180010PDF1234567 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. It is possible to specify 01 or 02 dots as the minimum module width, however, the code may not be read by a scanner. 2. It is possible to specify 01, 02 or 03 dots as the minimum module height, however, the code may not be read by a scanner. 3. The ratio of vertical and horizontal size (aspect ratio) is 1:2 according to the number of print data when the number of data codewords per 1 line and lines per symbol are specified as 00. 4. It is necessary to specify bigger lines per symbol or number of data codewords per 1 line when bigger security level is specified. 5. The maximum value for the number of data digit is 2681, however, this varies depending on the minimum module size, security level, and type of the print data. 6. The code will not be printed when a parameter specification or number of print data does not match. 7. When Micro PDF is specified in the PDF code type, the lines per symbol are decided according to the number of data codewords per 1 line. And the maximum value of the number of data digit will be decided, too. Refer to the "Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417" in the next page. 8. The security level is disabled when Micro PDF is specified in the PDF code type. [Important] This command is for existing models. Using PDF417 command <2D10> and Micro PDF417 command <2D12> is recommended [Remarks] 1. The sequential numbering is invalid. 2. Print position specification by auto line feed is not available. 3. Print specification to 00H~FFH is available. 4. Format registration is available. 5. Specify bigger minimum module size when improving the print quality. 6. Specify a bigger security level value when improving the scanner readability. 7. The height of the code varies when the data are only alphabet or only numeric, and when the data are alphanumeric. 199 * The symbol size of Micro PDF417 is fixed to the following 34 types. "Symbol size and number of data for Micro PDF417" Symbol size The maximum number of data Cols(c) Rows(d) Only alphabet(A~Z) Numeric only 11 6 8 14 12 17 17 18 26 1 20 22 32 24 30 44 28 38 55 8 14 20 11 24 35 14 36 52 2 17 46 67 20 56 82 23 64 93 26 72 105 6 10 14 8 18 26 10 26 38 12 34 49 15 46 67 3 20 66 96 26 90 132 32 114 167 38 138 202 44 162 237 4 14 20 6 22 32 8 34 49 10 46 67 12 58 85 4 15 76 111 20 106 155 26 142 208 32 178 261 38 214 313 44 250 366 Binary mode 3 7 10 13 18 22 8 14 21 27 33 38 43 6 10 15 20 27 39 54 68 82 97 8 13 20 27 34 45 63 85 106 128 150 * Alphabet (upper case, lower case), numeric and mix of the control code varies depending on the combined number of characters. 200 PDF417-Code Table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 AQa q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2BRb r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 ' 7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B +;K[ k { 1 1 0 0C , <L \ l | 1 1 0 1D - =M ] m } 1 1 1 0 E . >N^ n~ 1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL [00H to FFH] are available in PDF417. 201 10.12 2D code 10.12 DESaCt+aBXMatrDixata(ECMaCtri2x00(E) CC200) (C(oCommppaatitbilbe CleomCmoanmdsm) ands) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BX <42>16<58>16 Parameter aabbccddeeefffghh ESC+BX Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify Data Matrix (ECC200). [Format] (setting part) <BX>aabbccddeeefffghh Parameter a[Format ID] b[Error correction level(error correction)] c[Width of cell] d[Pitch of cell] e[Number of cell in per 1 line] f [Number of cell lines] g[Mirror image] h[Size of the guide cell] = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range 000 = Valid range 000 = Valid range = Valid range : 01 (Fixed) : 20 (Fixed) : 01 to 99 (dot/cell) : 01 to 99 (dot/cell) : 010 to 144 : Auto setting : 008 to 144 : Auto setting : 0 (Fixed) : 01 (Fixed) [Notes] 1. It is possible to specify 01 and 02 for the width of the cell and pitch of the cell, however, the code may not be read by a scanner. The error occurs with 00. 2. The optimal matrix size will be set automatically when 000 is specified for both numbers of cells per 1 line and number of cell lines. [Important] This command is for existing models. Using Data Matrix (ECC200) command <2D50> is recommended. 202 10.13 2D code 10.13DESaCt+aDCMaDtartiaxM(aEtrCix C(E2C0C020)0) Data Data(C(ComopmatibpleaCtiobmlmeaCndos)mmands) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil DC <44>16<43>16 Parameter nn ESC+DC Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify the data of Data Matrix (ECC200). [Format] (data specification part) <DC>nn Parameter n [Print data] = data [Coding Example] Width of cell: 02, Pitch of cell: 02, number of cell per 1 line: 000, number of cell line: 000 Print data: 1234567890 <A> <V>100<H>200 <BX>01200202000000001 <DC>1234567890 <Q>2 <Z> [Note] 00H to FFH are available in Data Matrix (ECC200). However, it is not possible to specify 05H, 10H, 11H, 18H, and 1BH because these are product control codes. Specify Data Matrix <2D50> when specifying control codes in the data. [Important] This command is for existing models. Using Data Matrix (ECC200) command <2D50> is recommended Data format Number of data Numeric 3116 Alphanumeric 2335 Binary (00H~FFH) 1556 * The values above are the maximum number of data available as the barcode data. 203 10.14 2D code D10a.1t4aEMSCa+tFrXix (ECDCat2a00M) atrSixeq(uEeCnC2ti0a0l) NumbSeerqiunegnt(iaCl omNupmabteibrilneg Co(Cmommpaatnibdles) Commands) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil FX <46>16<58>16 Parameter aaabcccdddeee ESC+FX Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify sequential numbering of Data Matrix (ECC200). [Format] Sequential numbering <FX>aaabcccdddeee Parameter a[Number of printing for the same contents] b[Increment/Decrement flag] c[Number of increment/decrement] d[Digit position specification] e[Number of digit] = Valid range = + = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range : 001~999 : Increment : Decrement : 001~999 : 001~999 : 001~999 [Coding Example] Number of printing for the same contents: 001, Increment/Decrement flag: +, number of increment/decrement: 001, digit position specification: 005, number of digits: 003 <A> <V>100<H>200 <FX>001+001005003 <BX>01200202000000001 <DC>00006000 <Q>2 <Z> [Important] This command is for existing models. Using Data Matrix (ECC200) command <2D50> is recommended. 204 GS1 Data Matrix (ECC200)-Code Table (at <DC> specification) S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ a q 0 0 1 0 2 "2 BR b r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 '7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + K k 1 1 0 0C < L \ l 1 1 0 1D - = Mm 1 1 1 0 E > Nn ~ 1 1 1 1 F / O o DEL [00H to FFH] are available in GS1 Data Matrix (ECC200). (However, it is not possible to specify 05H, 10H, 11H, 18H, and 1BH because these are product control codes.) Specify [7EH, 7EH] when printing 7EH. 205 10.15 2D code 10.15 ESC+2D70 Aztec code Aztec code ESC+2D70 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D70 Parameter <32>16<44>16<37>16<30>16 ,a,bb,cc,ss,e,ff Valid range and term of command. When the power switch is turned off Valid range within item Valid range between itemss The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid. [Function] Specify the Aztec code. [Format] Setting part <2D70>,a,bb,cc,dd,e,ff Parameters a [Symbol type] = 0 : Full range symbol 1 : Compact symbol b [Error correction percentage] = 0 : default error correction level 01 - 99 : error correction percentage c [Symbol size] 0 : Auto minimization 1 -4 : 1 - 4 layer (compact symbol) * Refer to the below symbol size table 4 -32 : 4 - 32 layer (full range symbol) * Refer to the below symbol size table d [Number of symbols at structured append mode] = 0 : Encode without appending 1 : Auto setting 2 - 26: Structured append block number e [Message ID] = Y: specify the message ID N : Do not add message ID f [Message ID of structured append symbol] = Printable ASCII characters (excluding space), up to 24 bytes [Format] Data part <DS>n - n // in case of ASCII data <DN>mmmm, n - n // in case of binary data Parameters m [Number of data] = 0001 to 1914 - this parameter is set when print data is binary format n [Print data] = data - specify [1BH,1BH] when selecting [1BH] - specify [1BH,30H] when selecting [FNC1] - be sure to write [1BH,*] when selecting [ECl] ('*' specifies a value between 31H to 36H) [Coding example] Symbol type: compact, ECC percentage: default, symbol size: 2 layers, number of symbols at structured append: encode without appending, message id: None, message ID of structured append symbol: none, barcode data: THIS IS TEST <A> <V>0100<H>0100<L>0404 <2D70>,1,0,2,0,N,<DS>THIS IS TEST <Q>1 <Z> Generated Label (Note) 1. The symbol might not be printed when a parameter other than described above is specified. 2. The symbol may not be read by a scanner when the size of Aztec code is small. In the case, enlarge the size of the symbol for reading by using <ESC>L command that vertical and horizontal enlarge ratio is the same. 3. The minimum size of the symbol is 15 x 15 module, and the maximum is 151 x 151 module. Refer to the below table for available Aztec code format and the maximum size. 206 Symbol size table Parameter c Format Numeric Text 1 15x15 compact 13 12 2 19x19 compact 40 33 3 23x23 compact 70 57 4 27x27 compact 110 89 4 31X31 128 104 5 37X37 178 144 6 41X41 232 187 7 45X45 294 236 8 49X49 362 291 9 53X53 433 348 10 57X57 516 414 11 61X61 601 482 12 67X67 691 554 13 71X71 793 636 14 75X75 896 718 15 79X79 1008 808 16 83X83 1123 900 17 87X87 1246 998 18 91X91 1378 1104 19 95X95 1511 1210 20 101X101 1653 1324 21 105X105 1801 1442 22 109X109 1956 1566 23 113X113 2116 1694 24 117X117 2281 1826 25 121X121 2452 1963 26 125X125 2632 2107 27 131X131 2818 2256 28 135X135 3007 2407 29 139X139 3205 2565 30 143X143 3409 2728 31 147X147 3616 2894 32 151X151 3832 3067 *Please use the following capacity listed in the table above. If you use more than the upper limit of each symbol size, it may result in the command error. Binary data 6 19 33 53 62 87 114 145 179 214 256 298 343 394 446 502 559 621 687 753 824 898 976 1056 1138 1224 1314 1407 1501 1600 1702 1806 1914 4. Aztec code is settable in the range of (00H - FFH). For binary data, the user needs to set the number of data correctly by using <ESC>DN command. The symbol cannot be printed if the number of data and print data do not match. 5. Specify [1BH, 1BH] when printing 1BH. In the case, the number of data is [0002]. 6. Use a pair of [1BH,*] in the input data when using Extended Channel Interpretation (ECI). '*' specifies a value between 31H to 36H. The numbers in the below FLG(1) to FLG(6) are the number of digits used for ECI. <ESC>1 -> FLG(1) ECI data to be specified is 1-digit <ESC>2 -> FLG(2) ECI data to be specified is 2-digit <ESC>3 -> FLG(3) ECI data to be specified is 3-digit <ESC>4 -> FLG(4) ECI data to be specified is 4-digit <ESC>5 -> FLG(5) ECI data to be specified is 5-digit <ESC>6 -> FLG(6) ECI data to be specified is 6-digit Example) Data in case of <ESC>4: <ESC>41111ABCDE Scan data in case of <ESC>4: \001111ABCDE ('\' depends on the setting of the scanner, and it may be different.) (1) <ESC>4 becomes FLG(4), and trailing [1111 (4 digits)] is treated as ECI data. (2) The leading is padded with '0' because the number of digit is not enough (2 digits), and it will be [\001111]. 7. Message ID is enabled only if the number of symbols at structured append mode is auto, or structured append block number is specified, and symbols are printed separately as a result. 207 Aztec code table S I S O b8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 b7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 b6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 b5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 b3 b2 b1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P p 0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 AQa q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2BRb r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 ' 7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B + ;K[ k { 1 1 0 0C , < L l 1 1 0 1D - =M ] m } 1 1 1 0 E . >N^ n~ 1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL FNC1 ECI Data n 1BH 1BH Data n+1 30H 31H ~ 36H Aztec code is settable in the range of (00H - FFH). Specify [1BH,1BH] when setting [1BH]. Specify [1BH,30H] when setting [FNC1]. Specify [1BH,*] when setting [ECI]. ('*' refers a value between 31H to 36H) 208 10.16 2D code 10.16GESSC1+2QD3R4 CGoS1dQeR(CModoed(Meold2el)2) ESC+2D34 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil 2D34 Parameter <32>16<44>16<33>16<34>16 ,a,bb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid. [Function] Specifying GS1 QR Code (Model 2) [Format] (Setting part) <2D34>,a,bb Parameter a [Error Correction Level] = L : 7% M : 15% Q : 25% H : 30% b [Size of one side of cell] = Valid Range : 01 to 99 dots *Specify more than 02 dots when head density is 12 dots/mm, otherwise scanner may have reading problem [Format] (Data part) Automatic setup (Data setup mode) <DN>mmmm, n~n * Change input mode automatically according to input data. [Format] (Version) <QV>pp * Use when specifying the version. Parameter m [Number of data] = Valid Range : 1 to 7087 n [Print data] = Data *Data is in the automatic setup. Depending on the combination of the data, the maximum number of data may not be specified. . pp [Version] = 00 to 40 (GS1 QR) *Use when fix the size of QR symbol by specifying the version. When not specified, it will be specified automatically. It will be Auto when specifying 00. The parameter error will occur when the parameter is out of the range 00 to 40. *Refer to [QR code version command] for details. 209 [Notes] 1. AI identifier's fixed length and variable length will not be checked. AI identifier is not checked too. When specifying AI identifier that supported the variable data character string, please include FNC1(@1) at the end of data. 2. If you want to include @ character in the data string data, please enter @@. 3. Do not specify @ data other than FNC1(@1), @(@@) in the data string data. If only @ is specified, @ will be deleted. Sample : If you specify 12345@6789 (all 10 characters), it will encode with 123456789 (9 characters). 4. If only @1 is specified in the data string, a command error will occur. 5. If "%" is included in the print data, there is a possibility that "%" cannot be correctly scanned depending on the type of input data or the scanner. If "%" is not the intended scanned result, please specify "%%". For details, please contact each scanner maker. 6. Checking of valid data specified in GS1 QR code is not implemented. 7. GS1 QR code does not support the manual setting mode. 8. GS1 QR code does not support the concatenation mode. [Coding Example 1] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5 Data : (01)04912345123459(10)ABC123<FNC1>(96)11022888 <A> <V>100<H>200<2D34>,L,05 <QV>5 <DN>0036,010491234512345910ABC123@19611022888 <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Error correction level: 7%, Size of one side of cell: 05, Concatenation mode: Normal, Version 5 Data : (01)04993191000019(8200)www.sato.co.jp <A> <V>100<H>200<2D34>,L,05 <QV>5 <DN>0034,01049931910000198200www.sato.co.jp <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify <QV> command between <2Dxx> and <DN> 2. When resulted in a parameter error, it will be handled in the same manner of no specification. 3. A parameter error will occur if the parameter is out of range. For GS1 QR, the setting range is from 00 to 40. (Set the value within the range corresponding to each model) 4. Sending the data exceeding the data size of specified version will result in error and GS1QR code is not printed. 210 List of QR code data size (for GS1 QR) Version Error Alpha- Collection Numeric Numeric 1 L 40 24 M 33 20 21×21 Q 25 15 H 16 10 2 L 76 46 M 61 37 25×25 Q 47 28 H 33 20 3 L 126 76 M 100 60 29×29 Q 76 46 H 57 34 4 L 186 113 M 148 90 33×33 Q 109 66 H 81 49 5 L 253 154 M 201 122 37×37 Q 144 87 H 105 63 6 L 321 194 M 253 154 41×41 Q 177 107 H 138 84 7 L 369 223 M 292 177 45×45 Q 205 124 H 153 92 8 L 460 279 M 364 220 49×49 Q 258 156 H 201 122 9 L 551 334 M 431 261 53×53 Q 311 188 H 234 142 10 L 651 395 M 512 310 57×57 Q 363 220 H 286 174 Kanji Binary 10 17 8 14 6 11 4 7 19 32 16 26 12 20 8 14 32 53 25 42 19 32 14 24 48 78 38 62 28 46 21 34 65 106 51 84 36 60 27 44 82 134 65 106 45 74 35 58 94 154 75 122 52 86 39 64 118 192 93 152 66 108 51 84 141 230 110 180 80 130 60 98 167 271 131 213 93 151 73 119 Version 11 61×61 12 65×65 13 69×69 14 73×73 15 77×77 16 81×81 17 85×85 18 89×89 19 93×93 20 97×97 Error Collection L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H AlphaNumeric Numeric 771 467 603 366 426 258 330 200 882 534 690 418 488 296 373 226 1021 619 795 482 579 351 426 258 1100 667 870 527 620 376 466 283 1249 757 990 600 702 425 529 320 1407 853 1081 655 774 469 601 364 1546 938 1210 734 874 530 673 408 1724 1045 1345 815 946 574 745 451 1902 1152 1498 908 1062 643 812 492 2060 1248 1599 969 1158 702 918 556 Kanji Binary 198 321 154 251 109 177 84 137 226 367 177 287 125 203 95 155 262 425 204 331 148 241 109 177 282 458 223 362 159 258 119 194 320 520 254 412 180 292 135 220 361 586 277 450 198 322 154 250 396 644 310 504 224 364 172 280 442 718 345 560 242 394 191 310 487 792 384 624 272 442 208 338 528 858 410 666 297 482 235 382 211 Version 21 101×101 22 105×105 23 109×109 24 113×113 25 117×117 26 121×121 27 125×125 28 129×129 29 133×133 30 137×137 Error Alpha- Correction Numeric Numeric L 2230 1352 M 1707 1035 Q 1222 741 H 968 587 L 2408 1459 M 1870 1134 Q 1357 822 H 1054 639 L 2619 1587 M 2058 1247 Q 1467 889 H 1107 671 L 2811 1704 M 2187 1326 Q 1587 962 H 1227 744 L 3056 1852 M 2394 1451 Q 1717 1040 H 1285 779 L 3282 1989 M 2542 1541 Q 1803 1093 H 1424 863 L 3516 2131 M 2700 1636 Q 1932 1171 H 1500 909 L 3667 2223 M 2856 1731 Q 2083 1263 H 1579 957 L 3907 2368 M 3035 1839 Q 2179 1321 H 1675 1015 L 4157 2519 M 3288 1993 Q 2357 1428 H 1781 1079 Kanji 572 438 314 248 617 479 348 270 671 527 376 284 721 561 407 314 783 614 440 329 841 652 462 365 901 692 495 384 940 732 534 405 1002 778 559 429 1066 843 604 456 Binary 929 711 509 403 1003 779 565 439 1091 857 611 461 1171 911 661 511 1273 997 715 535 1367 1059 751 593 1465 1125 805 625 1528 1190 868 658 1628 1264 908 698 1732 1370 982 742 Version 31 141×141 32 145×145 33 149×149 34 153×153 35 157×157 36 161×161 37 165×165 38 169×169 39 173×173 40 177×177 Error Correction L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H AlphaNumeric Numeric 4416 2676 3485 2112 2472 1498 1896 1149 4685 2839 3691 2237 2669 1618 2021 1225 4963 3008 3907 2368 2803 1699 2155 1306 5251 3183 4133 2505 2947 1786 2299 1394 5527 3350 4342 2631 3081 1866 2359 1430 5835 3536 4587 2780 3243 1965 2523 1529 6151 3728 4774 2893 3415 2070 2623 1590 6478 3926 5038 3053 3598 2180 2734 1657 6742 4086 5311 3219 3790 2297 2926 1773 7087 4295 5595 3391 3991 2419 3055 1852 Kanji 1132 893 634 486 1201 946 684 518 1272 1002 719 552 1347 1060 756 589 1417 1113 789 605 1496 1176 831 647 1577 1224 876 672 1661 1292 922 701 1728 1362 972 750 1817 1434 1023 783 Binary 1840 1452 1030 790 1952 1538 1112 842 2068 1628 1168 898 2188 1722 1228 958 2303 1809 1283 983 2431 1911 1351 1051 2563 1989 1423 1093 2699 2099 1499 1139 2809 2213 1579 1219 2953 2331 1663 1273 212 List of QR code data size (for Model 2) Version Error Correction Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters Binary 1 L 41 25 10 17 M 34 20 8 14 21 x 21 Q 27 16 7 11 H 17 10 4 7 2 L 77 47 20 32 M 63 38 16 26 25 x 25 Q 48 29 12 20 H 34 20 8 14 3 L 127 77 32 53 M 101 61 26 42 29 x 29 Q 77 47 20 32 H 58 35 15 24 4 L 187 114 48 78 M 149 90 38 62 33 x 33 Q 111 67 28 46 H 82 50 21 34 5 L 255 154 65 106 M 202 122 52 84 37 x 37 Q 144 87 37 60 H 106 64 27 44 6 L 322 195 82 134 M 255 154 65 106 41 x 41 Q 178 108 45 74 H 139 84 36 58 7 L 370 224 95 154 M 293 178 75 122 45 x 45 Q 207 125 53 86 H 154 93 39 64 8 L 461 279 118 192 M 365 221 93 152 49 x 49 Q 259 157 66 108 H 202 122 52 84 9 L 552 335 141 230 M 432 262 111 180 53 x 53 Q 312 189 80 130 H 235 143 60 98 10 L 652 395 167 271 M 513 311 131 213 57 x 57 Q 364 221 93 151 H 288 174 74 119 Version 11 61 x 61 12 65 x 65 13 69 x 69 14 73 x 73 15 77 x 77 16 81 x 81 17 85 x 85 18 89 x 89 19 93 x 93 20 97 x 97 Error Correction L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters Binary 772 468 198 321 604 366 155 251 427 259 109 177 331 200 85 137 883 535 226 367 691 419 177 287 489 296 125 203 374 227 96 155 1022 619 262 425 796 483 204 331 580 352 149 241 427 259 109 177 1101 667 282 458 871 528 223 362 621 376 159 258 468 283 120 194 1250 758 320 520 991 600 254 412 703 426 180 292 530 321 136 220 1408 854 361 586 1082 656 277 450 775 470 198 322 602 365 154 250 1548 938 397 644 1212 734 310 504 876 531 224 364 674 408 173 280 1725 1046 442 718 1346 816 345 560 948 574 243 394 746 452 191 310 1903 1153 488 792 1500 909 384 624 1063 644 272 442 813 493 208 338 2061 1249 528 858 1600 970 410 666 1159 702 297 482 919 557 235 382 213 Version 21 101 x 101 22 105 x 105 23 109 x 109 24 113 x 113 25 117 x 117 26 121 x 121 27 125 x 125 28 129 x 129 29 133 x 133 30 137 x 137 Error Correction L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H L M Q H Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters Binary 2232 1352 572 929 1708 1035 438 711 1224 742 314 509 969 587 248 403 2409 1460 618 1003 1872 1134 480 779 1358 823 348 565 1056 640 270 439 2620 1588 672 1091 2059 1248 528 857 1468 890 376 611 1108 672 284 461 2812 1704 721 1171 2188 1326 561 911 1588 963 407 661 1228 744 315 511 3057 1853 784 1273 2395 1451 614 997 1718 1041 440 715 1286 779 330 535 3283 1990 842 1367 2544 1542 652 1059 1804 1094 462 751 1425 864 365 593 3517 2132 902 1465 2701 1637 692 1125 1933 1172 496 805 1501 910 385 625 3669 2223 940 1528 2857 1732 732 1190 2085 1263 534 868 1581 958 405 658 3909 2369 1002 1628 3035 1839 778 1264 2181 1322 559 908 1677 1016 430 698 4158 2520 1066 1732 3289 1994 843 1370 2358 1429 604 982 1782 1080 457 742 Error Version Correction 31 L M x Q H 32 L M 145 x 145 Q H 33 L M 149 x 149 Q H 34 L M 153 x 153 Q H 35 L M 157 x 157 Q H 36 L M 161 x 161 Q H 37 L M 165 x 165 Q H 38 L M 169 x 169 Q H 39 L M 173 x 173 Q H 40 L M 177 x 177 Q H Chinese Number Alphanumeric characters Binary 4417 2677 1132 1840 3486 2113 894 1452 2473 1499 634 1030 1897 1150 486 790 4686 2840 1201 1952 3693 2238 947 1538 2670 1618 684 1112 2022 1226 518 842 4965 3009 1273 2068 3909 2369 1002 1628 2805 1700 719 1168 2157 1307 553 898 5253 3183 1347 2188 4134 2506 1060 1722 2949 1787 756 1228 2301 1394 590 958 5529 3351 1417 2303 4343 2632 1113 1809 3081 1867 790 1283 2361 1431 605 983 5836 3537 1496 2431 4588 2780 1176 1911 3244 1966 832 1351 2524 1530 647 1051 6153 3729 1577 2563 4775 2894 1224 1989 3417 2071 876 1423 2625 1591 673 1093 6479 3927 1661 2699 5039 3054 1292 2099 3599 2181 923 1499 2735 1658 701 1139 6743 4087 1729 2809 5313 3220 1362 2213 3791 2298 972 1579 2927 1774 750 1219 7089 4296 1817 2953 5596 3391 1435 2331 3993 2420 1024 1663 3057 1852 784 1273 214 QR Code (Numeric mode) Code table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 0 0 1 0 2 2 0 0 1 1 3 3 0 1 0 0 4 4 0 1 0 1 5 5 0 1 1 0 6 6 0 1 1 1 7 7 1 0 0 0 8 8 1 0 0 1 9 9 1 0 1 0A 1 0 1 1B 1 1 0 0C 1 1 0 1D 1 1 1 0 E 1 1 1 1 F 215 QR Code (Alphanumeric mode) Code table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 P 0 0 0 1 1 1 AQ 0 0 1 0 2 2 BR 0 0 1 1 3 3 C S 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DT 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EU 0 1 1 0 6 6 F V 0 1 1 1 7 7 GW 1 0 0 0 8 8 H X 1 0 0 1 9 9 I Y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ 1 0 1 1B + K 1 1 0 0C L 1 1 0 1D - M 1 1 1 0 E . N 1 1 1 1 F / O 216 QR Code (Binary mode) Code table S I S O B8 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 B7 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 0 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 B6 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 0 0 1 1 B5 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 0 1 B4 B3 B2 B1 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9ABCDEF 0 0 0 0 0 SP 0 @ P ` p 0 0 0 1 1 ! 1 AQa q 0 0 1 0 2 " 2BRb r 0 0 1 1 3 # 3CS c s 0 1 0 0 4 $ 4DTd t 0 1 0 1 5 %5 EUe u 0 1 1 0 6 &6FV f v 0 1 1 1 7 ` 7 GW g w 1 0 0 0 8 ( 8HXh x 1 0 0 1 9 )9IYi y 1 0 1 0A * : JZ j z 1 0 1 1B +;K[ k { 1 1 0 0C , <L \ l | 1 1 0 1D - =M ] m } 1 1 1 0 E . > N ^ n 1 1 1 1 F / ? O _ o DEL QR Code can specify from 00H to 7FH, and from A0H to DFH. 217 QR code (Kanji mode) Code table Shift JIS 813F 814F 815F 816F 8180 8190 819E 824F 825F 826F 8280 8290 829E 82AE 82BE 82CE 82DE 82EE 833F 834F 835F 836F 8380 8390 839E 83AE 83BE 83CE 843F 844F 845F 846F 8480 8490 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F SP : ´ ¨ - / ...``"" ( ) + ±× ÷ = < > °'" $ % # & * @ § 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b c d e f g h i j k l m n o p q r s t u v w x y z 218 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 889E 88AE 88BE 88BE 88CE 88DE 88EE 893F 893F 894F 895F 895F 896F 8980 8990 8990 899E 89AE 89AE 89BE 89CE 89DE 89EE 8A3F 8A4F 8A5F 8A6F 8A80 8A90 8A9E 8AAE 8ABE 8ACE 8ADE 219 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 8ADE 8AEE 8B3F 8B4F 8B5F 8B6F 8B80 8B90 8B9E 8BAE 8BBE 8BCE 8BDE 8BDE 8BEE 8C3F 8C4F 8C4F 8C5F 8C6F 8C80 8C90 8C9E 8CAE 8CBE 8CBE 8CCE 8CDE 8DEE 8D3F 8D4F 8D5F 8D6F 8D80 220 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 8D90 8D9E 8DAE 8DAE 8DBE 8DCE 8DDE 8DEE 8E3F 8E4F 8E5F 8E5F 8E6F 8E80 8E90 8E9E 8EAE 8EBE 8ECE 8EDE 8EEE 8F3F 8F4F 8F5F 8F6F 8F80 8F90 8F9E 8FAE 8FBE 8FCE 8FDE 8FEE 903F 221 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 904F 905F 906F 906F 9080 9090 909E 909E 90AE 90BE 90CE 90DE 90EE 913F 914F 914F 915F 916F 9180 9190 919E 91AE 91AE 91BE 91CE 91DE 91EE 923F 924F 925F 925F 926F 9280 9290 222 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 929E 92AE 92BE 92BE 92CE 92DE 92DE 92EE 933F 934F 935F 935F 936F 9380 9390 939E 93AE 93BE 93CE 93DE 93EE 93EE 943F 943F 943F 944F 944F 945F 945F 946F 9480 9490 949E 94AE 223 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 94BE 94CE 94CE 94DE 94EE 953F 954F 955F 956F 956F 9580 9590 959E 95AE 95AE 95BE 95CE 95CE 95DE 95EE 963F 964F 965F 966F 9680 9690 969E 969E 96AE 96AE 96AE 96BE 96BE 96CE 224 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 96DE 96DE 96EE 96EE 973F 974F 974F 975F 976F 9780 9780 9790 9790 979E 97AE 97BE 97CE 97CE 97DE 97DE 97EE 983F 983F 984F 985F 985F 986F 225 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 989E 989E 989E 989E 989E 989E 98AE 98AE 98AE 98AE 98BE 98CE 98DE 98EE 993F 994F 994F 995F 995F 995F 995F 996F 996F 996F 9980 9980 9980 9990 999E 999E 99AE 99AE 99AE 99AE 226 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 99AE 99BE 99BE 99BE 99BE 99CE 99CE 99CE 99CE 99DE 99EE 9A3F 9A4F 9A5F 9A6F 9A80 9A90 9A90 9A9E 9A9E 9AAE 9ABE 9ACE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9ADE 9AEE 9B3F 9B4F 9B5F 9B6F 227 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9B6F 9B6F 9B80 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B90 9B9E 9B9E 9B9E 9BAE 9BBE 9BCE 9BCE 9BDE 9BDE 9BDE 9BEE 9BEE 9BEE 9BEE 9C3F 9C3F 9C4F 9C4F 9C4F 9C5F 9C5F 9C5F 9C6F 9C6F 9C80 9C90 228 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9C9E 9CAE 9CBE 9CCE 9CDE 9CEE 9CEE 9D3F 9D3F 9D3F 9D4F 9D5F 9D6F 9D80 9D90 9D9E 9DAE 9DAE 9DBE 9DBE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DCE 9DDE 9DEE 9E3F 9E3F 9E3F 9E4F 9E4F 9E5F 9E6F 229 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F 9E80 9E90 9E9E 9EAE 9EBE 9ECE 9EDE 9EEE 9F3F 9F4F 9F4F 9F5F 9F5F 9F5F 9F6F 9F6F 9F6F 9F6F 9F80 9F80 9F80 9F80 9F90 9F9E 9FAE 9FBE 9FCE 9FDE 9FEE E03F E04F E05F E06F E06F 230 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E080 E090 E09E E09E E09E E09E E0AE E0AE E0AE E0BE E0CE E0CE E0DE E0EE E13F E13F E14F E14F E14F E14F E14F E15F E15F E16F E180 E190 E19E E19E E19E E19E E1AE E1AE E1AE E1BE 231 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E1CE E1DE E1DE E1DE E1DE E1EE E23F E23F E24F E24F E24F E25F E26F E26F E280 E280 E290 E290 E29E E2AE E2BE E2CE E2DE E2DE E2EE E2EE E33F E34F E35F E36F E380 E390 E390 E39E 232 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E39E E3AE E3AE E3BE E3BE E3BE E3CE E3CE E3DE E3DE E3DE E3EE E43F E44F E45F E45F E45F E45F E46F E46F E46F E480 E480 E480 E480 E490 E49E E4AE E4BE E4CE E4DE E4EE E53F E54F 233 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E55F E55F E55F E56F E580 E590 E59E E5AE E5BE E5BE E5BE E5BE E5CE E5DE E5EE E63F E63F E63F E64F E64F E64F E65F E66F E680 E690 E69E E69E E6AE E6AE E6AE E6AE E6BE E6BE E6CE 234 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E6CE E6DE E6DE E6DE E6EE E73F E74F E74F E75F E75F E76F E780 E780 E780 E790 E79E E7AE E7AE E7BE E7BE E7CE E7CE E7CE E7CE E7DE E7EE E83F E84F E85F E86F E86F E880 E890 E890 235 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E89E E8AE E8AE E8AE E8BE E8CE E8CE E8CE E8CE E8DE E8DE E8DE E8DE E8EE E8EE E93F E93F E93F E94F E95F E95F E95F E95F E96F E980 E980 E990 E990 E990 E99E E99E E99E E99E E9AE 236 Shift JIS 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B C D E F E9AE E9BE E9CE E9DE E9DE E9EE EA3F EA4F EA5F EA5F EA5F EA5F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA6F EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA80 EA90 EA90 EA90 EA90 11 Graphics Commands 11.1 Graphic 11.1 ESC+G Print of Graphic Print of Graphic ESC+G Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil G <47>16 Parameter abbbcccn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the print of graphic. [Format] <G>abbbcccn~n Parameter a[Data specification by HEX and BIN] H : B : b[Specification of crosswise graphic area per byte] c[Specification of lengthwise graphic area per byte] n[Graphic data] Hex data Divide 8-bit data into 4 bits and output it as hex codecorresponding to ASCII. Binary data Output 8-bit data as one font of data all at once. Refer to the table below Refer to the table below [Coding Example 1] [] is printed with the below specification when [H: HEX data] <A> <V>50<H>50 <G>H001001FF818181818181FF <Q>1 <Z> [Coding Example 2] [] is printed with the below specification when [B: binary data] <A> <V>50<H>50 <G>B001001<FF818181818181FF>16 <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specification of [B] has a longer program description than that of specification [H]; however, the transfer data length is 50% shorter. This could be advantages in data capacity. 2. Specification of Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are enabled. 3. It is necessary to place enlarge command <L> just before the graphic print command <G> for enlargement. 4. Specify in the order of rotation command <%> and enlarge command <L> when specifying both commands. 5. The crosswise maximum byte and lengthwise maximum byte are specified in the table below, however, it is possible to specify up to 999 bytes to have compatibility with the old model. It is possible to print less than 2,937,600 bytes as the graphic data. 6. The calculation of graphic data size is [crosswise maximum byte x lengthwise maximum byte x 8]. [Parameter Initial Value and Specified Range] [S84-ex] Head density Crosswise max. bytes 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 104 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 156 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 312 Lengthwise max. bytes 400 600 999 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Crosswise max. bytes 168 252 Lengthwise max. bytes 400 600 238 11.2 Graphic 11.2 ESC+GM Print of BMP File Print of BMP File ESC+GM Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil GM <47>16<4D>16 Parameter aaaaa,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify printing of BMP format image data. [Format] <GM>aaaaa,n~n Parameter a[Total bytes of BMP file] n[Data] [Coding Example] <A> <V>50<H>50<GM>04500,2000288888888...8888 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-bit data as 1 font data all at once). (The file size of BMP file is the total bytes of BMP file, and BMP file data are data) 2. When [Total bytes of BMP file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 3. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 4. BMP file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the BMP compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [BMP] before printing. 5. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are enabled. 6. It is necessary to place enlarge command <L> just before the BMP file command <GM> for enlargement. 7. Specify in the order of rotation command <%> and enlarge command <L> when specifying both commands. 239 11.3 Graphic 11.3 ESC+GP Print of PCX File Print of PCX File ESC+GP Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil GP <47>16<50>16 Parameter aaaaa,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify PCX file print. [Format] <GP>aaaaa,n~n Parameter a[Total bytes of PCX file] n[Data] [Coding Example] <A> <V>50<H>50<GP>04500,XXXXXXXXXXXX <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-bit data as 1 font data all at once). (The file size of PCX file is the total bytes of PCX file, and PCX file data are data) 2. If [Total bytes of PCX file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 3. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 4. PCX file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the PCX compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [PCX] before printing. 5. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are enabled. 6. It is necessary to place enlarge command <L> just before the PCX file command <GP> for enlargement. 7. Specify in the order of rotation command <%> and enlarge command <L> when specifying both commands. 240 12 System Commands 12.1 System 12.1 ESC+CS Print Speed Print Speed ESC+CS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC CS <1B>16 <43>16<53>16 Refer to the table below. Parameter aa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the speed of printing. [Format] <CS>aa Parameter aa[Print speed] = Refer to the table below [Coding Example 1] <A> <CS>6 <Z> When specifying 6.0 inches/s [Note] The print speed value that is set directly by the command or LCD input is maintained. [Remarks] 1. If the value other than setting range is specified, command error will occur and print speed will not be changed. 2. The initial value is settable by default setting operation of the product. [Parameter Initial Value and Specified Range] Model S84-ex S86-ex Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Initial value [aa] 6 6 3 6 6 Parameter valid range 4 ~ 16 4 ~ 14 2 ~ 6 4 ~ 14 4 ~ 12 The print speed corresponding to the parameter 2 : 2 inches/s (50.8 mm/s) 3 : 3 inches/s (76.2 mm/s) 4 : 4 inches/s (101.6 mm/s) 5 : 5 inches/s (127.0 mm/s) 6 : 6 inches/s (152.4 mm/s) 7 : 7 inches/s (177.8 mm/s) 8 : 8 inches/s (203.2 mm/s) 9 : 9 inches/s (228.6 mm/s) 10 : 10 inches/s (254.0 mm/s) 11 : 11 inches/s (279.4 mm/s) 12 : 12 inches/s (304.8 mm/s) 13 : 13 inches/s (330.2 mm/s) 14 : 14 inches/s (355.6 mm/s) 15 : 15 inches/s (381.0 mm/s) 16 : 16 inches/s (406.4 mm/s) 241 12.2 System 12.2 ESC+#F Print Darkness Print Darkness ESC+#F Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC #F <1B>16 <23>16<46>16 Refer to the table below. Parameter 1) ab 2) aab Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the darkness level of print. [Format] <#F>ab Parameter a[Print darkness level] = 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Lightest Darkest b[Print darkness] = A (Omissible) Use [A] under normal conditions. Parameter valid range varies depending on the models (Refer to the table below). [Coding Example] <A> <#F>5A <Z> [Note] The print darkness value specified by the command or the LCD is maintained. [Remarks] 1. If the value other than setting range is specified, command error will occur and print darkness will not be changed. 2. The initial value is settable by default setting operation of the product. 3. <#E> (the old print darkness command) is ignored and the print darkness is not changed with the command. (<#E> is enabled by enabling compatible mode (print darkness) in the service mode.) [Print Darkness Level Specified Range] Model Initial value S84-ex Series 6 S86-ex Series 6 Parameter valid range 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,9,10 Other than a valid range The command error occurs when other than valid range is specified. [Print Darkness Specified Range] Model Initial value S84-ex Series A S86-ex Series A Parameter valid range A A Other than a valid range The command error occurs when other than valid range is specified. 242 12.3 System 12.3 ESC+A1 Label Size Label Size ESC+A1 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil A1 <41>16<31>16 Parameter aaaabbbb VaaaaaHbbbb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the size of the label. [Format] <A1>aaaabbbb (a, b fixed) [Note] When the height of the label is equal to or less than 9999. <A1>VaaaaaHbbbb (a, b variable specification enabled) Parameter a[Height of label] b[Width of label] = Refer to the table below = Refer to the table below [Specified Range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Width of label (dots) 1 ~ 832 1 ~ 1248 1 ~ 2496 Height of label (dots) 1 ~ 20000 1 ~ 18000 1 ~ 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Width of label (dots) 1 ~ 1340 1 ~ 2010 Height of label (dots) 1 ~ 9992 1 ~ 14988 [Coding Example 1] <A> <A1>08000640 <Z> Width of label: 800 dots Height of label : 640 dots [Coding Example 2] <A> <A1>V800H640 <Z> Width of label : 800 dots Height of label : 640 dots [Coding Example 3] <A> <A1>12000040 <Z> Width of label : 1200 dots Height of label : 40 dots [Coding Example 4] Width of label : 1200 dots Height of label : 40 dots <A> <A1>V1200H40 <Z> [Coding Example 5] Width of label : 11200 dots Height of label : 240 dots <A> <A1>V11200H240 <Z> 243 [Notes] 1. If using the label smaller than the head width, use this command for specifying the label size and adjust the base reference point corresponding to the label size. 2. For specifying the label size, include the size of backing paper. Base reference point 1 1 RH Base reference point LH 1 1 Label feed direction Label feed direction Label 80 mm×100 mm 100 mm (1) dot Label 80 mm×100 mm 100 mm (1) dot 80 mm (2) dot (3) mm (4) dot 80 mm (2) dot (3) mm (4) dot (5) mm (6) dot [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) (1) dot 800 1200 2400 (1) dot 800 1200 (2) dot 640 960 1920 (2) dot 640 960 (3) mm 2500 1500 400 (3) mm 1249 1249 (5) mm (6) dot (4) dot 20000 18000 9600 (5) mm 104 104 104 (4) dot 9992 14988 (5) mm 167.5 167.5 (6) dot 832 1248 2496 (6) dot 1340 2010 244 12.4 System 12.4 ESC+A3 Base Offset Setting Base Offset Setting ESC+A3 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC A3 <1B>16 <41>16<33>16 a=+b=000c=+d=000 Parameter VabbbHcddd Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Changes the coordinate of the base point. This is configured in the advanced mode of the product normally. [Format] <A3>VabbbHcddd Parameter a[Vertical offset code] (Omissible) b[Vertical offset (in dot)] c[Horizontal offset code] (Omissible) d[Horizontal offset (in dot)] = +, = Refer to the below table = +, = Refer to the below table [Coding Example] <A> <A3>V10H10 <Z> b d Base point before Media feed Base point after [Notes] 1. Note that when the base point is offset and the image is out of the printable area, the image may not be printed. 2. Note that when offset the base point while using multiple label format, all base points of the formats are offset. [Remarks] 1. When the print offset is already specified in the advanced mode of the product, and base point offset is specified with the <A3> command, the value specified by the <A3> command become valid. 2. The offset value specified by the <A3> command is registered in the advanced mode of the product. Thus, the offset value specified by the <A3> command is maintained even the product power is off. [Range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) "Horizontal offset (in dot)" 1 - 832 1 - 1248 1 - 2496 "Vertical offset (in dot)" 1 - 1424 1 - 2136 1 - 4272 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) "Horizontal offset (in dot)" 1 - 1340 1 - 2010 "Vertical offset (in dot)" 1 - 1424 1 - 2136 245 12.5 System 12.5 ESC+EP Print End Position Print End Position ESC+EP Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil EP <45>16<50>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid. [Function] Specifying the label stop position in the sensor invalid mode. [Format] <EP> [Coding Example] <A> <A1>14240832 <Z> <A> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0202<XS>ABCD <Q>2 <EP> <Z> e.g.) 1424 (dots) ABCD Stop position without the command <EP> Stop position with the command <EP> Label feed direction [Notes] 1. Use this command in the sensor invalid mode. 2. Use this command in combination with Label Size <A1>. 3. When the media size is specified with <A1> in the format registration command <YS> and foam overlay registration command (&S), do not forget to specify the print end point command <EP> in the format recall command <YR> and foam overlay recall command <&R>. 246 12.6 System 12.6 ESC+* Clear Clear ESC+* Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil * <2A>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Clearing the contents registered in the internal memory. [Format] <*>a Parameter a[Item to be cleared] = Not specified : T : & : X : S : H : Single item receive buffer, editing buffer (No reprint is allowed) Multi item receive buffer, editing buffer (Clears JOB while printing) External character registration area Form overlay All clear (Receive buffer, editing buffer, registration of external character, form overlay) *Clears JOB while printing Sub port receive data History (Print log, STATUS5) [Coding Example 1] <A> <*> <Z> Clears receive buffer and editing buffer [Coding Example 2] <A> <*>X <Z> All clear [Coding Example 3] <A> <*>T <Z> Clears external character registration area [Coding Example 4] <A> <*>S <Z> Clears receive data from sub port [Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. Sending a=X (all clear) of this command will clear all data sent before the execution of this command. And also, registration of external character and form overlay will be cleared. In this case, the data that were analyzed while printing cannot be cleared. [Remark] The specification of this command while printing will not stop the print operation. 247 12.7 System 12.7 ESC+@ Offline Offline ESC+@ Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil @ <40>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and When the power switch is OFF term of Valid range within item command Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid. [Function] Changing the printer status from online to offline. [Format] <@> [Coding Example] <A> <@> <Z> [Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. In receive mode of the product, specify single-item buffer mode. 3. When this command is used at offline state, the product goes offline when the printer status becomes online next time. 248 12.8 System 12.8 ESC+C Reprint Reprint ESC+C Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil C <43>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set command is not maintained. The set command becomes invalid. The set command becomes invalid. [Function] Specifying to reprint the previous printed contents. [Format] <C> [Coding Example] <A> <C> <Z> [Notes] Turning off the product will clear the contents; therefore, reprint will not be performed by this command. [Remarks] For reprinting the format including the field of Sequential Numbering <F>, the same contents as previous printed contents will be printed. 249 12.9 System 12.9 ESC+RPGegistRreagtiisotrantioonf of OpPerartiinonter Operation Printer ESC+PG Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC PG <1B>16 <50>16<47>16 Refer to the table below. Parameter abcdefghhijklmnooppqqrrstuvwxy Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Registering the operation of the product [Format] <PG>abcdefghhijklmnooppqqrrstuvwxy Parameter Refer to the table in the next page for the parameter contents. [Coding Example] <A> <PG><00 00 04 00 00 00 00 41 01 00 00 03 00 00 01 0C 80 03 40 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00 00>16 <Z> Parameter is described in HEX; <00>16<00>16<04>16<00>16 [Notes] 1. This command is not necessary in the normal label printing operation. 2. Operation settings specified with this command are still in effect after turning off the product. 3. Do not send the printer operation registration command <PG> during the print operation. The sensor of the product may not be disabled if the command <PG> is sent during the print operation. 4. When there is illegal parameter, the command error occurs and the setting is not saved. [Remark] The registration of the printer operation can be done in the printer configuration mode and advanced mode in the product without using the <PG> command. 250 Parameter Item a Print method b Not used c Print speed [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Range (inches/sec) 4 - 16 4 - 14 2 - 6 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (inches/sec) 4 - 14 4 - 12 d Print operation e Not used f Dispensing motion g Not used h Print darkness h Print darkness level i Sensor type j Zero slash k Character code Description 00H: Thermal transfer 01H: Direct thermal * Direct thermal only is available in the direct thermal model. 00H: fixed 00H: 2 (inches/sec) 50 (mm/sec) 01H: 3 (inches/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 02H: 3 (inches/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 03H: 4 (inches/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 04H: 4 (inches/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 05H: 5 (inches/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 06H: 5 (inches/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 07H: 08H: 09H: 6 (inches/sec) 6 (inches/sec) 7 (inches/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 0AH: 7 (inches/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 0BH: 8 (inches/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 0CH: 8 (inches/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 0DH: 9 (inches/sec) 225 (mm/sec) 0EH: 9 (inches/sec) 225 (mm/sec) 0FH: 10 (inches/sec) 250 (mm/sec) 10H: 10 (inches/sec) 250 (mm/sec) 11H: 11 (inches/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 12H: 11 (inches/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 13H: 12 (inches/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 14H: 12 (inches/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 15H: 13 (inches/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 16H: 13 (inches/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 17H: 14 (inches/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 18H: 14 (inches/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 19H: 15 (inches/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 1AH: 15 (inches/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 1BH: 16 (inches/sec) 425 (mm/sec) 1CH: 16 (inches/sec) 425 (mm/sec) 00H: Continuous 03H: Dispense (Default) 04H: NONSEPA 00H: fixed 00H: Motion 1 (at head place) 01H: Motion 2 (at dispense place) (Default) 02H: No backfeed 03H: EXT control (order backfeed with EXT) 00H: fixed 41H: A (fixed) 01H: Darkness 1 02H: Darkness 2 03H : Darkness 3 04H : Darkness 4 05H: Darkness 5 (Default) 06H : Darkness 6 07H : Darkness 7 08H : Darkness 8 09H : Darkness 9 0AH : Darkness 10 00H: Reflective sensor 01H: Transmissive sensor (Default) 02H: Ignore sensor 00H: Disable 01H: Enable (Default) 02H: UTF-16 03H: UTF-8 (Default) 251 Parameter Item l Not used m Initial feed n Proportional Pitch o Label height (dots) p Label width (dots) q Vertical offset value (dots) r Horizontal offset value (dots) s Not used t Time to LCD power saving (in minute) u Not used v Not used w Not used x Not used y Buzzer setting Refer to the "Operator Manual" for the default. Description 00H: fixed 00H: Disable (Default) 01H: Enable 00H: Disable 01H: Enable (Default) with international model [S84-ex] Head density Range (HEX) Range (DEC) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 0001H - 4E20H 1 - 20000 dots 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 0001H - 4650H 1 - 18000 dots 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 0001H - 2580H 1 - 9600 dots [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H - 2708H Range (DEC) 1 - 9992 dots 0001H 3A8CH 1 - 14988 dots [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H - 340H 0001H - 4E0H 0001H - 9C0H Range (DEC) 1 - 832 dots 1 - 1248 dots 1 - 2496 dots Range (HEX) 0001H 53CH Range (DEC) 1 - 1340 dots 0001H 7DAH 1 - 2010 dots "0000H - 0318H" (0 - 792) (Default: 0) "FFFFH - FCE8H" (-1 - -792) "0000H - 0318H" (0 - 792) (Default: 0) "FFFFH - FCE8H" (-1 - -792) 00H: fixed "00H - 0FH" (0 - 15) Default: 00H (0) 00H: fixed 00H: fixed 00H: fixed 00H: fixed 00H: None 01H: Low 02H: Medium (Default) 03H: High 252 12.10 System 12.10RESeCg+iPsCtratioRengisotrfatPiornintoef r Printer OperatioOn peration Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC PC <1B>16 <50>16<43>16 Refer to the table below. Parameter 1) [a, b, c, d, ... y, z] ESC+PC 2) aa, b Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Registering the operation of the product [Format 1] When setting all the items: <PC>a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i1,i2,j,k,l,m,n,o,pppp,qqqq,rrrr,ssss,t,u,v,w,x,y,z Parameter a[Setting item No.] = F Setting for all the items b[Setting content] = For the contents of parameter, refer to the table below. [Format 2] When setting specified item: <PC>aa,b Parameter aa[Setting item No.] = b[Setting content] = Valid range : 1 to 26 For the contents of parameter, refer to the table below. [Coding Example 1] Setting all the items: <A> <PC>F,,,4,,,,,A,4,,1,3,,1,1,3200,832,,,,,,,,,0 <Z> [Coding Example 2] <A> <PC>26,1 <Z> Setting specified items: [Notes] 1. Go to the User Mode, Advanced Mode or Service Mode of the product for setting. 2. Operation settings specified with this command are still in effect after turning off the product. 3. To set all the items, entire or part of parameter entry is omissible by using comma. In this case, comma is not omissible. When omitting the settings, the default value will be set. 4. Avoid specifying this command while printing or while print data exist. If so, there is no guarantee of proper operation. 5. When there is illegal parameter, the command error occurs and the setting is not saved. 253 Format1 Format2 Item b 1 Not used c 2 Not used d 3 Print speed [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Range (inches/sec) 4 - 16 4 - 14 2 - 6 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (inches/sec) 4 - 14 4 - 12 e 4 Not used f 5 Not used g 6 Not used h 7 Not used i1 8 Print darkness i2 9 Print darkness level j 10 Not used k 11 Zero slash l 12 Character code m 13 Not used 0: fixed 0: fixed 0: 2 (inches/sec) 1: 3 (inches/sec) 2: 3 (inches/sec) 3: 4 (inches/sec) 4: 4 (inches/sec) 5: 5 (inches/sec) 6: 5 (inches/sec) 7: 6 (inches/sec) 8: 6 (inches/sec) 9: 7 (inches/sec) 10: 7 (inches/sec) 11: 8 (inches/sec) 12: 8 (inches/sec) 13: 9 (inches/sec) 14: 9 (inches/sec) 15: 10 (inches/sec) 16: 10 (inches/sec) 17: 11 (inches/sec) 18: 11 (inches/sec) 19: 12 (inches/sec) 20: 12 (inches/sec) 21: 13 (inches/sec) 22: 13 (inches/sec) 23: 14 (inches/sec) 24: 14 (inches/sec) 25: 15 (inches/sec) 26: 15 (inches/sec) 27: 16 (inches/sec) 28: 16 (inches/sec) Description 50 (mm/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 225 (mm/sec) 225 (mm/sec) 250 (mm/sec) 250 (mm/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 425 (mm/sec) 425 (mm/sec) 0: fixed 0: fixed 0: fixed 0: fixed A: fixed 1: Darkness 1 2: Darkness 2 3: Darkness 3 4: Darkness 4 5: Darkness 5 (Default) 6: Darkness 6 7: Darkness 7 8: Darkness 8 9: Darkness 9 10: Darkness 10 0: fixed 0: DISABLE 1: Enable (Default) 2: UTF-16 3: UTF-8 (Default) 0: fixed 254 Format1 Format2 Item n 14 Initial feed o 15 Proportional Pitch pppp 16 Label height (dots) qqqq 17 Label width (dots) rrrr ssss t u v w x y z 18 Vertical offset value (dots) 19 Horizontal offset value (dots) 20 Not used 21 Not used 22 Not used 23 Not used 24 Time to LCD power saving (in minute) 25 Not used 26 Buzzer setting Refer to the "Operator Manual" for the default. 0: Disable (Default) 1: Enable 0: DISABLE 1: Enable (Default) [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Description Range (HEX) 0001H - 4E20H 0001H - 4650H 0001H - 2580H Range (DEC) 1 - 20000 1 - 18000 1 - 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H - 2708H Range (DEC) 1 - 9992 0001H 3A8CH 1 - 14988 [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H - 340H 0001H - 4E0H 0001H - 9C0H Range (DEC) 1 - 832 1 - 1248 1 - 2496 Range (HEX) 0001H 53CH 0001H 7DAH Range (DEC) 1 - 1340 1 - 2010 0 - 792 (Default: 0) -1 - -792 0 - 792 (Default: 0) -1 - -792 0: fixed 0: fixed 0: fixed 0: fixed 0 - 15 Default: 0 0: fixed 0: none 1: Small 2: Medium (Default) 3: Large 255 12.11 System 12.11 ESC+E Auto Linefeed Auto Linefeed ESC+E Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil E <45>16 Parameter aaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying line pitch and linefeed. [Format] <E>aaa Parameter a[Line pitch width] = Valid range : 0 to 999 dots [Coding Example] <A> <E>10 <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304<XM>,ABCDE+CR FGHIJ+CR <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. When CR (0DH) is specified, linefeed based on line pitch will be performed. 2. Rotation <%> is enabled. 3. Line pitch is changeable by this command within items 4. Specify this command before designating the consecutive print of 1-line. 5. Performing auto linefeed by the designation of CR (0DH), print start position of linefeed will be determined based on the pitch specified with <E> and the value specified with Horizontal Print Position <H> designated after <E>. In case that <H> is specified several times after <E>, return position by CR (0DH) will be at the end of <H>. 256 12.12 System 12.12 ESC+KM Kanji Mincho Kanji Mincho ESC+KM Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil KM <4B>16<4D>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the MINCHO for Kanji font [Format] <KM> [Coding Example] <A> <KM> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <KG> <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command can be used more than one time in the same item. 2. The default is set to GOTHIC. 257 12.13 System 12.13 ESC+KG Kanji Gothic Kanji Gothic ESC+KG Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil KG <4B>16<47>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the GOTHIC for Kanji font [Format] <KG> [Coding Example] <A> <KG> <V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <KG> <V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0304 <K1>H82508A94816A83548367815B <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command can be used more than one time in the same item. 2. The default is set to GOTHIC. 258 12.14 System 12.14 ESC+LD User Download User Download ESC+LD Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC LD <1B>16 <4C>16<44>16 Refer to the table below Parameter ,a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Setting the auto-online, availability of zero slash, protocol code and Euro code. [Format] <LD>,a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j Parameter Refer to the table below for the details. Function Protocol code Auto online Zero slash Euro Code Parameter a (Hex) b (Hex) c (Hex) d (Hex) e (Hex) f (Hex) g (Hex) h (ASCII) i (ASCII) j (Hex) Content STX ETX ESC ENQ CAN NULL Offline 0 : YES NO 0 : YES NO D5H Standard 02H 03H 1BH 05H 18H 00H 40H 1 : 0 (30H) 1 : 0 (30H) D5H Default Non-standard { (7BH) } (7DH) ^ (5EH) @ (40H) ! (21H) ~ (7EH) ] (5DH) 0 (30H) 0 (30H) D5H [Coding Example] <A> <LD>,{,},%,#,&,=,~,0,0,<FF>16 <Z> [Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. Entire or part of parameter entry is omissible by using comma. In this case, comma is not omissible. Omitted setting will remain as default. 3. If number of commas within parameter is other than 10, or if the specified code is included in the other control code, command, or print data, operation will not be accurate. 4. Parameter a ~ g of Protocol code will be enabled by setting to Non-standard through Protocol code setting screen in the Advanced Mode. 5. When a product receives this command, it prints a list about the protocol code that you set. 6. Restart the product to enable the settings of this command. 259 12.15 System 12.15 ESC+PO Offset Offset ESC+PO Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 - PO <50>16<4F>16 Parameter abcc Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specify the label stop position adjustment in each motion temporary. [Format] <PO>abcc Parameter a[offset] b[offset direction] c[offset length] = 1 : dispense mode 3 : continuous mode = + : paper feed direction - : backfeed direction = Valid range : 00 to 99 dots [Coding Example] <A> <PO>3+08 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command is not necessary to specify at the normal label printing. 2. Specify this command when there is a particular misalignment. 260 12.16 System 12.16 ESC+#J Job Modification Job Modification ESC+#J Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil #J <23>16<4A>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Register job modification character string. [Format] <#J>,a,b,c Parameter a[ID number] = Valid range : 0 or 1 to 9 (default: 0 delete all job modification pairs) b[Search character string] = Valid range : 00 to FF (default: delete designated modification pairs) c[Replace character string] = Valid range : 00 to FF (default: no replace character string) [Coding Example] <A> <#J>,1,1B584D,1B584C <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify the search and replace character string in 2 digits ASCII in HEX. 2. When 0 is specified for an ID number, all job modification pairs are deleted. 3. When the search character string parameter is omitted, the specified job modification pair is deleted. 4. When replace character string parameter is omitted, replace is not done and only search character string is deleted from the input data. [Remarks] 1. The search or replace character string for job modification is saved in the EEPROM, and it is maintained until it is deleted or job modification function is disabled. 2. The search or replace character string can be specified up to 100 characters, 9 pairs in total. For example, a pair of search/replace character string has 50 characters each, only one pair can be used. 3. The character string is searched in the order of from #J1 to #J9. When higher priority search character string is the subset of lower priority search character string, the lower priority search character string is ignored. 4. When the Hex dump mode is used for the printing of the received data, print output depends on the job modification setting. 5. The job modification function is disabled automatically during the test print mode. 261 13 Memory Card Commands 13.1 Memory Card 13.1 ESC+CC Card Slot for Use Card Slot for Use ESC+CC Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil CC <43>16<43>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the slot No. of the memory card for use. The product can access to the media registered to the specified slot. [Format] <CC>a Parameter a[Slot No.] = 0 : 1 : 2 : Slot 0 (Default: Printer) Slot 1 (Default: FROM) Slot 2 (Default: SD card) [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <GI>H003003001FF000000000000FF <Z> [Notes] 1. The allocation of the slot number can be changed from the above default in the memory card mode. Items can be set to the each slot number are "Printer", "FROM", "SD card", "USB memory", and "Not used." Refer to the Operator Manual for details. * "Printer": Printer memory, "FROM": Flash ROM 2. It is necessary to specify when accessing to "FROM", "SD card" and "USB memory." 3. The command error occurs when unused slot is specified. 4. Please confirm that the media is mounted when specifying "SD card" or "USB memory." The command error occurs when the product accessed to the slot when the media is not mounted. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 262 13.2 Memory Card 13.2 ESC+&S Registration of Form Overlay Registration of Form Overlay ESC+&S Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil &S <26>16<53>16 Parameter ,aa(,bbbb,ccccc) When the power switch is OFF Valid range and Valid range within item term of command Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The registered data are in effect until a new specification is made. The registered data are in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specifying the registration of fixed print contents to a memory card. [Format] <&S>,aa(,bbbb,ccccc) Parameter a[Registration No.] b[Size specification of window width] c[Size specification of window height] = Valid range = Valid range = Valid range : 1 to 99 : Refer to the table below (Omissible) : Refer to the table below (Omissible) [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100<XM>,MODEL <CC>1 <&S>,1 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify slot No. with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command. 2. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> with the format to be registered. 3. Registration of identical registration No. is invalid. 4. Both Print data of Graphic <G> and Print of BMP File <GM> can be registered. 5. This command allows up to 99 registries. Note that the capacity of registry may vary depending on the memory card to be used. 6. Data registered with this command can be cleared with Clear <*>R. 7. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. [Valid range of the window size] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Horizontal direction available range (dot) 1 - 832 1 - 1248 1 - 2496 Vertical direction available range (dot) 1 - 20000 1 - 18000 1 - 9600 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Horizontal direction available range (dot) 1 - 1340 1 - 2010 Vertical direction available range (dot) 1 - 9992 1 - 14988 263 [Valid Commands] Print position Font Barcode 2D code Composite symbol Modification Graphic <V> <XU> <K2> <WB> <B> <BF> <2D10> <2D50> <EU> <WD> <G> <H> <XS> <K8> <WL> <BC> <BS> <BK> <BX> <FW> <GM> <XM> <K9> <XB> <k1> <XL> <k2> <BG> <BL> <2D12> <2D51> <BI> <BL><d> <2D20> <D> <BM> <BV> <(> <GP> <RF> <FC> <OA> <k8> <OB> <k9> <RD> <U> <D><d> <BM> <2D30> <BD> <2D31> <BT> <2D32> <FT> <RM> <$=> <S> <BW> <BQ> <K1> <M> <BP> <2D33> In general, this command is used for [Registration No.] only. Specification of window height and width will control the movement with Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> at the time of calling. For the movement at the time of calling, if registered area is exceeding printable area, the portion outside of the printable area will not be printed. The following are the brief operation. 1) Normal (To register) <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202 <XB>0ABCD <V>60<H>60 <FW>0808V800H400 <V>320<H>60 <FW>04H400 <CC>1 <&S>,1 <Z> Registered image ABCD 2) When the print is specified after the command <&S> <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202 <XB>0ABCD <V>60<H>60 <FW>0808V800H400 <V>320<H>60 <FW>04H400 <CC>1 <&S>,1 <V>200<H>100<OB>12345 <Z> Anything specified prior to the command <&S> will be registered as form overlay. Printing out this part 264 3) When the window size is specified Label Size <A1>00800400, Window width [200], Window height [200] <A> <A1>08000400 <V>100<H>00<P>2<L>0202 <XB>0ABCD <CC>1 <&S>,1,200,200 <Z> Registering this shadowed area only. Registering this shadowed area only. 200 dots A B CD A B CD 800 dots 200 dots 200 dots 800 dots Label feed direction 400 dots [ LH ] 800 dots 200 dots [RH] 265 13.3 Memory Card 13.3 ESC+&R Form Overlay Call Form Overlay Call ESC+&R Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil &R <26>16<52>16 Parameter ,aa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Invoking the contents in memory card with Registration of Form Overlay <&S>. [Format] <&R>,aa Parameter a[Registration No.] = Valid range : 1 to 99 [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <&R>,1 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify slot No. of Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 2. This command can be combined with different registration No. and printed. 3. When registration No. is not specified, this command will be ignored. 4. If specifying unregistered No., Read/Write error will occur. 5. When registering without specifying window, Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> will be ignored and V1 and H1 (Start position of drawing area) will be determined. 6. When specifying and registering window, movement with <V> and <H> will be enabled. Note that when exceeding printable area, the portion outside of the printable area will not be printed. 7. This command is not effective without a memory card. 8. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. [Valid Commands] Print position Font Barcode 2D code Modification Graphic <V> <XU> <K8> <B> <BF> <BK> <2D50> <WD> <G> <H> <XS> <K9> <BC> <EU> <BQ> <FW> <GM> <XM> <k1> <BG> <BL> <BV> <XB> <k2> <BI> <BL><d> <BX> <XL> <k8> <BP> <BM> <2D31> <OA> <k9> <D> <2D30> <OB> <$=> <D><d> <2D32> <RD> <BD> <2D20> <K1> <BT> <2D10> <K2> <BW> <2D12> <(> <GP> <RF> <FC> <FT> 266 13.4 Memory Card 13.4 ESC+YS Registration of Format Registration of Format ESC+YS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil YS <59>16<53>16 Parameter ,aaaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Registering print format. [Format] <YS>,aaaaa Parameter aaaaa[Format registration No.] = Valid range : 00001 to 99999 [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YS>,1 </N>,3,3 <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>ABC <Z> [Notes] 1. When registering multiple formats, Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> with one format. 2. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 3. Use this command and Registration of Field </N> as a set. 4. Attempts to register again with registered No., an error will occur, and the targeted content will be printed. 5. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Valid Commands for Registration] Print position <V> <H> Font <XU> <K2> <XS> <K8> Barcode <B> <BC> <XM> <K9> <BG> <XB> <k1> <BI> <XL> <k2> <OA> <k8> <D> <OB> <k9> <D><d> <RD> <BD> <$=> <BT> <K1> <BW> 2D code Modification System Memory card <2D10> <2D12> <2D20> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <2D50> <2D51> <2D70> <BK> <BV> <BQ> <BX> <P> <L> <PS> <PR> <%> <FW> <(> <WD> <A1> <A3> <AX> <AR> <&R> </N> <GR> <GC> <PY> (Caution) The operation when specified a command that is other than available command is not guaranteed. [Important] 1. Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 2. The maximum registration with </N> is 99 fields. (Refer to the customizable print command of the field registration (ESC+/N) for the commands that can be registered.) 3. The maximum registration with other than </N> is 50 fields. Refer to the customizable print command for the commands that can be registered. 267 [Remark] Details of Format Registration A group of commands can be registered to a memory card. Once registered, it saves time to specify the identical command group. The registration also allows a change of print data when invoking the format. Such function is called "Format Registration". One item consists of different command groups necessary for printing, and such groups are called "Field". Note that multiple fields make format. Commands for format registration : One format consists of a set of commands from Start of Data Transmission <A> to End of Data Transmission <Z>, and specifies Registration of Format <YS> right after <A>. For <YS>, specify [Format registration No.] from 1 to 99999. And then, insert Registration of Field </N> after <YS> to specify [Field No.] and [Digit No. of print quantity]. After [Field No.] and [Digit No. of print quantity] is entered, specify print position, character type, barcode, etc. [Registration Example] <A> <YS>,1 Format registration No. Field No. Digit No. of print quantity </N>,1,10 <V>10<H>50 <B>2020801234567890 </N>,2,5 <V>100<H>50<L>0101<P>2 <XM>12345 </N>,3,6 <V>200<H>300<L>0101<P>2 <XM>123456 <Z> Data to be registered to Field No. 1 Data to be registered to Field No. 2 Data to be registered to Field No. 3 Specified by Filed No. 1 Specified by Filed No. 2 Specified by Filed No. 3 12345 123456 Label feed direction Invoking the registered print contents Specify saved [Format registration No.] from 1 to 99999 with Format Call <YR>. To change print data, use Print of Field <D> to specify [Field No.] to be changed, and continuously specify the changed print data. Note that the underlined parts in the [Registration Example] are changeable. [Calling Example] <A> <YR>,1 </D>,2,ABCDE <Q>2 <Z> Format registration No. to invoke Field No. of print data to be changed Data to be changed Changed data ABCDE 123456 Label feed direction 268 13.5 Memory Card 13.5 ESC+/N Registration of Field Registration of Field ESC+/N Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /N <2F>16<4E>16 Parameter ,aa,bb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Registering items within the field of Registration of Format <YS>. [Format] </N>,aa,bb Parameter a[Field No. ] = Valid range : 1 to 99 b[Digit No. of print quantity] = Valid range : 1 to 99 [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YS>1 </N>,1,3 <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM>ABC </N>,2,5 <%>0<V>200<H>200<P>2<L>0101<OA>12345 </N>,3,8 <%>0<V>300<H>40<B>40208049123456 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify the value of [Field No.] in ascending order. 2. Specify Vertical Print Position <V> and Horizontal Print Position <H> for each field. If not, the default value will be set. 3. Specification of digit number when printing external character. External code H, one external character has 4 digits; thus, three external characters make 12 digits for printing. External code B, one external character has 2 digits; thus, three external characters make 6 digits for printing. 4. Use this command and Registration of Format <YS> as a set. 5. Due to the memory capacity limit, it may not save up to 99 registries. 6. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. [Valid Commands for the Change of Print] Font <XU> <K2> <XS> <K8> <XM> <K9> Modification <P> <L> <PS> Barcode <B> <BC> <BG> <XB> <k1> <PR> <BI> <XL> <k2> <%> <D> <OA> <k8> <D><d> <OB> <k9> <BD> <RD> <$=> <K1> <BT> <BW> <BL> 2D code <2D10> <2D12> <2D20> <2D30> <2D31> <2D32> <2D50> <2D51> <2D70> <BK> <BV> <BQ> <BX> 269 13.6 Memory Card 13.6 ESC+YR Format Call Format Call ESC+YR Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil YR <59>16<52>16 Parameter ,aaaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Invoking and printing out the format registered with Registration of Format <YS>. [Format] <YR>,aaaaa Parameter aaaaa[Format registration No.] = Valid range : 00001 to 99999 [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YR>,1 </D>,1,DEF </D>,2,78901 </D>,3,49000238 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command cannot invoke multiple formats between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>. 2. Use this command and Print of Field </D> as a set. 3. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 270 13.7 Memory Card 13.7 ESC+/D Print of Field Print of Field ESC+/D Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /D <2F>16<44>16 Parameter ,aa,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Invoking the items registered with Registration of Field and specifying data. [Format] </D>,aa,n~n Parameter a[Field No. ] = Valid range : 1 to 99 n[Data] = Data to be changed [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YR>,1 </D>,1,DEF </D>,2,78901 </D>,3,49000238 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Digit No. of print quantity is valid within the range specified with Registration of Field </N>. 2. When digit No. of this command is larger than the one specified with Registration of Field </N>, only the defined digit No. will be available for printing. 3. Use this command and Format Call <YR> as a set. 4. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 271 13.8 Memory Card 13.8 ESC+GI Registration of Graphic Registration of Graphic ESC+GI Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil GI <47>16<49>16 Parameter abbbcccdddn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the registration of graphic pattern data. [Format] <GI>abbbcccdddn~n Parameter a[Selection of data transfer in HEX or BIN] = H : Hex data B : Binary data Hex data (specify graphic data as 2 characters of ASCII 0-F is equal to 8 dots) Binary data (specify graphic data as 1 byte of binary data is equal to 8 dots) b[Specification of crosswise graphic area per byte] = c[Specification of lengthwise graphic area per byte] = d[Registration No.] (Identification No. when invoking) = n[Data] = Refer to the table below Refer to the table below 1 to 999 Graphic data [Coding Example 1] [H: HEX data] is specified as [Selection of data transfer in HEX or BIN] <A> <CC>1 <GI>H001001999<46463831383138313831383138314646>16 <Z> [Coding Example 2] [B: Binary data] are specified as [Selection of data transfer in HEX or BIN] [] is registered to the 999th of the slot 1 by the below. <A> <CC>1 <GI>B001001999 <FF818181818181FF>16 <Z> [Notes] 1. Specify registered data only. 2. To change the registered content, clear it with Clear <*> to register again. 3. Graphic Call <GR> is for printing out the data registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>. 4. When data are not registered properly, print error may occur. For details on data format, refer to Print of Graphic <G>. 5. Attempts to register again with registered No., an error will occur, and the targeted content will be printed. 6. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 7. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the graphic registration command <GI>. 8. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 272 [Specified Range] [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Maximum byte in horizontal direction 104 156 312 Maximum byte in horizontal direction 168 252 Maximum byte in vertical direction 400 600 999 Maximum byte in vertical direction 400 600 273 13.9 Memory Card 13.9 ESC+GR Graphic Call Graphic Call ESC+GR Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil GR <47>16<52>16 Parameter aaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>. [Format] <GR>aaa Parameter a[Registration No.] = Valid range : 1 to 999 [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <GR>1 <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the graphic recall command <GR>. 2. Ignoring Base Reference Point Offset <A3> and making no correction. 3. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked graphic. 4. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 5. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 274 13.10 Memory Card 13.10 ESC+GT Registration of BMP File Registration of BMP File ESC+GT Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil GT <47>16<54>16 Parameter aaa,bbbbb,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the registration of BMP file created by such as Paint Brush of Windows. [Format] <GT>aaa,bbbbb,n~ Parameter a[Registration No.] b[Total bytes of BMP file] n[Data] = 1 to 999 = 1 to 99999 Specify the file size of BMP file for total bytes. = BMP file data Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once) [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <GT>1,12345,n~n <Z> [Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the BMP file registration command <GT>. 2. Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once). In this case, the file size of BMP file becomes the total bytes, and BMP file data becomes data. 3. In BMP file, 62 bytes of data is for the header part and the rest of data is for the image data. 4. When [Total bytes of BMP file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 5. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 6. BMP file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the BMP compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [BMP] before printing. 7. Specify Card Slot for use <CC> prior to this command. 8. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 275 13.11 Memory Card 13.11 ESC+GC BMP File Call BMP File Call ESC+GC Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil GC <47>16<43>16 Parameter aaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of BMP File. [Format] <GC>aaa Parameter a[Registration No.] = Valid range : 1 to 999 [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <GC>1 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the BMP file recall command <GC>. 2. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked data. 3. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 4. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 276 13.12 Memory Card 13.12 ESC+PI Registration of PCX File Registration of PCX File ESC+PI Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil PI <50>16<49>16 Parameter aaa,bbbbb,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the registration of PCX file created by such as Paint Brush of Windows. [Format] <PI>aaa,bbbbb,n~n Parameter a[Registration No.] b[Total bytes of PCX file] n[Data] = 1 to 999 = 1 to 99999 Specify the file size of PCX file for total bytes. = PCX file data Data is sent as binary data (Outputs 8 bits as one character data all at once) [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <PI>001,12345,n~n <Z> [Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the PCX file registration command <PI>. 2. Data is sent in binary data (Outputs 8-bit data as 1 font data all at once). (The file size of PCX file is the total bytes of PCX file, and PCX file data are data) 3. If [Total bytes of PCX file] are not matching the transfer data, this may become the cause of malfunction. 4. Total bytes are the file size shown at [Property] and such. 5. PCX file is available in Black/White mode only. In color mode, printing will not be performed due to command error. Also, this command is not valid for the PCX compressed file. Make sure that the file extension is set to [PCX] before printing. 6. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 7. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 277 13.13 Memory Card 13.13 ESC+PY PCX File Call PCX File Call ESC+PY Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil PY <50>16<59>16 Parameter aaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Invoking and printing out the data registered with Registration of PCX File <PI>. [Format] <PY>aaa Parameter a[Registration No.] = Valid range : 1 to 999 [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <PY>001 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the PCX file recall command <PY>. 2. Rotation <%> and Enlargement <L> are available for the invoked data. 3. Specify Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. 4. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 278 13.14 Memory Card 13.1M4 EeSmC+oTr1y cMaermdor1y6xca1rd6 d16o×t1s6 dots ExtEextrenrnaall FFonotnRtegRisetragtiiosntration ESC+T1 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil T1 <54>16<31>16 Parameter abbn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Register 16x16 dots external characters to the memory card. [Format] <T1>abbn~n Parameter a[Select register data type] = H: B : b[Register font code address] = H: B : n[External character registration data] HEX character Binary code in the range from "21" to "7F", up to 95 items can be registered in the range from 21H to 7FH, up to 95 items can be registered [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <T1>H2100FF00FF3C0000FF <Z> [Notes] 1. It is possible to overwrite the data that is registered once. 2. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the memory card 16x16 external character registration command <T1>. 3. The error may occur when other registration command and the memory card 16x16 external character registration command <T1> at the same time due to not enough memory in the memory card. As a countermeasure, register other registration to another memory card or use a memory card that has more capacity. 4. The output order of the data is as follows. 5. The error occurs when unused slot is specified. External file [16x16] D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 D31 D32 8 dots 16 dots 8 dots D1 D3 D5 D7 D9 D11 D13 D15 D17 D19 D21 D23 D25 D27 D29 D31 D2 D4 D6 D8 D10 D12 D14 D16 16 dots D18 D20 D22 D24 D26 D28 D30 D32 When registering the above external character, D1 data are <01>16, D2 data are <80>16 because the constitution of D1 is [00000001], and D2 is [10000000]. In the same manner, D3 is <03>16, D4 is <00>16, D5 is <3F>16, D6 is <FC>16, and the external registration data will be <018003003FFC.....>16 up to D32. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 279 13.15 Memory Card 13.1M5 EeSmC+oTr2y cMaermdor2y4xca2rd4 d24o×t2s4 dots ExtEextrenrnaallFFonotnRtegRisetragtiiosntration ESC+T2 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil T2 <54>16<32>16 Parameter abbn~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Register 24x24 dots external characters to the memory card. [Format] <T2>abbn~n Parameter a[Select register data type] = H: B : b[Register font code address] = H: B : n [External character registration data] HEX character Binary code in the range from "21" to "7F", up to 95 items can be registered in the range from 21H to 7FH, up to 95 items can be registered [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <T2>H2100FF00FF~3C0000FF <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. It is possible to overwrite the data that is registered once. 2. Be sure to specify the slot number used for card slot command <CC> before the memory card 24x24 external character registration command <T2>. 3. The error may occur when other registration command and the memory card 24x24 external character registration command <T2> at the same time due to not enough memory in the memory card. As a countermeasure, register other registration to another memory card or use a memory card that has more capacity. 4. The output order of the data is as follows. 5. The error occurs when unused or the slot that the product is allocated is specified (Refer to Card Slot for Use <CC>). External file [24x24] D1 D2 D3 D4 D5 D6 8 dots 24 dots 8 dots 8 dots D7 D8 D9 D2 D1 D4 D7 D70 D71 D72 D10 D13 D16 D19 D22 D25 D28 D31 D34 D37 D40 D43 D46 D49 D52 D55 D58 D61 D64 D67 D70 D3 D6 D9 D12 D15 D18 D21 D24 D27 24 dots D30 D33 D36 D39 D42 D45 D48 D51 D54 D57 D60 D63 D66 D69 D72 When registering the above external character, D1 dataD7a1re <00>16, D2 data are <3C>16, D3 data are <00>16 because the constitution of D1 is [00000000], D2 is [00111100] and D3 is [00000000]. In the same manner, D4 is <00>16, D5 is <3C>16, D6 is <00>16, and the external registration data will be <003C00003C00.....>16 up to D72. 280 [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 281 13.16 Memory Card 1M3.e16mEoSrCy+KC1a(Kr2d) HMoermizooryntCaalrdWHriotriinzogntal EWxrtietinrgnaExl tCerhnaalrCahcatreacrteRr eRcecaallll Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil K1(K2) Parameter <4B>16<31>16(<4B>16<32>16) abbn~n ESC+K1(K2) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Recall the external characters registered to memory card. [Format] <K1>an~n <K2>ann Parameter a [External characters registration] = H : B : I : C : J : D : K : E : HEX character Binary code HEX character with smoothing function Binary code with smoothing function HEX character with highlight function Binary code with highlight function HEX character with smoothing and highlight function Binary code with smoothing and highlight function n~n [Registration code] = <GB18030 specification> H, I, J, K : "8021" ~ "807F" B, C, D, E : 8021H ~ 807FH <BIG5/KSX1001 specification> H, I, J, K : "9021" ~ "907F" B, C, D, E : 9021H ~ 907FH [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <K1>H9021 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the card slot command <CC> just before the memory card horizontal writing external character recall command <K1>. 2. The error occurs when unused slot is specified. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 282 13.17 Memory Card M13e.1m7 EoSCr+yk1C(ka2)rd VMeemrtoircyalCaWrdritVienrtgical ExWteritrinngaElxtCerhnaal rCahcartaectrerRReeccalal ll Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil k1(k2) Parameter <6B>16<31>16(<6B>16<32>16) abbn~n ESC+k1(k2) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Recall the external characters registered to memory card. [Format] <k1>an~n <k2>ann Parameter a[External characters registration] = H: B : I : C : J : D : K : E : HEX character Binary code HEX character with smoothing function Binary code with smoothing function HEX character with highlight function Binary code with highlight function HEX character with smoothing and highlight function Binary code with smoothing and highlight function n~n [Registration code] = <GB18030 specification> H, I, J, K : "8021" ~ "807F" B, C, D, E : 8021H ~ 807FH <BIG5/KSX1001 specification> H, I, J, K : "9021" ~ "907F" B, C, D, E : 9021H ~ 907FH [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>100 <CC>1 <k1>H9021 <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Be sure to specify the card slot command <CC> just before the memory card vertical writing external character recall command <k1>. 2. The error occurs when unused slot is specified. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 283 13.18 Memory Card 13.18 ESC+BJF Memory Card Initialization Memory Card Initialization ESC+BJF Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BJF <42>16<4A>16<46>16 Parameter aaaaaaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the format (initialization) of memory card. [Format] <BJF>aaaaaaaa Parameter a[User ID] = Specifying up to 8 bytes in alphanumeric and symbols [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <BJF>satocard <Z> [Notes] 1. This command is not effective without an optional memory card. 2. Specify slot No. registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command by all means. 3. The card will not be formatted and error occurs when the memory card is write-protect. The data is not guaranteed when the memory card is formatted accidentally. Be careful when formatting the memory card. 4. Initialization takes some time. Do not send any command until the initialization finishes. 5. When SD card is selected by the Card slot for use command <CC> and the SD card is formatted, the contents of the SD card are deleted all and then the product creates folders necessary. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 284 13.19 Memory Card 13.19 ESC+BJS Print of Memory Card Status Print of Memory Card Status ESC+BJS Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BJS <42>16<4A>16<53>16 Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Printing out the status of the memory card. [Format] <BJS> [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <BJS> <Z> [Notes] 1. This command is for printing out the memory card status and it cannot be used in combination with other commands. 2. Status can be checked with the label of W68mm and H90mm. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 285 13.20 Memory Card 13.20 ESC+* Memory Card Clear Memory Card Clear ESC+* Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil * <2A>16 Parameter a,bb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Clearing the entire contents in memory card. [Format] <*>a,bbb Parameter a[Item to be cleared] = G: P : M : F : O : R : SATO Graphic (Clearing graphic registered with Registration of Graphic <GI>) PCX file (Clearing PCX file registered with Registration of PCX File <PI>) BMP file (Clearing BMP file registered with Registration of BMP File <GT>) Format (Clearing format registered with Registration of Format <YS>) TrueType font (Clearing TrueType font registered with Registration of TrueType Font <BJ>) Form Overlay (Clearing form overlay registered with Registration of Form Overlay <&S>) b[Registration No.] = 000 to 099 (Omissible) TrueType font 00001 to 99999 (Omissible) Format 001 to 999 (Omissible) Other than above (When omitting Registration No., all the registered data will be cleared.) [Coding Example 1] <A> <CC1> <*>G,001 <Z> Clearing 001 of SATO graphics [Coding Example 2] <A> <CC1> <*>P,002 <Z> Clearing 002 of PCX files [Coding Example 3] <A> <CC1> <*>R <Z> Clearing Form Overlay entirely [Notes] 1. Delimit Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z> when using with this command. 2. Specify slot No. of Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command when using. [Remark] To clear all data of memory card, use Card Format <BJF>. [Important] Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 286 13.21 Memory Card R13e.2g1iEsStCr+aBtJio, nESoCf+BTJrDueTRyegpisetraFtioonntof (CTorumeTpypaetFibonlte(CComopmatimbleaCnodmsm)ands) ESC+BJ Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BJ BJD <42>16<4A>16 <42>16<4A>16<44>16 Parameter (a...ab..b c...cdddde...e ESC+BJD Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The registered data becomes valid. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the registration of TrueType font. [Format] <BJ>(a...ab...b <BJD>c...cdddde...e <BJ> Parameter a[Font description] b[Date] c[Memory offset] d[No. of data bytes] e[Font data to download] Specification of 40 bytes font 10 bytes date data 5 bytes memory offset (HEX specification) 0001 to 9999 [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <BJ>(abcdefghijkabcdefghijkabcdefghijkabcdefghijk29-08-2000 <BJD>00000002203001A004900200000000 <BJ> <Z> [Note] Specify slot No. registered with Card Slot for Use <CC> prior to this command by all means. [Important] 1. Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 2. This command is compatible commands for the previous model. It is recommended to register with the dedicated tool, and print with TrueType font specification <RD> (or Call and Print of Font & Logo <RF>). 287 13.22 Memory Card 13.22 ESTCr+uBeJTTypeTFruoeTnytpeCalFlont Call (C(oCommppaatibtilebCleomCmoanmdsm) ands) Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil BJT <42>16<4A>16<54>16 Parameter ,aa,bb,cc,dd,ee,ffff,n~n ESC+BJT Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying to invoke TrueType font. [Format] <BJT>,aa,bb,cc,dd,ee,ffff,n~n Parameter a[Font ID] : b[Horizontal magnification] : c[Vertical magnification] : d[Character pitch] : e[Backup] : f[No. of print character] : n[Data] 00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 12 01 to 99 00 Fixed 0000 to 9999 [Coding Example] <A> <V>100<H>200<CC>1 <BJT>,01,02,02,01,00,0004SATO <Q> <Z> [Note] Specify slot No. registered with Slot Card for Use <CC> prior to this command by all means. [Important] 1. Do not turn the product power off when accessing to the memory. When the product power is off while memory accessing, the data in the accessed media may be corrupted. 2. This command is compatible commands for the previous model. It is recommended to register with the dedicated tool, and print with TrueType font specification <RD> (or Call and Print of Font & Logo <RF>). 288 14 Calendar Commands 14.1 Calendar 14.1 ESC+WT Calendar Setting Calendar Setting Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WT <57>16<54>16 Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items [Function] Setting the calendar. [Format] <WT>aabbccddee Parameter a[Year] = b[Month] = c[Date] = d[Hour] = e[Minute] = 00 to 99 01 to 12 01 to 31 00 to 23 00 to 59 Parameter aabbccddee ESC+WT The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Coding Example] 2020, January 1, 13:13 <A> <WT>2001011313 <Z> [Notes] 1. Calendar IC is necessary for this command. This command cannot be used without a calendar IC. 2. When 00 to 80 is specified as the parameter a, 20 is applied to the upper 2 digits and the year is 20aa. When 81 to 99 is specified as the parameter a, 19 is applied to the upper 2 digits and the year is 19aa. 289 14.2 Calendar 14.2 ESC+WP Calendar Addition Calendar Addition ESC+WP Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WP <57>16<50>16 Parameter abbb Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specifying the addition of the calendar. [Format] <WP>abbb Parameter a[Specification of date and time] = Y: M : D : h : W : b[Specification of additional value for date and time] Year Month Date Hour Week No. = Valid range for Y : 000 to 009 Valid range for M : 000 to 099 Valid range for D : 000 to 999 Valid range for h : 000 to 999 Valid range for W : 000 to 099 0 before the additional value can be omitted. [Coding Example] Specifying and printing out the date that is three months from today. <A> <WP>M03 <V>100<H>200 <OB><WA>DD/MM/YY <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command requires optional calendar IC. Note that the command cannot be used without the calendar IC. 2. This command can add certain period of time to the specified date of year, month, date, and time. As shown in the above [Coding Example], three months from today can be set. 3. The last <WP> become valid when there are multiple <WP> in 1 item. 290 14.3 Calendar 14.3 ESC+WA Calendar Print Calendar Print ESC+WA Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WA <57>16<41>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify calendar print. [Format] <WA>parameter Parameter a[Print contents] = YYYY(Year) YY(Year) Y(Year) MMM(Abbreviation of month) MM(Month) M(Month) DDDDDDDDD(Day) DDD(Abbreviation of day) DD(Date) D(One character day code) HH(Hour) GG(Hour) hh(Hour) mm(Minute) ss(Second) TT(Morning/Afternoon) JJJ(Julian Date) WW(Week) ww(Week) QQ(Hours/Minutes) C(Shift code) Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range Valid range : 1981-2080 : 00-99 : 0-9 : Jan-Dec : 01-12 : A-Z, a-z : Sunday-Saturday : Sun-Sat : 01-31 : 0-9, A-Z, a-z : 00-11 : 01-12 : 00-23 : 00-59 : 00-59 : AM/PM : 001-366 : 00-52 : 01-53 : 01-961=15 minutes: 96=24 hours : 1-3 [Coding Example] Print the date of 3 months later from the current date <A> <WP>M03 <V>100<H>200 <OB><WA>DD/MM/YYYY <V>200<H>200 <OB><WA>hh:mm:ss TT <V>300<H>200 <OB><WA>YY JJJ WW ww <Q>2 <Z> [Notes] 1. Calendar IC is necessary for this command. This command cannot be used without a calendar IC. 2. The printing is in real time when more than 2 QTY is specified. 3. Up to 6 calendar print commands can be specified in 1 form. 4. The maximum calendar print data is 16 characters. 5. WW (Week) of the parameter a is when the starting week is counted as 0, and ww (Week) is when the starting week is counted as 1. (Refer to the WW/ww command week examples below) 6. Specify the font type for calendar printing of the font command (refer to the available command below) before this command. 7. Do not use font type command <OA> and <OB> when printing MMM, M, DDDDDDDDD, DDD, and D of the parameter a. The lower case of the alphabet is not available with those fonts. 291 WW/ww command week examples Example 1) January 2008, the year that January 1st is Monday, Tuesday, Wednesday or Thursday Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun WW ww 31 1 2 3 4 5 6 0th week 1st week 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 1st week 2nd week 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 2nd week 3rd week 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 3rd week 4th week 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 4th week 5th week - When it is December 31st, 2007, 0th week is printed for WW (Week). (1st week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is January 25th, 2008, 3rd week is printed for WW (Week). (4th week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is January 28th, 2008, 4th week is printed for WW (Week). (5th week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is February 3rd, 2008, 4th week is printed for WW (Week). (5th week is printed for ww (Week)) Example 2) January 2010, the year that January 1st is Friday, Saturday, and Sunday Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Sun WW ww 28 29 30 31 1 2 3 52nd week 53rd week 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0th week 1st week 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 1st week 2nd week 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 2nd week 3rd week 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 3rd week 4th week - When it is January 1st, 2010, 25th week is printed for WW (Week). (53rd week is printed for ww (Week)) - When it is January 4th, 2010, 0th week is printed for WW (Week). (1st week is printed for ww (Week)) * The year, which January 1st is Friday, Saturday, or Sunday, the second week of January is 0th week (1st week for ww (Week)) The table below is the time when [QQ(Time)] parameter is set. 00:00 - 00:14 01 06:00 06:14 25 12:00 12:14 49 00:15 00:29 02 06:15 06:29 26 12:15 12:29 50 00:30 00:44 03 06:30 06:44 27 12:30 14:44 51 00:45 -:00:59 04 06:45 06:59 28 12:45 12:59 52 01:00 01:14 05 07:00 07:14 29 13:00 13:14 53 01:15 01:29 06 07:15 07:29 30 13:15 13:29 54 01:30 -:01:44 07 07:30 07:44 31 13:30 13:44 55 01:45 01:59 08 07:45 07:59 32 13:45 13:59 56 02:00 02:14 09 08:00 08:14 33 14:00 14:14 57 02:15 02:29 10 08:15 08:29 34 14:15 14:29 58 02:30 02:44 11 08:30 08:44 35 14:30 14:44 59 02:45 02:59 12 08:45 08:59 36 14:45 14:59 60 03:00 03:14 13 09:00 09:14 37 15:00 15:14 61 03:15 03:29 14 09:15 09:29 38 15:15 15:29 62 03:30 03:44 15 09:30 09:44 39 15:30 15:44 63 03:45 03:59 16 09:45 09:59 40 15:45 15:59 64 04:00 04:14 17 10:00 10:14 41 16:00 16:14 65 04:15 04:29 18 10:15 10:29 42 16:15 16:29 66 04:30 04:44 19 10:30 10:44 43 16:30 16:44 67 04:45 04:59 20 10:45 10:59 44 16:45 16:59 68 05:00 05:14 21 11:00 11:14 45 17:00 17:14 69 05:15 05:29 22 11:15 11:29 46 17:15 17:29 70 05:30 05:44 23 11:30 11:44 47 17 30 17:44 71 05:45 05:59 24 11:45 11:59 48 17:45 17:59 72 18:00 18:14 73 18:15 18:29 74 18:30 18:44 75 18:45 18:59 76 19:00 19:14 77 19:15 19:29 78 19:30 19:44 79 19:45 19:59 80 20:00 20:14 81 20:15 20:29 82 20:30 20:44 83 20:45 20:59 84 21:00 21:14 85 21:15 21:29 86 21:30 21:44 87 21:45 21:59 88 22:00 22:14 89 22:15 22:29 90 22:30 22:44 91 22:45 22:59 92 23:00 23:14 93 23:15 23:29 94 23:30 23:44 95 23:45 23:59 96 [Valid Commands] Print position Modification Font <V> <L> <XU> <U> <H> <%> <XS> <S> <XM> <XB> <XL> <M> <WB> <WL> <OA> <$=> <OB> <$=> 292 14.4 Calendar 14.4 ESC+WU Extended Calendar Print Extended Calendar Print ESC+WU Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WU <57>16<55>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify calendar print. [Format] <WU>a Parameter a[Print contents] = YYYY(Year) Valid range YY(year) Valid range Y(year) Valid range MMM(Abbreviation of month) Valid range MM(Month) Valid range M(Month) Valid range DDDDDDDDD(Day) Valid range DDD(Abbreviation of day) Valid range DD(Date) Valid range D(one character day code) Valid range HH(Hour) Valid range GG(Hour) Valid range hh(Hour) Valid range mm(Minute) Valid range ss(Second) Valid range TT(Morning/Afternoon) Valid range JJJ(Julian Date) Valid range WW(Week) Valid range ww(Week) Valid range QQ(Time) Valid range C(Shift code) Valid range Control code >Z...>Z : 1981-2080 : 00-91 : 0-9 : Jan-Dec : 01-12 : A-Z, a-z : Sunday-Saturday : Sun-Sat : 01-31 : 0-9, A-Z, a-z : 00-11 : 01-12 : 00-23 : 00-59 : 00-59 : AM/PM : 001-366 : 00-52 : 01-53 : 01-961=15 minutes: 96=24 hours : 1-3 [Coding Example 1] Print the date of 3 months later from the current date <A> <WP>M03 <V>100<H>200 <OB><WU>>ZDD/MM/YY hh:mm>Z <Q>2 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Print "DATE" and the current date <A> <V>100<H>200 <OB><WU>DATE:>ZDD/MM/YY hh:mm>Z <Q>2 <Z> 293 [Notes] 1. Calendar IC is necessary for this command. This command cannot be used without a calendar IC. 2. The printing is in real time when more than 2 QTY is specified. 3. Up to 6 calendar print commands can be specified in 1 form. 4. The maximum calendar print data is 16 characters. 5. WW (Week) of the parameter a is when the starting week is counted as 0, and ww (Week) is when the starting week is counted as 1. (Refer to the WW/ww command week examples for calendar print <WA>below) 6. Specify the font type for calendar printing of the font command (refer to the available command below) before this command. 7. Do not use font type command <OA> and <OB> when printing MMM, M, DDDDDDDDD, DDD, and D of the parameter a. The lower case of the alphabet is not available with those fonts. 8. Use the control command >Z in a pair at before and after the parameter. When it is not used in a pair, it will be recognized as text. 9. When there is return or line feed (<0D>16, <0A>16) in between >Z...>Z, it is not recognized as a pair. 10. When printing >Z, place >JZ instead of >Z. 11. When calendar is used as a parameter for barcode, according to the specifications of barcode. For example, it is not possible to specify other than numeric data with GS1-128(UCC/EAN128), therefore MMM cannot be specified as the parameter a. 12. Refer to calendar print<WA> for QQ(Time) of the parameter a. [Valid Commands] Print position Modification Font Barcode 2D code <V> <L> <XU> <U> <B> <BP> <2D50> <H> <%> <XS> <S> <BC> <BF> <2D51> <XM> <M> <BG> <BS> <XB> <XL> <OA> <WB> <WL> <BI> <D> <D><d> <BL> <BL><d> <BM> <OB> <BD> <$=> <$=> <BT> <BW> 294 14.5 Calendar 14.5 ESC+WV Calendar Case Format Calendar Case Format ESC+WV Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil WV <57>16<56>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made [Function] Specify the alphabet case of calendar "MMM" and "Mmm". [Format] <WV>a Parameter a[Case format] = 0 `MMM`,`DDD`,`DDDDDDDDD`Upper case and lower case mixed format (e.g. Jan, Mon, Monday...) 1 `MMM`,`DDD`,`DDDDDDDDD`Upper case format (e.g. JAN, MON, MONDAY) [Coding Example] <A> <WV>1 <Z> [Notes] The list below is indicating display for the data format code 'MMM', 'DDD', and 'DDDDDDDDD'. Month January February March April May June July August September October November December Format code `MMM' Case format = 0 Jan Feb Mar Apr May Jun Jul Aug Sep Oct Nov Dec Case format = 1 JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC Day Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Format code `DDD' Case format = 0 Sun Mon Tue Wed Thu Fri Sat Case format = 1 SUN MON TUE WED THU FRI SAT Day Sunday Monday Tuesday Wednesday Thursday Friday Saturday Format code `DDDDDDDDD' Case format = 0 Case format = 1 Sunday SUNDAY Monday MONDAY Tuesday TUESDAY Wednesday WEDNESDAY Thursday THURSDAY Friday FRIDAY Saturday SATURDAY 295 14.6 Calendar 14.6 ESC+CV Calendar M(Month) and CaleD(nDdaya)rCMod(eMonth) and D(Day) ESC+CV Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil CV <43>16<56>16 Parameter a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made [Function] Specify the month code or day code in 1 character. [Format] <CV>,a,b,c,d,e,f,g,h,i,j,k,l,m Parameter a[Set Month or Day code] = b[Month code for January/Day code for Sunday] = c[Month code for February/Day code for Monday] = d[Month code for March/Day code for Tuesday] = e[Month code for April/Day code for Wednesday] = f[Month code for May/Day code for Thursday] = g[Month code for June/Day code for Friday] = h[Month code for July/Day code for Saturday] = i[Month code for August] = j[Month code for September] = k[Month code for October] = l[Month code for November] = m[Month code for December] = Valid range: M or D Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:A), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:1) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:B), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:2) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:C), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:3) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:D), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:4) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:E), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:5) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:F), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:6) Valid range: Month: A-A, a-z(Default:G), Day: 0-9, A-Z, a-z(Default:7) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:H) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:J) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:K) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:L) Valid range: Month: A-Z, a-z(Default:M) [Coding Example] <A> <CV>,D,S,M,T,W,R,F,Z <Z> [Notes] 1. The default is used when the month code is omitted. e.g. The month code is set as X, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, J, K, L, Y with <CV>,M,X,,,,,,,,,,Y 2. The default is used when the day code is omitted. e.g. The day code is set as X, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, Y with <CV>,D,X,,,,,Y 3. The default is used when invalid month code is specified. e.g. The month code is set as M, N, O, P, E, R, S, T, U, V, W, X with <CV>,M,M,N,O,P,#,R,S,T,U,V,W,X 4. The default is used when invalid day code is specified. e.g. The day code is set as A, B, C, 4, E, G with <CV>,D,A,B,C,#,E,F,G 296 15 Intelligent Commands 15.1 Intelligent Command 15.1 ESC+IK Media Feed Control Media Feed Control ESC+IK Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IK <49>16<4B>16 Parameter a(,bbbb) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Feed or backfeed the media for the specified length. [Format] <IK>a(,bbbb) Parameter a[Feed direction] b[Feed length] = 0 : 1 : = Valid range: Forward direction Backward direction Refer to the table on the next page (Omissible for forward direction) One label will be fed when this parameter is omitted. [Coding Example 1] <A> <IK>0,120 <Z> Head position Before the command (1) (2) (3) After the command After the command (1) (2) (3) Feed 120 dots for forward direction The printing starts from the current position when print data are received without returning to the original position with <IK>1,120. [Coding Example 2] <A> <IK>0 <Z> Feed for one label Before the command After the command After the command Head position (1) (2) (3) (1) (2) (3) Feed for one label 297 [Notes] 1. Use this command in between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>. This command is disabled when this is specified in the item with print data. 2. Do not specify too long feed distance for backward direction. When too long distance is specified in the backward direction, printing may be overlapped or the media fell off from the platen roller and the paper end error may be falsely detected. 3. Do not specify the feed length of the backward position for more than 30 mm when the print method is thermal transfer. The command error occurs due to the possibility of ribbon end false detection. Furthermore, do not specify the media feed command for the backward direction continuously. 4. Do not specify the media feed command for backward direction just after dispensed label in dispense mode. 5. The feeding speed is fixed for 4 inches/sec when media feed length is specified. 6. The operation of the product when the feeding length is omitted for forward direction is the same as the media feed when FEED button is pressed while the product is offline. 7. The media feeding by this command is done when the product is online. 8. Control of feeding is not available by the external signal. 9. The command error occurs when the feeding length is omitted with backward direction. 10. The media feed by <IK>0 (feeding length is omitted) cannot be done when the sensor is ignored in the continuous printing mode. 11. The command error occurs when the feeding length is out of range. 12. Note that the printing may be overlapped according to the feed length of backward direction. 13. The accuracy may vary depending on the product, used media and environment. Adjust the feeding length when using. [Valid range (For forward direction)] [S84-ex] Head density Valid range (dots) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 48 - 1600 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 72 - 2400 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 144 - 4800 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Valid range (dots) 48 - 1600 72 - 2400 [Valid range (For backward direction)] [S84-ex] Head density Valid range (dots) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 48 - 240 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 72 - 360 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) 144 - 720 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Valid range (dots) 48 - 240 72 - 360 298 15.2 Intelligent Command 15.2 ESC+IM Displayed Messages Displayed Messages ESC+IM Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IM <49>16<4D>16 Parameter a(,bbbb) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Specify the messages to be shown while the product is online, normal mode. The maximum 16 digits alphanumeric and symbols can be specified. [Format] <IM>a(,bbbb) Parameter a[]Switching of display/no display = b[Displayed message] = 0 : 1 : 2 : Displayed range : No display Display on the upper row Display on the lower row Alphanumeric and symbols (20H-7EH of ASCII) 16 digits This parameter can be omitted for no display. [Coding Example 1] Change the display of the upper row <A> <IM>1,FORMAT01 Before the After the Print Data <Q>100 <Z> ONLINE QTY:000000 FORMAT01 QTY:000000 [Coding Example 2] <A> <IM>0 <Z> Return back the shown message Before the FORMAT01 QTY:000000 After the ONLINE QTY:000000 [Notes] 1. The shown message is returned back to the normal display after the product power off. 2. When a specified message is exceeded the maximum digit, the message within the valid digit is shown. 3. The message is left aligned and when the message is less than the maximum display digit (16 digits), space (20H) is filled. 4. The message will not be changed when the shown data are omitted. 5. The specified message is shown only in the normal mode, online state. It is not shown in the offline state and error state. 6. Invalid code in the shown data will be replaced with space (20H) and shown. 7. The product will process it as the control code when control codes (00H-1FH) are included in the display data. Do not specify any control code in the display data to prevent the product false operation. 8. The printing quantity display during the printing is not shown when message display is specified in the lower row. 299 15.3 Intelligent Command 15.3 ESC+IF Internal Buffer Registration Internal Buffer Registration ESC+IF Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IF <49>16<46>16 Parameter aa,bb,cc(,dddd) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Store the specified data in the internal buffer. It is possible to store up to 32 digits for 16 blocks in the internal buffer (RAM). The stored data can be recalled by the data acquisition command <IB> and use them as the print data. [Format] <IF>aa,bb,cc(,dddd) Parameter a[Internal buffer number] b[Input digit] c[Data] d[Data item name] [Coding Example] <A> <IF>1,2,49,DATA1 <IF>2,6,123456,DATA2 <IF>3,4,1234,DATA3 <IF>6,4,0010,QTY <Z> = Valid range : 1 16 = Valid range : 1 32 = For the digit specified by the parameter b (any code can be specified) = Valid range : Only alphanumeric and symbols 16 digits (omissible) Internal buffer No Item name Number Data contents of digits 01 DATA1 2 49 02 DATA2 6 123456 03 DATA3 4 1234 04 0 05 0 06 QTY 4 0010 07 0 08 0 09 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0 [Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. The item name will not be changed when [Data item name] parameter is omitted. 3. Only for the available digit of the data from the start will be stored when the specified number of data exceeded the input digit. Note that the data exceeded the available digit are not maintained. e.g.) <IF>1,5,12345678 -> only 5-digit data "12345" is stored 4. When the data are less than the input digit, following parameter or command sequence become the buffer input data and it will not operate normally. e.g.) <IF>1,5,456,DATA1 -> 5-digit data "456,D" is stored and nothing will be stored for the item name. 5. When specified already stored internal buffer number, the stored data is overwritten and stored in the buffer. 300 15.4 Intelligent Command 15.4 ESC+IB Internal Buffer Recall Internal Buffer Recall ESC+IB Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IB <49>16<42>16 Parameter aa(,aa,aa) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Recall the data stored in the internal buffer to be used as character strings or print data for the barcode. [Format] <IB>aa(,aa,aa) Parameter a[Internal buffer number] = Valid range : 1 16 It is possible to combine multiple data by delimiting with comma and specifying them. [Coding Example] Print JAN13 by using the internal buffer data Original data <A> <V>100<H>100 <IB>1,2,3 <BD>304120 <IB>6 <Q> <Z> Data after processing <A> <V>100<H>100 <BD>304120491234561234 <Q>0010 <Z> 4 12345 1234 0010 Internal buffer No Item name Number Data contents of digits 01 DATA1 2 49 02 DATA2 6 123456 03 DATA3 4 1234 04 0 05 0 06 QTY 4 0010 07 0 08 0 09 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0 The registered data 1, 2, and 3 are combined and used as the barcode data in the above example. [Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. Refer to the table on the next page for the command that can be replaced for the print data and parameters. 3. Specify the internal buffer recall command <IB> before the command replaced for the data. 4. The internal buffer recall command <IB> is valid only if the data and parameter of the command to be replaced are not specified. The replacement of data by the internal buffer data recall command <IB> will not be done when parameter is specified for the command to be replaced. 5. The maximum 1024 bytes of the internal buffer data for one time can be recalled. 6. It is possible to specify the same internal buffer number repeatedly in the command. 301 Table of command that can be specified as parameter Classification Command Command name Font <XU> <XS> <XM> <XB> XU font XS font XM font XB font <XL> XL font Barcode <OA> <OB> <$=> <RD> <B> <D> <D><d> OCR-A font OCR-B font Outline font print CG font Barcode (Ratio 1:3) Barcode (Ratio 1:2) Barcode (HRI selection) <BD> <BW> <BI> <BC> <BG> <BF> <BP> <BL> <BL><d> Barcode (Ratio 2:5) Barcode print by ratio registration Exclusive for standard carton ID GS1-128(UCC/EAN128) CODE93 CODE128 BOOKLAND POSTNET UPC-A barcode (without HRI) UPC-A barcode (HRI) 2D code <BM> <2D10> <2D12> UPC-A barcode (with HRI) PDF417 Micro PDF417 <2D20> <2D30> MaxiCode QR code (model 2) <2D31> QR code (model 1) <2D32> Micro QR code <2D33> SQR code <2D50> <2D51> <BQ> Data Matrix (ECC200) GS1 Data Matrix (ECC200) QR code <BV> <BK> <DC> MaxiCode PDF417 Data Matrix (ECC200) data Control Intelligent <Q> <IT> Print quantity Data sending form The parameter can be replaced (underlined part) <XU>nn <XS>nn <XM>nn <XB>1nn * Smoothing is fixed to valid <XL>1nn * Smoothing is fixed to valid <OA>nn <OB>nn <$=>nn <RD>abb,ccc,ddd,nn <B>abbcccnn <D>abbcccnn <D>abbcccnn <D>nn <BD>abbcccnn <BW>aabbbnn <BI>aabbbcnn <BC>aabbbccnn <BG>aabbbnn <BF>aabbnn <BP>nn <BL>abbcccnn <BL>abbcccnn <d>nn <BM>abbcccnn <DN>aaaa,nn <DN>nn * Only if binary mode is 0=Normal. <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DS>k,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <DN>aaaa,nn <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)g(hhhh)nn <BQ>abcc,(ddeeff,)nn <BV>a,b,c,ddddddddd,eee,fff,nn <BK>aabbcddeeffffgg,h <BX>aabbccddeeefffghh <DC>nn <Q>nn <IT>aa,bb,nn [Important] There are restrictions with QR code and manual mode mixed as follows: - It is possible to replace normally when number of mix=1 - When the number of mix is bigger than 1, the print data that is acquired by the internal buffer recall command that is specified before the QR code print command will be specified for replace for the number of mix. - Recommend to use in auto mode when replacing the print data by internal buffer recall command. 302 15.5 Intelligent Command 15.5 ESC+IC Internal Buffer Data coInmtpearrinsoanl Buffer Data ESC+IC Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 IC <49>16<43>16 Nil Parameter a,bb,cc Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Compare the stored data in the internal buffer. The data after this command will be analyzed when the comparison result is the same as the parameter a (Match/Mismatch). The data after this command until the data end <Z> will be invalid when the comparison result is not the same as the parameter a (Match/Mismatch). [Format] <IC>a,bb,cc Parameter a[Comparison result] = Valid range b[Internal buffer number(original)] = Valid range c[Internal buffer number(to be compared)] = Valid range : 0 Match : 1 Mismatch : 1 16 : 1 16 [Coding Example] <A> <IC>0,01,02 <V>100<H>400<L>0404<XM>,OK <Q>1 <Z> Comparison Result) The below label will be printed when the data are the same. OK Internal buffer No Item name Number of Data contents digits 01 DATA1 5 12345 02 DATA2 5 12345 03 DATA3 8 12345678 04 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 0 The label will not be printed when the data is not the same. [Note] The command error occurs when the parameter is in invalid range and the comparison of the internal buffer data will not be done. 303 15.6 Intelligent Command 15.6 ESC+I* Internal Buffer Data Print Internal Buffer Data Print ESC+I* Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 I* <49>16<2A>16 Nil Parameter Nil Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Print the stored data in the internal buffer. [Format] <I*> [Coding Example] <A> <I*> <Z> Internal buffer No Item name Number Data contents of digits 01 DATA1 5 12345 02 DATA2 5 12345 03 DATA3 8 12345678 04 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 0 Internal buffer number Print result Item name INtERNAL BuFFER DAtA DuMP #01 DATA1 (5) 31 32 33 34 35 #02 DATA2 (5) 31 32 33 34 35 #03 DATA3 (8) 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 Number of digits Data contents [Note] Use this command in between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>. 304 15.7 Intelligent Command 15.7 ESC+I# Exclusive Key Start-End Exclusive Key Start-End ESC+I# Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil I# <49>16<23>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Disable the normal key input temporally and user can specify key exclusively. The key operation information is stored to the key buffer during the exclusive key function. The information stored in the key buffer can be acquired by the key information acquisition command [SOH+KI]. [Format] <I#>a Parameter a[Exclusive key start-end switch] = Valid range : 1 Start exclusive key 0 End exclusive key [Coding Example] <A> <I#>1 <IM>1,PRINT <IM>2,PUSH <Z> START FEED KEY PRINT START PUSH FEED KEY (Possible to acquire with the key information acquisition command [SOH+KI]) Key press detection Key buffer <A> <I#>0 <IM>0 <Z> ONLINE QTY:000000 (Possible to acquire with the key information acquisition command [SOH+KI]) [Notes] 1. This command is valid only in the online mode. 2. The size of the key buffer is 1KB. The maximum 512 inputs can be maintained because 2 bytes are used with one key information. 3. The key buffer is a ring buffer. When the key input is stored above the maximum item, the oldest information will be overwritten. 4. The key buffer is initialized when start exclusive key with this command. 5. The key buffer is not initialized when end exclusive key with this command. Thus, it is possible to acquire the key information when exclusive key is ended. 6. Label printing and printer error detection are done normally when the exclusive key use has started. 7. The exclusive key use is temporarily release when an error occurs, and back to exclusive key use when the product is in online state after recovering from the error. 8. The default after the product power on is not exclusive use. 9. The key input command <IZ> is disabled when the exclusive key use is on. 305 10. The specification of key information acquisition command is as follows. (1) Command SOH + KI (01H 4BH 49H) (2) Return Status [STX] + number of key information + key information string + [ETX] 1) Number of key information Indicate the following number of key information. Number of key information is equal to the number of key pressing detection. The information is stored in ASCII, binary and 5 bytes. 0 1 2 3 4 The ten The The The The thousands thousands hundreds tens ones place place place place place Shown in the numeric character from "00000" to "99999." The information is notified in 5 digits even the key press detection is less than 5 digits by filling 0 at the beginning. 2) Key information string The all key information is notified consecutively. One key information consists of 2-byte binary value. NO. Item Description Number of bytes 1 Key Key press information 2 information Output the ON/OFF status of the key to the bit corresponding to the key. (Refer to the table below for the bit corresponding to the key) 0: Key is released 1: Key is pressed The bit corresponding to the key (2 bytes) BIT15 BIT14 BIT13 BIT12 BIT11 BIT10 BIT9 BIT8 BIT7 BIT6 BIT5 BIT4 BIT3 BIT2 BIT1 BIT0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 FUNC TION CANCEL ENTER LINE FEED 3) Acquired sequence Host Printer <A> + <I#>1 + <Z> SOH + KI + CANCEL STX +"00002"+ [0000 0000 0010 0000][0000 0000 0000 1000]* + ETX <A> + <I#>0 + <Z> 2. The key information stored in the key buffer can be cleared by key buffer initialization command. (1) Command SOH + KC (01H 4BH 43H) (2) Return Status STX+ 0 + ETX (02H 30H 03H) 0 is fixed. * Bit description in [] 306 15.8 Intelligent Command 15.8 ESC+IZ Key Input Key Input ESC+IZ Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IZ <49>16<5A>16 Parameter aa,bb,cc,dddd Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Store the data input from the operation panel to the internal buffer. Change the data with buttons and move the cursor with buttons. Fix the input value with the ENTER button and store it in the internal buffer. The display transit in this state. It is possible to store input data up to 32 digits for 16 blocks in the internal buffer (RAM). The stored data can be recalled by the internal buffer acquisition command <IB> and use them as the print data. [Format] <IZ>aa,bb,cc,dddd Parameter a[Internal buffer number] b[Input digit] c[Default data] d[Data item name] [Coding Example] <A> <IZ>1,5,12345,DATA <IZ>2,4,0001,QTY <Z> = Valid range : 1 16 = Valid range : 1 32 = For number of digits specified by b (Display available range: ASCII 20H-7EH) = Valid range : Only alphanumeric and symbols 16 digits DATA 12345 ONLINE QTY:000000 QTY 0001 ENTER ENTER Internal buffer No Item name Number of digits 01 DATA 5 02 QTY 4 03 0 04 0 05 0 06 0 07 0 08 0 09 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0 Data 12345 0001 ONLINE QTY:000000 [Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. The input data is shown up to 16 digits. When the data exceeded 16 digits, display the data with button scrolling. 3. The product returns back to the original display after input. 4. Data input and message display is only available in the online state. Data input is not available when offline state and error state. 5. The message is left aligned and when the message is less than the maximum display digit (16 digits), space<20>16 is filled. 6. The moving range by buttons for input cursor depends on the input digit specification. 7. Invalid code in the shown data will be replaced with space<20>16 and shown. 8. The code can be changed by buttons is <20>16<7E>16 in ASCII. 9. It is not possible to change by key input when control code (<00>16<1F>16 in ASCII) is included in the default data. Even the code has been changed by input cursor, the applicable code is discarded when storing to the internal buffer. 10. The command error occurs when input digit and the number of default data are not consistent. 11. The error will not be occurred even a printer error is detected during input waiting. 12. This command is invalid when the keys are used exclusively by <I#>1. 307 15.9 Intelligent Command 1I5n.9teErSnCa+IlRBuInftfeernraRl eBugffiesrtrRaetgiiostnration (Rec(eRiveedcDeaitva)ed Data) ESC+IR Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IR <49>16<52>16 Parameter aa,bb(,cccc)(,d)(,eeee)(,ffffff)(,gggg...g) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Acquire received data from the sub port. It is possible to store acquired data up to 32 digits for 16 blocks in the internal buffer (RAM). The stored data can be recalled by the data acquisition command <IB> and use them as the print data. [Format] <IR>aa,bb(,cccc)(,d)(,eeee)(,ffffff)(,ggggg) Parameter a[Internal buffer number] = Valid range : 1 16 b[Acquired digit] = Valid range : 1 32 c[Received data import start position] = Valid range : 0 9999 (Omissible) d[Digit of terminate code] = Valid range : 1 4 (Omissible) e[Terminate code] = No code range specification, 4 digits (Omissible) f[Timeout time] = Valid range : 0 999999 (1=5 ms) (Omissible) When this parameter is omitted, the product will not be proceeded to the next command analysis until data for specified digit are received. g[Data item name] = Valid range : Only alphanumeric and symbols 16 digits (omissible) [Coding Example 1] <A> <IR>1,6 <Z> Host Store the received 6-byte data to the internal buffer (Start code, terminate code, time out time and data item name are omitted) (2) Received data "123456" (1) Send <IR> Sub Port Data Port Printer External peripherals (3) Store the data Internal buffer No Item name Number Data of digits 01 6 123456 02 0 03 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 0 [Coding Example 2] Store the received 6-byte data to the internal buffer (Start position and terminate code are omitted) <A> <IR>1,6,,,,1000,ITEMCODE <Z> (2) Received data "ABCDEF" External peripherals (1) Send <IR> Sub Port (3) Store the data Data Port Host Printer Internal buffer No Item name Number Data of digits 01 ITEM_CODE 6 ABCDEF 02 0 03 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 0 308 [Coding Example 3] Store the data by specifying the import start position and terminate code (Timeout time and data item name are omitted) <A> <IR>1,32,1,2,*CR <Z> Host (2) Received data "*0123456*CR" Sub Port (1) Send <IR> Data Port Printer External peripherals (3) Store the data Internal buffer No Item name Number Data of digits 01 7 0123456 02 0 03 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 0 Received Data 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 C R Cut Store Cut * Use this method when there are data that you wish to discard at before and after the received data. * Either of the import start position and terminate code specification can be omitted. Also, both can be specified at the same time. * Specify the maximum 32 digits for the acquired digit when digits to be received are unknown. [Notes] 1. The stored data is cleared when the product power is off. 2. Do not use this command together with the print data. 3. The data that exceeds the specified digit are not stored in the internal buffer. 4. The allocation of the data port and sub port is according to the setting in the interface mode. 5. Enable the setting of the sub port on the LCD in advance to be able to acquire output data of external peripheral with this command. 6. The data receive waiting status of this command can be released with the following cancel the operation. (1) Send CAN to the data port (2) Print job cancel by LCD menu operation (OFFLINE-> CANCEL-> YES-> ENTER) 7. Note that 0016 is specified as terminate code for the specified digit when terminate code is specified and terminate code itself is omitted. 8. The time out time is the waiting time for 1 byte receive data. Thus, the monitoring time is cleared at every 1 byte receive, and wait for the specified time again for receive. This is repeated for the specified receive digits. 9. When the time to receive is out, store the received byte to the internal buffer and stop the command operation. The digit item in the internal buffer will be the actual received bytes, not the specified digits. 10. When the time to receive is out, the command finishes normally even the data are not enough for the specified receive data. 11. When the command finished due to the receive timeout while receiving terminate code, already received terminate code may be stored in the internal buffer. In this case, set longer timeout time. 12. When received data are less than the specified [acquire digit], the product will wait receiving for the specified [timeout time]. 13. When the received data are more than the [acquire digit], the data for the acquire digit are stored in the internal buffer and rest are remained in the receive buffer. These can be stored in the internal buffer by using <IR> again. 309 15.10 Intelligent Command 15.10 ESC+IT Data Sending Data Sending ESC+IT Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IT <49>16<54>16 Parameter a,b[,cccc,dddd] Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Send data to the specified port. The maximum data for sending is 1024 bytes. [Format] <IT>a,b,cccc,dddd Parameter a[Port to be sent] = b[Sending text format] = c[Sending digit] = d[Data to be sent] = 1 : 2 : 0 : 1 : 2 : 3 : Valid range : Valid range : Data port Sub port No additional code Add STX(02H) at the beginning and ETX(03H) at the ending Add CRLF(0D0AH) at the ending Add CR(0DH) at the ending 1 1024 For the digits specified by c, no limitation for code range [Coding Example 1] Send data from the host via product to the external peripheral <A> <IT>2,0,6,123456 <Z> (2) Sent data "123456" External peripherals Sub Port (1) Send <IT> Host Data Port Printer [Coding Example 2] Upload the contents in the internal buffer from the host <A> <IB>1 <IT>1,2,6 <Z> External peripherals Sub Port Host (1) Send <IT> (3) Data sending "123456CRLF" Data Port Printer (2) Reading data Internal buffer No Item name Number Data of digits 01 ITEM 6 123456 CODE 02 0 03 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 16 0 310 [Notes] 1. Do not use this command together with the print data. 2. Data sending is valid only if the bidirectional communication is available. 3. The allocation of the data port and sub port to the interface card 1 or 2 is according to the setting in the interface mode. 4. Be sure to match the digit of sending and sending data. When the digit is not matched, the following data may not be analyzed correctly. 5. Data will not be sent to the external peripherals when the cable of sub port is not connected. 6. There is a similar command called "Receive data acquisition request." The product returns the data received from the status port to the data port by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH(01H) + RD (2) Return Status [STX] + number of receive bytes + receive data + [ETX] (3) Return status list NO. Item Description Number of bytes 1 Number of receive bytes 2 Received Data (4) Acquired sequence Number of receive data (0-10240) Data received from the status port 5 For number of receive bytes Host Data Port Printer Status port External peripherals [SOH]RD [STX]00000[ETX] Receive data check There is no received data [SOH]RD [STX]00006,12345[CR][ETX] Receive data check 12345[CR] 12345[CR] [SOH]RD [STX]00006,12345[CR][ETX] Receive data check There is no received data [SOH]RD [STX]00012, 12345[CR]67890[CR][ETX] Receive data check 12345[CR]67890[CR] 12345[CR] 67890[CR] 311 15.11 Intelligent Command 15.11 ESC+IO External Signal Input/Output External Signal Input/Output ESC+IO Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IO <49>16<4F>16 Parameter a,b,c[,dddddd] Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify input/output of the designated pin number of the external signal. [Format] <IO>a,b,c[,dddddd] Parameter a[Input or output] = b[Pin number] = c[Input/Output level] = 0 : Input 1 : Output Valid range : 0 : Low 1 : High 1 25 d[Timeout for input] = Valid range : 0 999999 (1=5 ms) (Omissible) * When it is [Input], this parameter is the input timeout time. When this parameter is omitted, the product does not proceed to the next command analysis until the next input from the designated port. [Output time] = Valid range : 0 999999 (1=5 ms) (Omissible) * When it is [Output], this parameter is the output time. The signal level will be returned to the status before this command after the specified time has been passed when this parameter is specified. The signal will be output continuously at the specified level when this parameter is omitted. [Coding Example 1] Wait until HIGH level is input from the EXT20 pin (with 5 seconds timeout) <A> <IO>0,20,1,1000 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Output LOW level for 5 seconds to the EXT17 pin (before this command the signal is HIGH level) <A> <IO>1,17,0,1000 <Z> [Notes] 1. Set the external signal output for "DISABLE" in the advanced mode when using this external signal input/output command <IO>. When it is set to "ENABLE", the signal changes regardless with this command because the signal is output on the product. 2. The timing of signal output is not related the print operation of the product but when this command is processed. 3. Refer to the input or output for the below table. 4. There may be about 5 msec margin of error in the specified output time and the actual signal output time. 5. When the output level and the current output level is the same, the output level will not be changed even the specified output time has passed. 312 [Input or Output] Pin number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 Input or Output 14 pins 25 pins Output - - - Output Output Output Output Input Output Output Output Input Input - Input Input Input Output Input Pin number 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 Input or Output 14 pins 25 pins Input - - - - - - - - Output Output Output Output Input Pin number 21 22 23 24 25 Input or Output 14 pins 25 pins Input Input Input - 313 15.12 Intelligent Command 15.12 ESC+IW Print Start Waiting Time Print Start Waiting Time ESC+IW Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IW <49>16<57>16 Parameter aaaaaa Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Specify the waiting time to the print start. [Format] <IW>aaaaaa Parameter a[Print start waiting time] = Valid range : 0 999999 (1 = 5 ms) [Coding Example] <A> <IW>1000 Print Data <Q>1 <Z> Wait until 5 seconds has been passed With the above example, the product waits for 5 seconds after print data edition has been finished, then print the data. [Notes] 1. When there are multiple items continuously received, the product starts printing after the time specified by this command has been passed from the previous item print finish. 2. This command is valid only for the first label when multiple print is specified by <Q> command, and it will be printed continuously without waiting time from the second label. 3. This command is invalid when external signal is enabled. 4. Specify this command together with print data. This command is invalid when there are not print data. 5. When there is a printer error or the product becomes the offline state while waiting for print start, the product waits again for the specified time when the printing has been resumed. 6. When the printing has been stopped by receiving print stop request command (DLE) while waiting for print start, the waiting for print start is also stopped. When the printing has resumed by receiving print start request command (DC1), the waiting time is resumed at the stopped time. 7. The product will not wait for print start when reprint by reprint command <C> or FUNCTION button. 314 15.13 Intelligent Command 15.13 ESC+IU Internal Buzzer Sound Internal Buzzer Sound ESC+IU Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IU <49>16<55>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Beep the buzzer inside the product. [Format] <IU>a Parameter a[Sound pattern] = Valid range : 0 4 0 : One short beep 1 : One long beep 2 : Two short beep 3 : Two long beeps 4 : Three long beep [Coding Example] One short beep <A> <IU>0 <Z> [Notes] 1. The beep time for the short beep is 100 msec, and 500 msec for the long beep. 2. The interval between beeps for the sound pattern 2, 3, and 4 is 5 msec or longer. 3. The analysis of received data stops while a buzzer beeping. 4. The timing of buzzer sound may be untimely with the current printing item when multi buffer operation. Acquire the printer status and send this command in order to synchronize with the item print timing. 315 15.14 Intelligent Command 15.14 ESC+I@ Internal Buffer Initialization Internal Buffer Initialization ESC+I@ Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil I@ <49>16<40>16 Parameter (aa) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Initialize the internal buffer. [Format] <I@>(aa) Parameter a[Internal buffer number to be initialized] = Valid range : 1 16 (omissible) All the internal buffer will be initialized when the buffer number is omitted. [Coding Example 1] Initialize the internal buffer number 6 <A> <I@>06 <Z> [Coding Example 2] Initialize all the internal buffer <A> <I@> <Z> Internal buffer No Item name Number Data contents of digits 01 DATA1 2 49 02 DATA2 6 123456 03 DATA3 4 1234 04 0 05 0 06 QTY 4 0010 07 0 08 0 09 0 10 0 11 0 12 0 13 0 14 0 15 0 16 0 [Notes] 1. Do not specify this command in the same item as data receive command <IR> and data send command <IT>. 2. It is not possible to undo the internal buffer data that are initialized. 3. The digit of appropriate buffer number becomes 0, and item name and the data contents string are deleted after the initialization. 316 15.15 Intelligent Command 15.15 ESC+IY Exclusive Display Start-End Exclusive Display Start-End ESC+IY Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IY <49>16<59>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] The message area (upper and lower column) that is specified by display message command <IM> is exclusively used and messages from the product system will not be shown temporarily. [Format] <IY>a Parameter a[Exclusive display start-end] = 1 : 0 : Start exclusive display End exclusive display [Coding Example 1] Start exclusive display <A> <IY>1 <Z> [Coding Example 2] End exclusive display <A> <IY>0 <Z> [Notes] 1. Do not specify this command together with other SBPL commands in the same item. 2. Send this command only if the product is online and operation stop (waiting for receive) status. 3. The data that this command is included are not received while the product is operating. This is true for both start/end exclusive display. The data will be received when the product operation stopped. 4. The icon display area is not possible to use exclusively. 5. This command is invalid when the product is offline or error state. 6. Error messages are not shown while the display is used exclusively. Confirm with icons only. 7. The display will not be used exclusively when message display is not specified by the <IM> command. 317 16 RFID Commands 16.1 RFID Command 16.1 ESC+IP0 EPC Code Write EPC Code Write ESC+IP0 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IP0 <49>16<50>16<30>16 Parameter Please refer the below. Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] This command writes the EPC code and other data to the EPC corresponding RFID tag. [Format] [Standard format] <IP0>e:h(,pcw:xxx)(,epc:xxxx...xxxx)(,usr:xxxx...xxxx)|(,usa:dddd,aaaaa...aaaa)(,lck:bbbbb); [Conventional format] <IP0>e:a,c:d,s:d,d:ddddddddddddd(,o:xxx)(,m:bbbbb)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx)(,p:xxxxxxxx); [When SSCC96 code conversion is used] <IP0>e:c,f:d,c:d,t:d,d:ddddddddddddddddd,n:dddddddddddd(,o:xxx)(,m:bbbbb)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx)(,p:xxxxxxxx); [When SGTIN96 code conversion is used] <IP0>e:z(,d:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx)(,u:xxxxxxxxxxxxxxxx)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx) (,p:xxxxxxxx)(,o:xxx)(,m:bbbbb)(,k:xxxxxxxx)(,a:xxxxxxxx)(,p:xxxxxxxx) ;[When free mapping is used] Note: The above sample specifies typical parameters only. Please refer the below for more details. Parameter EPC encoding type parameter EPC encoding Type e: Specify the parameter right after <IP0>. The parameter cannot be omitted. [Standard format] h Use a 3-character parameter identifier after declaration. It is possible to write to extended memory areas by each IC chip manufacturer other than the normal Gen2 tag. [Previous format] SSCC96 code conversion Use the "one-character parameter identifier". a When the Company prefix / Serial reference / Filter value is received, then converted to an SSCC96 compliant code, and written to the tag. [Previous format] SGTIN96 code conversion Use the "one-character parameter identifier". c When the Company prefix / Serial reference / Filter value is received, then converted to a GTIN96 compliant code, and written to the tag. [Previous format] Free mapping z Use the "one-character parameter identifier". When data is written as is without performing code conversion. 318 Standard format This is an extended format to support tags made by IC chip manufacturers that have an EPC area over 96 bits. Specify these parameters after specifying <IP0>e:h There is no specific order in the parameter after <IP0>e:h is specified. Three-character parameter identifier Parameters related to Gen2 basic operation (Omissible) In the PC area, there is length information that controls the number of digits of the data to be recorded to EPC. You can change the number of digits of the EPC data by specifying number multiples of four from 4 to 124 in decimal code to this pcw: Specify PC rewrite parameter. Specifying this parameter is not necessary in most cases because the length information is written to the PC automatically by judging from the data length specified by epc:, if this parameter is not specified. (The maximum value of the length information of PC is 124 digits.) afi: AFI write data Specify the number from 000 to 1FF in HEX code. Synthesize data together with current PC length information and write. epc: EPC write data Specify 4 to 124 digits hexadecimal string. Digits can be varied in multiples of four. A parameter error will occur if the character string specified is larger than specified with pcw:, meanwhile if smaller the empty digits will be filled with 0. Specify numeric string to write to USER area in hexadecimals. Specify the usr: USER memory write number of digits in the multiples of four. It is possible to specify in 4-128 digits range, however, the maximum number of digits depends on the used tag. usa: USER memory ASCII write Specify numeric string to write to USER area in ASCII data. Writing the data containing the control code (00H to 1FH) is also available. It is necessary to have data area and data size information separated with a comma before the data. For example in specifying a data size as 64, specify as follows: usa:64,abcde... Specify the digits in multiples of two. It is possible to specify in 2-64 digits range, however, the maximum number of digits depends on the used tag. Standard format tag operation parameter (Omissible) lck: Lock Specify the area to be locked by five bits in binary code such as lck:10101. The display order is USER, TID, ACCESS, KILL, and EPC from the top. If the access password is specified, it results in a password lock, and if the access password is not specified, it results in a permanent lock. apw: psw: Access password Unlocking password To perform locking or read protect with a password, specify a fixed eight-character HEX code. To access an area on which a password lock or password read lock is applied, specify the same number sequence as that used when locking. Specify unlocking area with lck:. kpw: Kill code Specify the kill code with eight-character HEX code. You cannot execute the kill by writing the code only. Secure related parameter dedicated for NXP G2XL (Omissible) (Cannot be used in a Gen2 chip other than NXP G2XL.) rlk: G2X, Read protect Specify 0 or 1 to indicate whether read protection is to be set or canceled. 1 for set and 0 for reset. Reads in all areas will be restricted if read protect is set. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (dedicated for NXP G2XL) eas: G2X, EAS bit data Specify 0 or 1 as EAS bit value. 1 for set and 0 for reset. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (Dedicated for NXP G2XL) 319 Secure related parameter dedicated for NXP G2iM/G2iL (Omissible) (Cannot be used for Gen2 chips other than NXP G2iM/G2iL) rlk: G2I, Read protect Specify 0 or 1 to indicate whether read protection is to be set or canceled. 1 for set and 0 for reset. Reads in all areas will be restricted if read protect is set. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (Dedicated for G2iM/G2iL) eas: G2I, EAS bit data Specify 0 or 1 as EAS bit value. 1 for set and 0 for reset. A lock password other than "00000000" shall be used together with this. Use the same numeric string as the lock password to reset. (Dedicated for G2iM/G2iL) Feed control related parameters (Omissible) Usually, for RFID write item without print data, only writing of RFID data is performed, and the label is not fed. (Other than cases where the tag offset is set to other than default.) When "1" is specified in this parameter, fsw: Feed without printing the label is fed even if the item does not contain print data. When "0" is specified for this parameter, the label is not fed for the item without print data, and the operation is the same as when fsw: is not specified. Valid range: 0 to 1 SSCC96/SGTIN96 standard code conversion parameters Declare when executing conversion according to the code standard. SSCC96 and SGTIN96 can be specified. Specifying "a" will set to SSCC96 and "c" to enc: Declaration of code standard conversion SGTIN96. The converted data is written in the EPC area. Therefore, you can no longer use the epc: parameter identifier Valid range: a, c flt: Filter value Specify the filter value with the number from 0 to 7. Refer to the filter value standard table described later. com: Company prefix Specify the company prefix with a 6 to 12-digit decimal number. srl: Serial reference itm: Item reference (Only for SGTIN96) In case of SSCC96, specify serial reference in 5-11 digit decimals so that in total it is 17 digits or less when placing together with the numeric string specified in "com:". Even if the value does not reach 17 digits, leave it as is since the upper digits are filled with a zero inside the product. In the case of SGTIN96, specify the serial number with a 12-digit fixed decimal number. Specify 274877906943 or a smaller number. A parameter error will occur if it is less than 12 digits. For item reference, specify 1-7 digit decimal so that in total it is 13 digits or less when placing together with numeric strings specified in "com:". Even if the value does not reach 13 digits, leave it as is since the upper digits are filled with a zero inside the product. Coding example of standard format (3-character parameter identifier) [Coding example 1] When data is written in an arbitrary length in the EPC region in the IC chip manufacturer extension specifications tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID EPC DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,epc:01234567890123456789012345678901; (in digits that are multiples of 4) <Q>1 <Z> [Coding example 2] When EPC and user memory are written in a batch in the IC chip manufacturer extension specifications tag, and permanent locking is performed <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID EPC & USER DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,epc:01234567890123456789012345678901,usr:012345678.........5676789012345678901,lck:10001; <Q>1 <Z> 320 [Coding example 3] When data is written in EPC by specifying the SSCC96 standard code conversion in the Gen2 tag, and permanent locking is performed <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID SSCC96 DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,enc:a,flt:0,com:12345678,srl:012345678,lck:00001; <Q>1 <Z> [Coding example 4] When data is written in EPC by specifying the SGTIN96 standard code conversion in the Gen2 tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>SECURE RFID SGTIN96 DATA WRITE <IP0>e:h,enc:c,flt:0,com:123456,itm:0123456,srl:012345678901; <Q>1 <Z> Previous format This format is supported only for Gen2 tags (Class1Generation2). Use standard format for tags with IC chip manufacturer tags that have an EPC area over 96 bits. <IP0>e: Write these parameters after specifying *. Previous format: 1-character identifier (SSCC96 code conversion / STGIN96 code conversion / Free mapping) EPC data parameter Specify the EPC data. The restrictions on the number of digits based on each EPC encoding type are as follows: When SSCC96 code conversion is specified <IP0>e:a,.. A 17-digit decimal number sequence in which the company prefix and serial reference are joined together d: EPC data When SGTIN96 code conversion is specified <IP0>e:c,.. A 13-digit decimal number sequence in which the company prefix and item reference are joined together A hexadecimal string containing 24 or less number of digits in When Free mapping is specified multiples of four, which is written without conversion in the <IP0>e:z,.. EPC area. Use the standard format in an application exceeding 24 digits (96 bits). SSCC96/SGTIN96 conversion parameter f: filter value Refer to the filter value and the filter value standard table described later. c: company prefix s: serial reference t: item reference Number of digits of the company prefix A number within 6-12, the number of digits for company prefix specified in the first half of the data specified with parameter "d". Number of digits for serial reference (only if SSCC96 is selected) Number of digits of the serial reference in the latter half of the data specified in the parameter "d". Specify a number from 5 to 11, so that when combined with c, the resultant value is 17. Number of digits for item reference (only if SGTIN96 is selected) Specify a number within 1-7 to make it 13 together with "c" n: serial number Specify 12-digit (fixed) serial number (only if SGTIN96 is selected). Should be 274877906943 or less. Feed control related parameters (Omissible) g: Feed without printing Usually, for RFID write item without print data, only writing of RFID data is performed, and the label is not fed. (Other than cases where the tag offset is set to other than default) When "1" is specified in this parameter, the label is fed even if the item does not contain print data. When "0" is specified for this parameter, the label is not fed for the item without print data, and the operation is the same as when g: is not specified. 321 Gen2 memory bank operation parameters (Omissible) Specify numeric string to write to USER area in hexadecimals. The maximum number of digits depends on the used tag. Specify the number of digits in the u: User Memory HEX multiples of four. It is possible to specify in 4-128 digits range, however, the maximum number of digits depends on the used tag. Specify numeric string to write to USER area in ASCII data. It is necessary to have data area and data size information separated with a comma before the data. For example in specifying a data size as 16, specify as follows: v: User Memory Ascii V:16,abcd... Maximum number of digits depends on the tag to be used. Specify the digits in multiples of two. It is possible to specify in 2-64 digits range, however, the maximum number of digits depends on the used tag. o: AFI code Application Family Identifier. Specify a hexadecimal number from 0H to 1FFH. To write as AFI, specify the ninth bit (MSB) as 1. 5-digit binary number. Set the bit of the bank to be locked as 1. If you specify the access code, it results in a "password lock", and if you omit the access code, it results in a "permanent lock". Bit Area that will be locked m: Locking bit0 (LSB) bit1 EPCdata KillCode bit2 AccessCode bit3 TIDdata bit4 (MSB) UserMemory Example: If only the EPCdata area is locked "m: 00001" 8-digit hexadecimal numeric string. Used when writing the kill code. k: kill code Specify an 8-digit hexadecimal numeric string, consisting of numbers 0-9 and A-F that is not "00000000". The purpose of this parameter is only to write the kill code. You cannot kill the tag actually. An 8-digit numeric string to specify when locking with password. a: access code An 8-digit hexadecimal numeric string consisting of numbers 0-9 and A-F can be used. To apply the password lock, specify other than "00000000". If you omit this parameter, and specify m: Locking, a permanent lock is applied to the specified area. An 8-digit numeric used for re-writing the tag that is locked with a password. Specify an 8-digit hexadecimal numeric string consisting of numbers 0-9 and A-F to be used when writing to tag with password lock. Specify the same p: password code number sequence as the access code used at the time of locking. By specifying a number sequence same as the access code specified at the time of password lock in the "password code", and specifying "00000000" in the "access code", the tag on which a password lock has been applied can be returned to an open state. 322 1 character identifier parameter format coding examples (SSCC96 code conversion / SGTIN96 code conversion / free mapping) [Coding example 1] Country code 49 / Company code 12345 / Serial no. 789 When SSCC 96 data is written to a Gen2 corresponding tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>49123450000000789 <IP0>e:a,c:7,s:10,f:1,d:49123450000000789; <Q>1 <Z> [Coding example 2] Country code 49 / Company code 12345 / Item 67890 / Serial no. 789 When SGTIN96 data is written to a Gen2 corresponding tag <A> <V>50<H>50<XM>4912345067890000000000789 <IP0>e:c,c:7,t:6,f:1,d:4912345067890,n:000000000789; <Q>1 <Z> [Coding example 3] When free mapping data is written in the EPC area of a Gen2 corresponding tag <A> <V>50<H>50<BD>101080*301803CB4F48B38000000001* <IP0>e:z,d:301803CB4F48B38000000001; <Q>1 <Z> [Coding example 4] When data is written in free mapping in the EPC area of a Gen2 corresponding tag, data is written in the user area, and at the same time, a permanent lock is applied to both the EPC and USER areas <A> <V>50<H>50<BD>101080*0123456789ABCDEF01234567* <IP0>e:z,d:0123456789ABCDEF01234567,u:0123456789ABCDEF0123456789ABCDEF0123456789ABCDEF,m:10001; <Q>1 <Z> [Coding example 5] When data is written in free mapping in the EPC area of a Gen2 corresponding tag, and a password lock is applied to the EPC area. When the password is set as 12345678 <A> <V>50<H>50<BD>101080*0123456789ABCDEF01234567* <IP0>e:z,d:0123456789ABCDEF01234567,a:12345678,m:00101; <Q>1 <Z> [Notes] 1. This command can be specified for the one time in one print job. 2. In case if the EPC code could not be written, an error message will be printed and will retry or discard depending on the retry/release setting. 3. Unused parameters are omissible. 4. In case if the settings are made to ignore the sensor, the command error occurs upon reception of this command. 5. In case of a command error due to erroneous format of print job including this command, the product will not print labels (so as not to waste label) but there is a short beep and the product goes OFFLINE. The label will not be printed until the reason of command error is removed. Please check the format and values. 6. The product suspends data writing until it goes to online when the product received RFID writing item that does not include print command during offline. When the product receives an RFID writing command during other item printing, it will write to RFID tag after other item printing has finished. 7. In case the item does not include any print command other than this command, the product writes to the RFID tag only, and label is not fed. There are 6 short beeps with an RFID tag error such as writing to defective tag. Specify fsw: 1 (or g: 1) when label feed is needed same as an RFID item with print command when the item does not include print command. However, a label is fed even with the item not including print command when tag offset is set other than the default value. List of operations with items that include <IP0> command (no printing) No printing IP0 item No printing IP0 item + fsw: 1 specification No printing IP0 item + PWP enabled With printing IP0 item Write success No operation Feed blank tag Feed blank tag Print and feed Write failure 6 short beeps Error printing Retry operation Error printing Retry operation Error printing Retry operation 323 8. For filter values used in SSCC96/SGTIN96, please refer to the table below. Filter value standard table Filter value SSCC96 SGTIN96 0 All Others All Others 1 Reserved Point of Sale (POS) Trade Item 2 Full Case for Transport Full Case for Transport 3 Reserved Reserved 4 Reserved Inner Pack Trade Item Grouping for Handling 5 Reserved Reserved 6 Unit Load Unit Load 7 Reserved Unit inside Trade Item or component inside a product not intended for individual sale 9. SSCC96 code conversion This function is used to generate a code according to the SSCC96 standard when a company prefix, serial reference, and filter value are applied. It is possible to use with Gen2. The command/parameter configuration is explained with the below values. These are all decimal numbers. Company prefix: 4011661 (7 digits) Serial reference: 3000000001 (10 digits) Filter value: 0 (Select the filter value from the filter value standard table described earlier. In this example, the filter value is 0 from "All Others") The total digit number of company prefix and serial reference needs to be 17 under the standard, and it is not possible to change. Of these 17 digits, the proportion of the company prefix and the serial reference can be selected from the seven combinations described in the table below. Partition value Company prefix digits Serial reference digits 0 12 5 1 11 6 2 10 7 3 9 8 4 8 9 5 7 10 6 6 11 In this example, according to the table above, Company prefix digit number: 7 Serial reference digit number: 10 The partition value is 5, but since this value is generated within the product, it is not necessary to be specified. When the standard format is used <IP0>e:h,enc:a,com:4011661,srl: 3000000001,flt:0; Description of each parameter e:h,------------- Specifies the standard format enc:a------------ Specifies SSCC96 code conversion com:4011661,----- The company prefix is 4011661 srl:3000000001,-- The serial reference is 3000000001 17 digits when combined with com: flt:0 ----------- The filter value is All Others ;---------------- End terminal When the one-character parameter identifier in the conventional format is used <IP0>e:a,c:7,s:10,f:0,d:40116613000000001; Description of each parameter e:a,-------------- Specifies SSCC96 code conversion c:7,-------------- The company prefix is 7 digits s:10,------------- The serial reference is 10 digits 17 digits when combined with c: f:0,-------------- The filter value is All Others d:40116613000000001 Number in which the company prefix and serial reference are joined together It is 17 digits. ;---------------- End terminal When these commands are executed, the above parameters are converted to SSCC96 code 3114F4DA34B2D05E01000000 and 24 characters (18 characters in actuality), and are written in a tag. 324 10.SGTIN96 code conversion This function is used to generate a code according to the SGTIN96 standard when a company prefix, item reference, filter value, and serial number are applied. It is possible to use with Gen2. This function is explained with the below values. All numbers below are in decimals. Company prefix: 003885 (6 digits) Item reference: 4006606 (7 digits) Filter value: 0 (Select the filter value from the filter value standard table described earlier. Serial number: 000000000001 (fixed to 12 digits) The total digit number of company prefix and item reference needs to be 13 under the standard, and it is not possible to change. Of these 13 digits, the proportion of the company prefix and the item reference can be selected from the seven combinations described in the table below. Partition value Company prefix digit Item reference digit 0 12 1 1 11 2 2 10 3 3 9 4 4 8 5 5 7 6 6 6 7 In this example, according to the table above, Company prefix digit number: 6 Item reference digit number: 7 The partition value is 6, but since this value is generated within the product, it is not necessary to be specified. Under this condition, if the format of <IPO> EPC code write is applied, it results in the following: When the standard format is used <IP0>e:h,enc:c,com:003885,itm:4006606,flt:0,srl:000000000001; Description of each parameter e:h,------------- Specifies the standard format enc:c,------------ Specifies SGTIN96 code conversion com:003885,-------------- The company prefix is 6 digits itm:4006606,------------- The item reference is 7 digits 13 digits when combined with com: flt:0 ----------- The filter value is All Others srl:000000000001--- Serial number, fixed at 12 digits 274877906943 or a smaller number. ;---------------- End terminal When the one-character parameter identifier in the conventional format is used <IP0>e:c,c:6,t:7,f:0,d:0038854006606,n:000000000001; Description of each parameter e:c,------------ Specifies SGTIN96 code conversion c:6,-------------- The company prefix is 6 digits t:7,------------- The item reference is 7 digits 13 digits when combined with c: f:0,-------------- The filter value is All Others d:0038854006606, Number in which the company prefix and item reference are joined together It is 13 digits. N:000000000001--- Serial number, fixed at 12 digits 274877906943 or a smaller number. ;---------------- End terminal When these commands are executed, the above parameters are converted to SGTIN96 code 301803CB4F48B38000000001 and 24 characters, and are written in a tag. 325 16.2 RFID Command 16.2 ESC+IP1 EPC Code Read EPC Code Read ESC+IP1 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IP1 <49>16<50>16<31>16 Parameter b Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Read information from EPC, Gen2 supported RFID tag. [Format] <IP1>: read from EPC area only <IP1>,b:x; Specify areas of tags that have multiple memory areas such as Gen2 X = memory bank specification 1 EPC area 2 TID area 3 USER area 4 PC/AFI area <IP1>,U; User area in hexadecimal (128 characters) for big capacity tags such as NXP G2XM tag <IP1>,u; User area in ASCII (up to 64 characters) for big capacity tags such as NXP G2XM tag (Optional) ,RS Acquisition of RSSI (radio field intensity for response) [Return status format] Return status list The return format of when "<IP1>" and "<IP1>,b:x;" format is used Item Content (Binary) STX Start code (02H) Data EPC area data, others ETX End code (03H) Number of bytes 1 byte 96 bytes A blank area is filled with space (20H) "EPC_Tag_Err" is set at read failure. 1 byte The return format of when reading USER area in hexadecimal by using "<TP1>,U;" format Item Content (Binary) Number of bytes STX Start code (02H) 1 byte Data USER area data 128 bytes A blank area is filled with space (20H) "EPC_Tag_Err" is set at read failure. ETX End code (03H) 1 byte The return format of when reading USER area in ASCII by using "<TP1>,u;" format Item Content (Binary) Number of bytes STX Start code (02H) 1 byte Flag Failed (30H)/Succeed (31H) 1 byte Length 4-digit decimal string that expresses the data length 4 bytes Comma Comma (20H) 1 byte Data ETX USER area data End code (03H) 64 bytes in maximum "EPC_Tag_Err" is set at read failure. 1 byte The below data is inserted before ETX of the return format when the optional ",RS" is specified. Item Content (Binary) Number of bytes Comma Comma (20H) 1 byte Identifier RS(52H 53H) 2 bytes Colon Colon (3AH) 1 byte Data RSSI(dBm) Variable Number of byte is 0 when failed. 326 [Coding Example 1] <A> <IP1>,b:1; <Z> [Return status example 1-1] When data [8000 0000 4000 0001] is written to EPC supported tag 02 Start code 38 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 EPC code (16 bytes) 20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (80 bytes) 03 End code * The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal. [Return status example 1-2] When reading from EPC supported tag is failed 02 Start code 45 50 43 5F 54 61 67 5F 45 72 72 20 20 20 20 20 Return "EPC_Tag_Err" in ASCII 20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (85 bytes) 03 End code * The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal. [Coding Example 2] Read the USER area of tag in hexadecimal specification <A> <IP1>,U; <Z> [Return status example 2-1] The USER area of the tag is "ABCDEFGH", and reading in hexadecimal is succeeding 02 Start code 44 41 44 42 44 43 44 44 44 45 44 46 44 47 44 48 USER area data (16 bytes) 20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (112 bytes) 03 End code [Return status example 2-2] The USER area reading in hexadecimal is failed 02 Start code 45 50 43 5F 54 61 67 5F 45 72 72 20 20 20 20 20 Return "EPC_Tag_Err" in ASCII 20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (117 bytes) 03 End code [Coding Example 3] Read the USER area of tag in ASCII specification <A> <IP1>,u; <Z> [Return status example 3-1] The USER area of the tag is "ABCDEFGH", and reading in ASCII is succeeding 02 Start code 31 30 30 30 38 2C Reading success: 1 + Data amount: 0008 + Comma 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 USER area data "ABCDEFGH" (8 bytes) 03 End code [Return status example 3-2] The USER area reading in ASCII is failed 02 30 30 30 31 31 2C 45 50 43 5F 54 61 67 5F 45 72 72 03 Start code Reading failure: 0 + Data amount: 0011 + Comma Character string "EPC_Tag_Err" (11 bytes) End code 327 [Coding Example 4] Optional RS is specified. <A> <IP1>,b:1;,RS <Z> [Return status example 4-1] When the RSSI value is 10 dBm 02 Start code 38 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 EPC code (16 bytes) 20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (80 bytes) 2C 52 53 3A 31 30 ,RS:10 03 End code * The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal. [Return status example 4-2] When RSSI acquisition is failed 02 Start code 38 30 30 30 30 30 30 30 34 30 30 30 30 30 30 31 EPC code (16 bytes) 20 20 20 20 20 20 .........20 20 20 20 20 20 20 Unused area is space (80 bytes) 2C 52 53 3A ,RS: 03 End code * The data is consecutive in the actual use, and data is expressed in hexadecimal. [Notes] 1. This command cannot be specified in combination with commands other than <A> and <Z>. 2. This command is not processed when receiving during printing. Processed after printing is completed. 3. It takes a few seconds to return all return status to the host after sending this command. If the port is disconnected before all statuses are returned to the host, RFID tag information will not be correctly returned and the data other than return status format is returned. 4. If this command results in an error, return "EPC_Tag_Err" with ASCII characters. 5. Unused area is filled with space (20H). 6. When the USER area is read by specifying ',u' (in ASCII), the product regards the first NULL character (00H) as the end of the character string, and returns the character string before the NULL character. When a NULL character is not included in the character string, the product returns character strings up to 64 characters. 328 16.3 RFID Command 16.3 ESC+F EPC Sequential Number EPC Sequential Number ESC+F Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil F <46>16 Parameter aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] This command is set before EPC code write (<IP0> command), and is used to write the sequential number of the specified data to the EPC area. [Format] <F>aaaabcccc(,dd,ee,f) Parameter aaaa "Number of printing for the same contents" = b "Increment/decrement setting" = cccc "Increment/decrement value setting" = Valid range Valid range : 1 to 9999 : Addition : Subtraction : to 9999 dd "Sequential numbering digits" = Valid range : 1 to 24, 24 if omitted (omissible) ee "Lower disabled digits" = Valid range : 0 to 99, 0 if omitted (omissible) f "Decimal or HEX serial number" = 0 : Decimal, 0 if omitted (omissible) 1 : HEX [Coding Example] Number of printing for the same contents: 1, Increment/Decrement: , Increment/decrement value: 1, Sequential numbering digits: 5, Lower disabled digits: 0 <A> <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202 <F>1+1,5,0<XM>0123456789ABCDEF01234567 <F>1+1,5,0<IP0> e:h,epc,0123456789ABCDEF01234567; <Q>10 <Z> [Notes] 1. Sequential number can be specified up to 1 point per format. 2. Black/white reverse image printing <(> cannot be specified for sequential number data. 3. Auto linefeed <E> is not available. 4. EPC sequential numbering is enabled only if specified immediately before the EPC code write (<IP0> command). 5. The only EPC area is targeted for the sequential numbering. 6. Note that sequential numbering is applied to converted EPC code when SSCC96/SGTIN96 code conversion is used together with the sequential numbering. 7. This command can be used together with sequential numbering of character and barcode, up to 8 places in one item including EPC sequential numbering. 8. This command cannot be used with the item that doesn't have print command. However, this command can be used when blank label feed (fsw: 1) of EPC code write command <IP0> is specified. 9. This command cannot be used in items that include the <TU> command. 329 16.4 RFID Command 16.4 ESC+IP5 Antenna Output Power Antenna Output Power ESC+IP5 Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil IP5 <49>16<50>16<35>16 Parameter aaa(,bbb) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] This command specifies the antenna output power. The antenna output power for the write command and the antenna output power for the read command can be set to separate values. [Format] <IP5>aaa(,bbb) Parameter aaa = A 3-digit number of antenna output power (dBm) multiplied by 10. Range: 000 to 240. bbb = A 3-digit number made by multiplying the read command's antenna output power by 10. (Omissible) Range: 000 to 240. When only aaa is specified, the same antenna output power is set for both write and read commands. When both aaa and bbb is specified, antenna output power for write command can be set with aaa and for read command with bbb. For details on the actual antenna output power, refer to the antenna output power setting table. [Coding Example 1] <A> <IP5>170 <Z> Antenna output power will be set to 17.0 dBm for both write and read commands without having to restart the product. This value will be maintained after power is switched off. [Coding Example 2] <A> <IP5>120,090 <Z> This will change the antenna power to 12.0 dBm for write command and 9.0 dBm for read command without restart. These settings are maintained after turning off the product. [Notes] 1. This command cannot be specified in combination with commands other than <A> and <Z>. 2. This command is not processed when receiving during printing. Processed after printing is completed. 3. Since the antenna output power changes, it may not be possible to read or write some tags depending on their type. 4. A command error occurs when an invalid parameter is specified. 5. 100 is the default at shipping for both write and read commands. 6. While a value from 0 to 240 can be recorded in the nonvolatile memory of the product, the units place is rounded off to 0 during transmission to the reader/writer module. 7. Values less than 100 shall be filled with 0 in the upper digit to make a 3 digit. 330 8. Antenna output power table Parameter Antenna output power aaa (dBm) (mW) 0 - 9 0 1.0 10 - 19 1.0 1.2 20 - 29 2.0 1.5 30 - 39 3.0 1.9 40 - 49 4.0 2.5 50 - 59 5.0 3.1 60 - 69 6.0 3.9 70 - 79 7.0 5.0 80 - 89 8.0 6.3 90 - 99 9.0 7.9 100 - 109 10.0 10.0 110 - 119 11.0 12.5 120 - 129 12.0 15.8 Parameter aaa 130 - 139 140 - 149 150 - 159 160 - 169 170 - 179 180 - 189 190 - 199 200 - 209 210 - 219 220 - 229 230 - 239 240 Antenna output power (dBm) (mW) 13.0 19.9 14.0 25.1 15.0 31.6 16.0 39.8 17.0 50.1 18.0 63.0 19.0 79.4 20.0 100.0 21.0 125.8 22.0 158.4 23.0 199.5 24.0 250.0 [Note] Example: Even when 199 is specified, actually, 19.0 dBm is set. 331 16.5 RFID Command 16.5 ESC+TM Trademark Print Trademark Print ESC+TM Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil TM <54>16<4D>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] This command specifies the printing of the trademark of EPC Global Logistics Group in the tag label. [Format] <TM>a Parameter a=[Number of logo] 1: 1: 2: 2: [Coding Sample1] <A> <V>50<H>50<TM>1 <Z> [Coding Sample2] <A> <V>50<H>50<TM>2 <Z> [Valid command] Modification command <V> <H> <L> <%> [Notes] 1. The specification of coordinates <V><H>, rotation <%>, and magnification <L> is enabled. 2. To perform magnification <L>, the command must be specified immediately before the trade mark print command <TM>. 3. The image size of trademark is (Image 1: W143 x H101 dots, Image 2: 202 x H101 dots). (When magnification is not specified) 332 16.6 RFID Command 16.6 ESC+TU Printing Tag Data Printing Tag Data ESC+TU Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil TU <54>16<55>16 Parameter a,bbcccddd n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. The parameter preset will be invalid. [Function] Reads data from a specified area and specified address of RFID tag and develops to specified direction to make it possible to print on labels. [Format] <TU>a,bbcccdddn~n Parameter a = To use this functionality or not 1 : Read data and start using 0 : Cancel use bb = Block number 01 : EPC area 02 : TID area 03 : USER area ccc = Start address of memory. Range: 000 to 999 (in decimal) ddd = End address of memory. Range: 000 to 999 (in decimal) n = Specify ID. Specify any string within 4 to 16 characters to be used for assigning data. (All parameters should be in the ASCII format) [Notes] 1. The amount of information per one address is 2 bytes (4 characters) in case of Gen2. An RFID tag error occurs if you specify an address that exceeds tag capacity. 2. The upper limit of the read data is 32 characters, even there is enough capacity in the read targeted area. 3. It is not possible to acquire CRC/PC in the EPC area with this command. Please specify 02H in the below figure "Memory map of Gen2 standard RFID chip" as the base reference: 0, when specifying EPC area address. 4. 1 address is one word (= 16 bits), and it is equal to 4 characters. Memory map of Gen2 RFID chip Address 00000000 Bank 00H 01H 02H 03H 4 5 6 7 8 9 A B . . . . . H H H H H H H H EPC area CRC PC EPC TID area TID USER area USER 333 [Coding Example 1] A sample specifying 24 characters from start address 0 to end address 5 in EPC area of Gen2 tag, using SATO as ID. (The amount of information per one address: 4 characters) <A> <TU>1,01000005SATO <%>0 <V>0410 <H>0090 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>SATO <%>0 <V>0060 <H>0040 <D>102120*SATO* <%>0 <V>0195 <H>0055 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>*SATO* <%>1 <V>0595 <H>0520 <D>102060*SATO* <TU>0 <Q>00001 <Z> [Coding Example 2] A sample specifying 16 characters from start address 02h to end address 05h in the USER area (03) of Gen2 tag, using SATO as ID. (The amount of information per one address: 4 characters) <A> <TU>1,03002005SATO <%>0 <V>0410 <H>0090 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>SATO <%>0 <V>0060 <H>0040 <D>102120*SATO* <%>0 <V>0195 <H>0055 <P>00 <L>0101 <XM>*SATO* <%>1 <V>0595 <H>0520 <D>102060*SATO* <TU>0 <Q>00001 <Z> 334 SATO [Valid command] Font Barcode <XL> <XM> <XS> <XU> <XB> <B> <D> <BD> <2D10> <2D12> <2D20> <2D30> <2D31> <2D50> <DN> <DS> [Notes] 1. This command support 1D barcode commands: <B>, <D>, and <BD>. Regarding only CODE39 can be specified. 2. When using 2D code and also specifying the ID by using <DN> in the data part, specify the number of characters before conversion to the number of data. Example: <DN>0004,SATO 3. Alphanumeric characters can be used when using QR code. (Numeric and Kanji mode is not available.) Micro QR code is not available. ID cannot be specified to the secured part of the Security QR code. 4. In case if tag data could not be read, an error message will be printed and will retry with the next label or discard depending on the retry/release setting. 5. In case of a command error due to erroneous format of print job that includes this command, the product will not print label (so as not to waste label) but will ring the buzzer once short to go to OFFLINE. The label will not be printed until the reason of command error is removed. 6. In case if the settings are made to ignore the sensor, the command error occurs upon reception of this command. 7. This command cannot be used for the label that tag offset is set to other than default. 8. This command cannot be used with dispense mode behavior 2. 9. The item including this command does not support <C>, and <0> command, external signals, and reprint by key operation. 10. This command can be used together with EPC code write command <IP0>. In this case, the product read (TU), write (IP0) and print, regardless the order of command. Therefore, the data written by <IP0> command cannot be read with this command. 11. It is possible to specify a pair of <TU>1 and <TU>0 in 1 item. Be sure to specify <TU>0 when <TU>1 is specified. 12. This command cannot be specified together with sequential printing or registering formats. 13. You cannot specify multiple labels for print jobs that include this command. Even if you specify 2 or more labels with <Q> command, it will be interpreted as 1. 14. This command will not be executed while the product is printing. It will be executed after the print is complete. 335 16.7 RFID Command 16.7 ESC+RU TID Return TID Return ESC+RU Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 0 RU <52>16<55>16 Parameter a Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is not maintained. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. The set parameter is in effect until a new specification is made. [Function] Configure to return the result of writing to tags by IP0 command, and read data after writing to the host. [Format] <RU>a Parameter a=Return format specification 0: No return (default setting) 1: Write result status, EPC/TID return 2: Final write result and TID return upon receiving SOH+RU 3: Read and return TID of the tag at antenna position When the parameter is 2 and 3, [Coding Example 1] <A> <RU>2 <IP>e:z,d:491234567891234567890104; <XM>491234567891234567890104 <Z> [Return status format] The following data is returned by receiving SOH+RU when a data is written to Gen2 tag which TID is E20060030238E5EC. Write success STX Status TID (96 bytes) ETX (read success) 0x02 1(0x31) E20060030238E5EC 0x03 (Spaces are filled with 20H.) Write success STX Status TID (96 bytes) ETX (read failure) 0x02 1(0x31) Blank (0x20) 0x03 Write failure STX Status TID (96 bytes) ETX 0x02 0(0x30) Blank (0x20) 0x03 [Notes] 1. The result of writing and TID returned after RFID writing is completed. 2. Data writing and TID reading are performed separately, and if TID read failed, blank is returned even if writing resulted successfully. 336 Return sequence of RU2 When writing 491234567891234567890104 to EPC area of Gen2 tag that TID is E20060030238E5EC, and return the result of writing and TID <RU>2 *1 Specify return by SOH+RU Host Product <IP>e:h,epc:491234567891 234567890104; Write success SOH+RU Return the final write status (write success) and TID STX + 1 + E20060030238E5EC + ETX *2 *1. Most common commands such as <A>, <Z> are not described in the above diagram. *2. The above is only one example. The actual value varies depending on tags. Blank after data is filled with the space (20H). [Notes] 1. The product writes data to tags and then read TID when <IP0> command is received. 2. STX + "0" (0x30)+ "Blank" (0x20) ... + STX (writing reading failure) is returned when specifying RU2 and requesting the reply by SOH+RU without writing. When the parameter is 1, [SOH+RU return data format (normal)] [STX]a...a,b,c,d...d[ETX] [Return data] Symbol a b c d Parameter name Total number of data byte * This is the total number of bytes after parameter b. Delimiter comma between parameters a and b, and ETX are not included. The data size from the first identifier to before ETX. Write result status Error symbol EPC/TID return data Valid range Data size from the first write result status until before [ETX] Maximum 5-digit characters 0: Write failure 1: Write success *Text format NNo error EEPC write error TTID read error MReserved AAll errors *Text format Refer to the following [EPC/TID return data]: *Text format 337 [UID/EPC return data format] "Specify memory"":""Data" "Line feed (0DH,0AH)" ee:f...f(,gg:h...h)[CR][LF] Specifying the memory to be recorded <RA>-product setting IF:RFID setting section parameter DATA_TO_RECODE: The data to be read differs according to the settings of the RFID data record. "0": BOTH (EPC and TID are returned) "1": EPC (only EPC is returned) "2": TID (only TID is returned) Below is the sample of <RA> setting. <A> <RA>,24,IF,18,DATA_TO_RECODE:0[CR][LF] <Z> To set the above from the settings menus, you can perform the same from "RFID USER MODE"->"LOG DATA" [EPC/TID return data] Symbol Parameter name Memory e(g...) f(h...) Data Valid range EPEPC IDTID For UHF band only Maximum 256-digit characters Data Example) EP:E0123456789ABCDEF0123456,ID:E200680612345678 [Return data format (when a command error occurs)] [NAK]<15>16 [Exception processing] Parameter name Identifier Exceptional condition A value outside the range is The specified size and received size specified are different Command error Invalid receive data Terminology Command error Invalid receive data Description The receive data after command error will not be regarded as a parameter for this command. The data after the 2 byte identifier will be ignored. [Coding example 2] <A> <RU>01 <IP0>e:h,epc:E0123456789ABCDEF0123456; <XM>E0123456789ABCDEF0123456 <Z> [Return status example] When SOH+RU is received using a tag with E200680612345678 for TID and specified to return TID only. Write success (TID read success) [STX]25,1,N,ID:E200680612345678[CR][LF][ETX] Write success (TID read failure) [STX]9,1,T,ID:[CR][LF][ETX] Write fail (EPC write failure) [STX]9,0,E,ID:[CR][LF][ETX] [Notes] 1. The write status and EPC/TID is returned when SOH+RU is received after RFID write. 2. Although write is successful, status will be returned without data if you fail to read EPC/TID since EPC/TIC read will be done separately from write. 3. When there is an EPC code write but there is no print data, write result status is "0: writing failed" and error symbol is "A: all error" in the return data. 338 The return sequence of <RU>01 (In case of Gen2 tag that has TID= E200680612345678) Host Product <RU>01 *1 Specify return by SOH+RU The setting of return by SOH+RU is maintained Enabled until power is turned OFF <IP0>e:h,epc:E0123456789ABCDEF0123456; Write command Acquire TID immediately after successful write, and store it in the memory with the success status. SOH+RU Return the write status (write success) and TID data [STX]24,00,ID:E200680612345678[CR][LF] [ETX] *2 *1. Most common commands such as <A>, <Z> are not described in the above diagram. *2 Content of the return EPC/TID is an example. The actual value varies depending on the tag. [Notes] 1. EPC/TID data to be returned is up to 256 characters. 2. The product writes data to tags and then read EPC/TID when <IP0> command is received. 339 16.8 RFID Command 16.8 ESC+RA RFID Mode Setting RFID Mode Setting ESC+RA Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 RA <52>16<41>16 Refer to the table below. Parameter a(,Ec:b)(,Ce:c)(,To:ddd)(,Pw:eee)(,Pr:fff)(,Ps:g)(,Tb:h)(,Mr:i)(,Ed:j) (,Es:k)(,Eo:l)(,Pl:m)(,Pm:n)(,Iv:o)(,It:p)(,Rc:q)(,Rs:r)(,La:y)(,Lb:z) Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The parameter preset will be invalid. (Valid when Rs: 0 is specified) The parameter preset will be invalid. (Valid when Rs: 0 is specified) [Function] Switch between Normal mode and RFID enabled mode, and change RFID settings. [Format] <RA>a (,Ec:b)(,Ce:c)(,To:ddd)(,Pw:eee)(,Pr:fff)(,Ps:g)(,Tb:h)(,Mr:i)(,Ed:j)(,Es:k)(,Eo:l)(,Pl:m)(,Pm:n)(,Iv:o)(,It:p)(,Rc:q)(,Rs:r) (,La:y)(,Lb:z) Parameter (All parameters should be ASCII format) a=[Operation mode] : Valid range "0,2" 0: RFID disabled mode 2: RFID enabled mode When the operation mode setting is 2: RFID enabled mode, you can specify the extended parameters to set each of detailed setting of RFID. Specify the setting category by identifier, and set the value after the identifier to the designated category. (Restart is necessary after setting change) Extended parameter Item Identifier b "Ec:" c "Ce:" ddd "To:" eee "Pw:" fff "Pr:" Category/Description Number of retries Specify the upper limit of number of retry in the range from 0 to 9 when tag error is occurred with EPC code write command <IP0>. (Default Value: 1) Print restraint function at the time of command error When the error occurs in the command contained in the RFID print item, set whether or not to print. 0(30H) Don't print (Default) 1(30H) Print When "Don't print" is set, and a command error and a parameter error occur in the item including the RFID print -related command, the product discards the item in error, ring the buzzer, stops printing and goes to OFFLINE. Tag offset Change the tag offset. Unit is in mm. From 0 to 240 can be specified. (Default Value: 0) Specify the value that does not exceed the label size and the size specified with <A1> command. Note that a white streak may appear at the pause position. You need to consider it to avoid as it affects the print layout. Radio output power setting (at writing) Specify the value of radio output power setting of RFID module. The value is dBm x 10. Example: 17.0 dBm is 170 The value is sent to RFID module after restart, and the specified radio output power becomes valid. (Default Value: 100) Use "Antenna Output ESC+IP5" when the specified radio output power needs to be valid immediately. Radio output power setting (at reading) Specify the value of radio output power setting of RFID module. The value is dBm x 10. Example: 17.0 dBm is 170 The value is sent to RFID module after restart, and the specified radio output power becomes valid. (Default Value: 100) Use "Antenna Output ESC+IP5" when the specified radio output power needs to be valid immediately. Valid range "0" to "9" 1 digit (0,1) 1 digit "0" to "240" Maximum 3 digits "0" to "240" Maximum 3 digits (Necessary to restart after changing) "0" to "240" Maximum 3 digits (Necessary to restart after changing) 340 Item Identifier Category/Description This is not used with this specification. This parameter is ignored. Timeout/Number of retry (Default: 4) Change the setting of timeout/number of retry in the module. g "Mr:" Specified number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 ThingMagic (msec) 50 100 200 500 1000 1500 2000 4000 Recovery at tag error h "Ed:" Set recovery method at tag error. (Default Value: 0) 0(30H) : RETRY mode 1(31H) : RELEASE mode Slash printing at tag error (default: 1) i "Es:" 0 (30H) : Disable 1 (31H) : Enable Signal setting at tag error (default: 1) j "Eo:" 0(30H) : PULSE 1(31H) : LEVEL Pulse length Setting the pulse length of external signals at RFID tag error. (Default Value: 1) k "Pl:" Specified number 1 2 3 4 5 Msec 100 200 300 400 500 Valid range "0" to "7" 1 digit (Necessary to restart after changing) (0,1) 1 digit (0,1) 1 digit (0,1) 1 digit "1" to "5" 1 digit PREND TYPE 3/4 setting l "Pm:" Setting the external signal PREND type 3/4 (Default 0) 0 (30H): Normal (0,1) 1 digit 1 (31H): Reflect tag writing period to the signal Inventory setting Setting whether to check the captured label or not before writing data by EPC code write command <IP0> and read data by tag data print command <TU>. The default is "1: INVENTRY enabled." When this setting is enabled, and the number of captured tag is more than 1, (0,1) "MULTI TAG ERROR" occurs to prevent writing to (or reading from) the neighbor 1 digit m "Iv:" tag. When "MULTI TAG ERROR" occurs frequently, some measures need to be taken such as lowering radio power setting. (Necessary to restart Note that checking the number of captured tag by this INVENTRY setting is not after possible when the default value of each EPC area is the same to the neighbor tag. changing) Thus, this setting is valid only for products that EPC default value is unique code to the neighbor tag. 0 (30H) : INVENTRY disabled 1 (30H) : INVENTRY enabled (default) INVENTRY timeout setting (Default value: 3) Setting the timeout time for INVENTRY that is enabled with Iv: item. "0" to "7" 1 digit n "It:" Specified number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (Necessary to restart ThingMagic (msec) 25 50 75 100 150 200 300 500 after changing) RFID Counter clear Clear RFID counter. RFID life counter is not cleared. o "Rc:" This specification is not recorded to the memory. 0 (31H) : Don't clear (Default when omitted) 1 (31H) : Clear (0,1) 1 digit Restart after setting Set whether or not to restart the product after executing this command. When this parameter is omitted, it becomes "Restart". This specification is not recorded to the memory. 0 (30H) : Don't restart (With 3 short beeps) 1 (31H) : Restart (With 3 long beeps, default when omitted) p "Rs:" 2 (32H) : Don't restart (Without beep) Note: Be sure to specify restart when switching RFID enabled/disabled mode or "0" to "2" 1 digit changing the setting of RFID module. 341 Item Identifier Category/Description RFID log setting (Default: 0) w "La:" 0 (30H) : Disable 1 (31H) : Enable RFID log data setting (Default: 0) x "Lb:" 0 (30H) : EPC and TID 1 (31H) : EPC 2 (32H) : TID 1. The parameter that doesn't need to be changed can be omitted. 2. When omitted the item, the previous value will be maintained. (Excluding Rs:Rc: parameter) 3. When there is an error in a part of parameter, the other parameters specified together are disabled. 4. After changing the setting of parameter that is necessary to restart, be sure to specify restart. Valid range (0,1) 1 digit "0" to "2" 1 digit [Coding Example] <A> <RA>2,Ec:03,Ce:0,Rs:0 <Z> Explanation: the product is configured to RFID enabled, the number of retries is 3, and do not print at command error. The product is not restarted after execution of this command. [Notes] 1. This command is valid only for the RFID option equipped product. 2. This command cannot use together with other than <A><Z> command. 3. There are 3 long beeps and the product is restarted automatically when this command is sent to the product. When restart is not necessary, specify the parameter "Rs:0". There are 3 short beeps when the product is not restarted. Specify "Rs:2" when restart and buzzer sound are not necessary. 4. Be sure to feed one label for adjusting the position after restart. 5. After changing the setting of parameter that is necessary to restart, be sure to specify restart. 6. The setting values of the menus listed below are changed accordingly by changing the value with this command. Extended parameters that values are changed accordingly and menu screens Item Identifier Screens changed accordingly a - RFID module setting screen b "Ec:" MAX. ERR COUNT setting screen ddd "To:" RFID_TAG OFFSET setting screen eee "Pw:" ANTENNA POWER setting screen fff "Pr:" ANTENNA POWER setting screen h "Ed:" RFID RETRY MODE setting screen i "Es:" RFID ERR SLASH setting screen j "Eo:" RFID ERR OUTPUT setting screen k "Pl:" LENGTH OF PULSE setting screen l "Pm:" PREND TYPE 3/4 setting screen m "Iv:" INVENTRY setting screen ENABLE/DISABLE n "It:" INVENTRY setting screen TIMEOUT w "La:" Log setting screen x "Lb:" Log setting screen Menu RFID Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode Service Mode RFID Mode RFID Mode RFID User Mode RFID User Mode 342 17 XML Commands 17.1 XML 17.1 ESC+/Y Register Print Template Name Register Print Template Name ESC+/Y Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /Y <2F>16<59>16 Parameter ,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting. [Function] To register the Print Template name inside the product memory. [Format] </Y>,n~n Parameter n~n [Print Template name] = Valid range : 1 to 32 ASCII characters [Coding Example] <A> <CC>1 <YS>,1 </Y>,Material Label </X>,14,10,ProductID <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM> <Z> [Notes] 1. Only first 32 characters of the print template name will be registered into the product memory. 2. The character "," (HEX: 2C) is not allow in template name registration. 3. This command must be used together with the <YS> command. 343 17.2 XML 17.2 ESC+/X Set XML Variable Name Set XML Variable Name ESC+/X Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /Y <2F>16<58>16 Parameter ,a,b,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid. [Function] To set the XML variable field name for the format field number. [Format] </X>,a,b,n~n Parameter a [Field number] b [Max field length] n~n [Print Template name] = 01 to 99 = 01 to 99 = Up to maximum 60 ASCII characters [Coding Example] Assign XML variable name ProductID to the field number 14, with Maximum input field length up to 10 characters. <A> <CC>1 <YS>,1 </Y>,Material Label </X>,14,10,ProductID <%>0<V>100<H>200<P>2<L>0101<XM> <Z> [Notes] 1. This command must be used together with the <YS> command. 2. Please refer to valid command list from Registration of Field command </N> command. 344 17.3 XML 17.3 ESC+/R Remove Print Template Remove Print Template ESC+/R Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /R <2F>16<52>16 Parameter ,a,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid. [Function] To clear content registered XML print template inside product memory. [Format] </R>,a,n~n Parameter a [Remover template] n~n [Print template name or format number] = 0 : Represent by print template name 1 : Represent by print template format number = Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters Valid range (Format number) : 001 to 999 [Coding Example] Clear Print Template with the template name "SATO Barcode". <A> <CC>1 </R>,0,SATO Barcode <Z> [Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. This command is valid only if the desired template is registered inside the product memory initially. 3. When parameter (n~n) is not inserted or inserted wrong reference name, this </R> command will become invalid and the command is not effected. 4. Parameter `a' will be set as `0' if not assigned. 5. The product will response "ACK" back to the host PC if the operation successes, else the product will response "NAK" to the host PC if the operation fails. 345 17.4 XML 17.4 ESC+/S Set Print Template Name Set Print Template Name ESC+/S Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /S <2F>16<53>16 Parameter ,aaa,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting. The set parameter is invalid until the next valid setting. [Function] To change the print template name that is already registered inside the product memory. [Format] </S>,aaa,n~n Parameter aaa [Print template format number] n~n [Print template name] = 001 to 999 = Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters [Coding Example] Change Print Template with the template name "SATO Barcode". <A> <CC>1 </S>,001,SATO Barcode <Z> [Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. Only first 32 characters of the print template name will be registered into the product memory. 3. The character "," (HEX: 2C) is not allow in template name registration. 4. The product will response "ACK" back to the host PC if the operation successes, else the product will response "NAK" to the host PC if the operation fails. 5. If the parameter "aaa" is not assigned, </S> command will be ignored. 346 17.5 XML 17.5 ESC+/G Get Print Template Information Get Print Template Information ESC+/G Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /S <2F>16<47>16 Parameter ,a,n~n Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid. [Function] To recall the print templates data or print template names from the product memory. [Format] </G>,a,n~n Parameter a [Type of desired template data] n~n [Print template name] = 0: Get current print template name 1: Get all print template names 2: Get all print templates 3: Get standardized print template 4: Get specific print template = Valid range (Template name) : 1 to 32 ASCII characters This parameter n~n is needed when a = 4 was specified. [Coding Example] Recall all the registered template names from the product memory <A> <CC>1 </G>,1 <Z> Recall the print template with the template name "SATO Barcode" <A> <CC>1 </G>,4,SATO Barcode <Z> [Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. This command is valid only if the product memory has at least one registered format. 3. Print template name will be returned only if the desired template name is registered by </Y> command together with the <YS> commands. 4. Parameter `a' will be set as `0' if not assigned. 5. For (a=1), the character `, `(HEX: 2C) will act as separators between each reply template name. (Note: No separator will be used, if there is only one template name installed inside the memory) 6. The product will response "ACK" back to the host PC if the operation successes, else the product will response "NAK" to the host PC if the operation fails. 7. In case the user gave same name to different formats, the </G>,4 command will recall the template with the smaller format number. 347 17.6 XML 17.6 ESC+/A Air Protocols Management Air Protocols Management ESC+/A Hexadecimal code Initial value ESC <1B>16 Nil /A <2F>16<41>16 Parameter ,a,b Valid range and term of command When the power switch is OFF Valid range within item Valid range between items The set parameter is maintained. The set parameter becomes invalid. The set parameter becomes invalid. [Function] To set the type of Air Protocols to be used and get the information about supported Air Protocols. [Format] </A>,a,b Parameter a [Air Protocol management] b [Print template name] = 0: Get a list of all the supported Air Protocols 1: Get the type of Air Protocol that is in use 2: Set the type of Air Protocol to be used = 0: Set "EPC Class 0+" 1: Set "EPC Class 1" 2: Set "GEN 2" (Supported in CL4NX printer only) 3: Set "EPC Class 1.19(UCODE)" This parameter b is needed when a = 2 was specified. [Coding Example] Get the type of Air Protocol that is in use. <A> </A>,1 <Z> Set the type of Air Protocol to "EPC Class 1". <A> </A>,2,1 <Z> [Notes] 1. To avoid incorrect response from product, this command should not use in conjunction with other commands. 2. Parameter `a' will be set as `0' if not assigned. 3. Air Protocol setting by "</A>,2,b" is maintained until next changes is made in LCD panel or "</A>,2,b" command again. 4. For (a=2), the command will become invalid if the parameter `b' is not assigned or assigned wrong reference number. (Note: Depending on the RFID modules, the command will become invalid if user set the RFID option that is not supported by module.) 5. For (a=0), the character `, `(HEX: 2C) will act as separators between each reply Air Protocol. (Note: No separator will be used, if there is only one supported Air Protocol.) 6. For (a=0), user cannot send any request command to the product until the product finished sending the requested data. 7. Gen2 protocol is the only protocol setting supported in CL4NX printer currently, if other protocols were specified, it will return as a command error. 348 Part 2 Interface Specification 1 Overview 1.1 Overview There are built-in interfaces for data communication with the host system, and an interface that connect external interface for communication of the product and peripherals. The product has the following built-in interfaces. 1) RS-232C interface (DP9pin (female terminal)) 2) LAN interface (10BASE-T/100BASE-TX auto-detecting, RJ45 connector) 3) USB interface (USB2.0 High speed, type A connector / type B connector) 4) IEEE1284 interface (communication mode: ECP mode/compatible, Amphenol 36 pin) 5) External signal interface (D-SUB25 pin) The following interfaces are optional. 1) Wireless LAN unit (802.11b/g/n) 2) Bluetooth interface (Ver.2.0+EDR Class 2) 1.2 Function setting You need to configure each interface in the interface mode of the product before using it. 1) Procedure to enter the interface mode Here is the procedure to enter the interface mode to configure each interface. ONLINE QTY:000000 (1) Power on the product, press the LINE button once while the product is ONLINE. The product goes OFFLINE. OFFLINE QTY:000000 (2) Press the ENTER button once. The product goes to the MODE MENU. ONLINE MODE (3) Press the right arrow button twice to move the cursor to . INTERFACE (4) Press the ENTER button once. The product enters the interface mode. *When you changed the configuration, be sure to turn the product's power off and turn it on again. 349 2) How to configure each interface You need to configure both "Data Port" and "Sub Port". The following are overview of each ports. (1) Data Port This port receives print data from PC. All SBPL commands are available in this port. <Configurable interfaces for the Data Port> USB, LAN, IEEE1284, RS-232C, Bluetooth (optional), wireless LAN (optional) The interface configured as Sub Port cannot be used as the Data Port interface. (2) Sub Port This port monitors the printer status. Please refer to "2.2 Return Status " for available commands in this port. <Configurable interfaces for the Sub Port> USB, LAN, IEEE1284, RS-232C, Bluetooth (optional), wireless LAN (optional) The interface configured as Data Port cannot be used as the Sub Port interface. Data Port - SBPL commands (print data) - Printer status Sub Port - Printer status 1.3 Combination of interfaces The following combinations are available for the Data Port and the Sub Port. Data Port RS-232C IEEE1284 USB LAN Sub Port RS-232C IEEE1284 USB LAN Wireless LAN × Bluetooth Wireless LAN × Bluetooth [: configurable, ×: not configurable] (Notes) 1. It is not possible to select Wireless LAN in the interface mode when a wireless LAN unit is not connected. 2. It is not possible to use wireless LAN and USB at the same time because the wireless LAN unit is connected to the product through USB. 3. The Sub Port cannot be used when Interface Auto Detection is enabled. 350 2 Communication Protocol 2.1 Communication protocols and Receive Mode There are 2 kinds of receive mode; single item and multiple, and the receive mode will be different according to the combination of the interface and the communication protocol. Single item receive Single item (ESC A - ESC Z) can be received after the previous single item has printed. Multiple receive mode Enabling receiving data up to near full size during printing. Bidirectional communication (Status 2, Status 3, Status 4, Status 5) Monitoring printer status and perform data communication. Unidirectional communication (READY/BUSY) Data communication is controlled by the hardware. Refer to each interface section for details on READY/BUSY, XON/XOFF, Status 3, Status 4 and Status 5. Available communication protocol is as follows. Interface Communication Protocol Single item receive Unidirectional communication Multiple receive Unidirectional communication READY/BUSY Single item receive Unidirectional communication READY/BUSY Multiple receive Unidirectional communication XON/XOFF Single item receive Bidirectional communication XON/XOFF Multiple receive Bidirectional communication Status 2 Single item receive Bidirectional communication Status 3 Multiple receive Bidirectional communication Status 4 Multiple receive Bidirectional communication Status 5 Multiple receive Bidirectional communication RS-232C × × IEEE1284 × × × × × × USB × × × × × × × × LAN Bluetooth (optional) Wireless LAN (optional) × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × [: available, ×not available] 351 2.2 Return Status Purpose of return status is to control the printer status from the host, and the product returns the status after receiving the status request command. There are 4 kinds of return status; Status 2, Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5. The return status is as follows. The product returns the status after receiving the status request command. Communication Protocol Command READY/BUSY XON/XOFF Status 2 ENQ CAN Status 3 ENQ CAN Status 4 ENQ CAN DLE DC1 Status 5 SOH + ENQ SOH + CAN SOH + DLE SOH + DC1 Status 3 Status 4 Status 5 SOH + MG SOH + SB SOH + EB SOH + FO SOH + CR SOH + LW SOH + LA SOH + WI SOH + H5 SOH + wa SOH + wr SOH + WS Command name Status request command Cancel request command Status request command Cancel request command Status request command Cancel request command Print pause request command Print resume request command Status request command Cancel request command Print pause request command Print resume request command Print configuration request System version information request Free memory space information request Form overlay information request Status 5 setting information request Status 5 history data information request LAN information request Wireless LAN field intensity information request Wireless LAN interface information request Association Threshold information request Roaming Threshold information request Work shift information request Data Sub Port Port Note ×*1 ×*1 Excluding Hex dump mode *2 Excluding Hex dump mode *2 Excluding Hex dump mode *2 × Disabled in Bluetooth × Disabled in Bluetooth Excluding Hex dump mode *2 × × × × × × × × × [supported, ×not supported] *1 The Sub Port of READY/BUSY and XON/XOFF is configurable, but the commands that can be used for the Sub Port are not supported. *2 Cancel is not allowed when receiving print data. Cancel behavior when receiving data is not guaranteed. 352 (Note) In order to obtain a return status from the product, insert the time interval of sending and receiving after sending each command to the product. Command ENQ (05H CAN18H DLE10H DC111H Command name Status request Cancel request Print pause request Print resume request A time interval of sending and receiving (Guideline) 1 msec or more * In case of wireless LAN, 300 msec or more 500 msec or more (1) ENQ (Status request) Host Printer Send Write Send/Receive interval (more than 1msec) Receive Read ENQ05H STX xxA000000 ETX Create status information Send buffer STX xxA000000 ETX (2) CAN (Cancel request) Host Send Write Send/Receive interval (more than 500msec) Receive Read CAN(18H) ACK Printer Cancel process Send buffer: ACK(06H) ACK(06H)Normal state NAK(15H)Printer error The values stated above are reference of waiting time until the product confirms the ACK return. Actual value varies depending on the type of interface, settings and the conditions. Guideline of send and receive time interval of cancel request at buffer near full is more than 900 msec. 353 2.2.1 Return status of Status 2 The product returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. The product initializes the receive buffer and cancels the print job by receiving the cancel request command. The details of each request command and return status are as follows. 1) Status request command The product returns the state of the receive data, the receive buffer and the product by receiving this command sent from the host. (1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status/format STX Status 1 Status 2 Status 3 CR LF ETX (7bytes) Printer status Receive buffer status Receive data status STX(HEX 02H) ETX(HEX 03H) LF (HEX 0AH) CR (HEX 0DH) (3) Status list State of receive data Status return Description "0" (HEX 30H) Indicates the receive text was received normally. "0" (HEX 31H) State of receive buffer Indicates the receive text was received normally. (Communication error, receive buffer overflow) Status return Description "0" (HEX 30H) "9" (HEX 39H) Printer status Indicates no data exists in the receive buffer. Indicates data exists in the receive buffer. Status return Description "0" (HEX 30H) Normal (Receivable state) "0" (HEX 31H) Offline or print pause "@" (HEX 40H) Ribbon end "A" (HEX 41H) Paper end "B" (HEX 41H) (Unused) Cutter sensor error "E" (HEX 45H) Head Open "G" (HEX 47H) Head error "J" (HEX 4AH) Card error "k" (HEX 6BH) Other error * There is no ribbon end with the direct thermal model. 2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. Note that the product doesn't return the status with this command. Be sure to send the next data after the elapse of 500 msec as delay time after sending the cancel request. This command is also effective in offline state and the time of the error. (1) Command CAN (HEX 18H) 354 2.2.2 Return status of Status 3 The product returns the printer status and reply as the status by receiving 3 types of request commands and print command with this communication protocol. Details of request commands and return status are described below. 1) Status request command The product returns the job ID number of receive data that is currently printing, the printer status and the number of the remaining labels to print to the host by receiving this command. Return all "0" (HEX 30H) as the print quantity after printing is finished or there is no more receive data. If the command Job ID Number <ID> is not specified, the ID number returns space (HEX 20H). Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error. (1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status format (for other than Port 3 (9100) that LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled) STX ID No. Status Remaining print No. ETX (11 bytes in total) 000000 - 999999 Job ID number will be set by the job ID number specified by job ID number Specify <ID> in the ESC<A>-ESC<Z>. When there are multiple receive data, ID number of the current printing Receive data will be set. Return status format (for Port 3 (9100) that LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled, and for Port 1 (1024) when using Wireless LAN) Size STX 0000000BH (4 bytes) ID No. Status No. of remaining labels ETX (Total 15 bytes) From 000000 to 999999 Job ID number will be set by the job ID number specified by job ID number Specify <ID> in the ESC<A>-ESC<Z>. When there are multiple receive data, ID number of the current printing Receive data will be set. 355 (3) Status list Description Offline status No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full Online status Reception standby No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Printing Ribbon/Label near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full Standby (Dispense or cut No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full No error Ribbon/Label near end *1 Buffer near full Analysis/edit ing Ribbon near end *1 & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 Error detection Buffer over *2 (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end *1 & buffer near full Head Open Paper end Ribbon end *1 Media error (print skip error) Sensor error (Unused) Barcode read/verification error (Unused) Barcode reader connection error Head error Cover open (Unused) Cutter open error (Unused) Ribbon core non-lock error *1 Card error (Unused) Cutter error Other error (Unused) Cutter sensor error (Unused) Stacker or rewinder full Rewind full RFID Tag error RFID protect error (Unused) Battery error Print quantity may not be set up properly depending on the timing of analysis/editing. *1 There is no ribbon end with the direct thermal model. ASCII 0 1 2 3 5 6 7 8 A B C D ! " # $ G H I J % & ` ( M N O P ) * + , S T U V . / @ a b c d E f f f g h h h i j k l m o p q HEX 30 31 32 33 35 36 37 38 41 42 43 44 21 22 23 24 47 48 49 4A 25 26 27 28 4D 4E 4F 50 29 2A 2B 2C 53 54 55 56 2D 2E 2F 40 61 62 63 64 65 66 66 66 67 68 68 68 69 6A 6B 2C 2D 6F 70 71 Print quantity may not be set up properly depending on the timing of analysis/editing. 356 *2 Occurrence of buffer-over depends on the interface. RS-232C USB LAN Wireless LAN Bluetooth × × × × [o: Interface that buffer-over occurs, x: Interface that buffer-over doesn't occur] IEEE1284 × (4) ENQ respond delay time setting You can use the delay timer function to delay returning the printer status to the host by setting [ENQ respond delay time] in the service mode. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more setting details. Host Send Write ENQ05H Printer Create status information Send buffer STX xxA000000 ETX Receive Read STX xxA000000 ETX * ENQresponse delay time + *1 * *1 Time period of "+" varies according to the interface or the behavior of the application in the host. 2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. The product returns the printer status of after completion of the current process. *When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 msec before sending the next data. *This command shall not be used during sending printer data and other data. (1) Command CAN (HEX 18H) (2) Return status list Status return ACK (HEX 06H) NAK (HEX 15H) No error in the product Error at the product Description 3) Print Command The product starts printing by receiving the print command (STX <A> ~<Z> ETX). The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed. (1) Return status list (Printer status) Status return ACK (HEX 06H) No error in the product NAK (HEX 15H) Error at the product Description An example of the job ID number command <ID> <A> <ID>01 <V>100<H>100<P>2<L>0202<XM>ABC <Q>1 <Z> Refer to the Job ID number command <ID>. 357 2.2.3 Return status of Status 4 The product returns the printer status and reply as the status by receiving 5 types of request commands and print command with this communication protocol. Details of request commands and return status are described below. 1) Status request command The product returns the job ID number of receive data that is currently printing, the printer status and the number of the remaining labels to print to the host by receiving this command. Return all "0" (HEX 30H) as the print quantity after printing is finished or there is no more receive data. If the job ID command is not specified, space (HEX 20H) is returned as the job ID. Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error. (1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status format For LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025)), Port3 (9100) LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled Number of transmission bytes: 36 bytes Number of transmission bytes 4 bytes 00000020H Number of transmission bytes 4 bytes 0000001CH ENQ 1 byte 05H STX 1 byte 02H ID No. 2 bytes Status 1 byte No. of remaining labels 6 bytes JOB name ETX 16 bytes 1 byte 03H For LAN or Wireless LAN, and LEGACY STATUS setting is disabled Or, for LAN Port2 (1025) Number of transmission bytes: 32 bytes Number of sent bytes ENQ 4 bytes 1 byte 0000001CH 05H STX 1 byte 02H ID number Status Remaining JOB name 2 bytes 1 byte print number 16 bytes 6 bytes ETX LAN, wireless LAN 1 byte 32 bytes 03H The specified JOB ID will be set by the JOB ID specify command. 000000 ~ 999999 The JOB name will be set by the JOB name specify command. STX 1 byte 02H ID number 2 bytes Status Remaining 1 byte print number 6 bytes JOB name 16 bytes EXT 1 byte 03H Interfaces other than above 27 bytes 358 (3) Return status list Description Offline status No error Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full Online status Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full No error Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full Reception standby Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full No error Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full Printing Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full No error Ribbon/Label near end Buffer near full Standby (Dispense or cut) Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full No error Ribbon/Label near end * Buffer near full Analysis/editing Error Head open detection Paper end Ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Print pause (No error) (Unused) Battery near end (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * (Unused) Battery near end & buffer near full (Unused) Battery near end & ribbon/label near end * & buffer near full Ribbon end * Media error (print skip error) Sensor error (Unused) Barcode read/verification error (Unused) Barcode reader connection error Head error Cover open (Unused) Cutter open error (Unused) Ribbon core non-lock error Card error (Unused) Cutter error Other error (Unused) Cutter sensor error (Unused) Stacker or rewinder full Rewind full RFID Tag error RFID protect error (Unused) Battery error * There is no ribbon end or ribbon near end with the direct thermal model. ASCII 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 A B C D E ! " # $ G H I J K % & ` ( M N O P Q ) * + , S T U V W . / @ b c d E f g h h h i j k l m o p q HEX 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 41 42 43 44 45 21 22 23 24 47 48 49 4A 4B 25 26 27 28 4D 4E 4F 50 51 29 2A 2B 2C 53 54 55 56 57 2D 2E 2F 40 62 63 64 65 66 66 66 67 68 68 68 69 6A 6B 2C 2D 6F 70 71 Print quantity may not be set up properly depending on the timing of analysis/editing. . 359 · Cause of receive buffer near full Buffer near-full occurs when the remaining capacity of receive buffer (2.95MB) becomes 0.95 MB. · Factors to release receive buffer near full Receive buffer near full is released when the remaining capacity of the receive buffer becomes 1.95 MB or more. *Occurrence of buffer-over depends on the interface. RS-232C USB LAN Wireless LAN Bluetooth × × × × [o: Interface that buffer-over occurs, x: Interface that buffer-over doesn't occur] IEEE1284 × (4) ENQ respond delay time setting You can use the delay timer function to delay returning the printer status to the host by setting [ENQ respond delay time] in the service mode. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more setting details. Host Printer Send Write ENQ05H Create status information Send buffer STX xxA000000 ETX Receive Read STX xxA000000 ETX ENQresponse delay time + *1 *1 Time period of "+" varies according to the interface or the behavior of the application in the host. *This function is invalid in the cyclic response mode when using LAN interface. 2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. The product returns the printer status of after completion of the current process. *When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 msec before sending the next data. Do not send cancel request command within STX <A>~<Z> ETX. CAN (cancel request) may not be sent. (1) Command CAN (HEX 18H) (2) Return status list Return Status ACK (HEX 06H) NAK (HEX 15H) No error in the product Error at the product Description *When LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025), and Port3 (9100)). In the case of LAN/Wireless LAN other than stated above, ACK hexadecimal 000000106H, NAK will be hexadecimal 000000115H. 3) Print Command Print command (<A><Z>) starts the printing process. The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed. (3) Return status list RS-232C or Bluetooth interface Return Status ACK (HEX 06H) No error in the product NAK (HEX 15H) Error at the product Description Interfaces other than RS-232C or Bluetooth Return Status None Does not return status Description 360 4) Print Pause Request Command This command stops the printing process. The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed. (1) Command DLE (HEX 10H) (2) Return status list Return Status Description ACK (HEX 06H) NAK (HEX 15H) No error in the product Error at the product *When LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025), and Port3 (9100)). In the case of LAN/Wireless LAN other than stated above, ACK hexadecimal 000000106H, NAK will be hexadecimal 000000115H. Do not send print pause request command within STX <A>~<Z> ETX. DLE (print pause request) may not be send correctly. DLE (print pause request) in font data, graphics data and barcode data is not processed. 5) Print resume request command This command enables you to release the print pause and resume printing. The product returns the printer status after receiving process is completed. (1) Command DC1 (HEX 11H) (2) Return status list Return Status Description ACK (HEX 06H) No error in the product NAK (HEX 15H) Error at the product *When LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port2 (1025), and Port3 (9100)). In the case of LAN/Wireless LAN other than stated above, ACK hexadecimal 000000106H, NAK will be hexadecimal 000000115H. 361 2.2.4 Return status of Status 5 The functions in this communication protocol are as follows. 1) Data sending form (1) Control commands such as print data, status requests, cancel request etc. need to be within STX (HEX 02H) and ETX (HEX 03H). * No need to place STX (HEX 02H) and ETX (HEX 03H) for setting data. (2) Item No. should be added to the print data. If there is no item No., or specifying illegal item No. will cause item No. error. (3) When the BCC check function is enabled, it is necessary to place BCC at the end of item (<Z>). However, there is no need for placing BCC at the end of information acquiring command such as status request. Examples) Print Data STX <A> <ID>00000 Print Data <Z> BCC ETX Status request STX SOH ENQ 00000 ETX 2) Item No. command The objective of this command is to distinguish items by item No. that are put into every item. This command is needed to be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>) when using status 5 reply protocol because high reliability functions provided by the status 5 reply status identify items by the item No. [Command] ESC (HEX 1BH) + ID [Format] (1) In case of 5 digits <ID>aaaaa Parameter a "Item No." Valid range : 00000 - 99999 (necessary to place all 5 digits) (2) In case of 2 digits <ID>aa Parameter a "Item No." Valid range : In case of 2 digits, remaining 3 digits will be filled with 0. [Examples] (1) In case of 5 digits <A> <ID>00001 <Z> (2) In case of 2 digits <A> <ID>01 <Z> * There will be a command error when other than 5 digits or 2 digits are entered. 362 3) History function The process status of the received print data (item) will be saved in the history buffer, and the process status can be acquired by item status request command. [Memory configuration] Use Receive buffer History buffer Type RAM SFROM Size 2.95 (MB) 4 (KB) Note The maximum register items: 500 items (ring buffer) The history data will be maintained even the product power is off. [History data configuration] No. Description 1 Control flag 2 Item No. 3 Status 00: Received 01: Printed 02: Cancellation 03: Item No. error 04: BCC error 05: Print after error 06: Cancel after error 07: Analyzed item with no print 08: Unprocessed error (items that are not processed before product power off) Number of bytes (Total: 8 bytes) 1 5 2 [Supplemental explanation] 1. The item No. will be "*****", the status will be "3" when there is no item No. command in the received data or the item No. command is illegal. There will be item No. error and the printing will be stopped at the start of this item print. 2. The history data will be saved in the internal memory, and the status will be maintained after product off to on. However, when item status before the power off is 00: received, 03: item No. error, 04: BCC error, or 05: print after an error, the receive data will not be saved and these will be 08: unprocessed error. 363 4) Item status request command Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item No. from the end of the history buffer, and return the status of appropriate item. [Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + ENQ (HEX 05H) [Format] STX + SOH + ENQ + aaaaa + ETX Parameter a "Item No." Valid range : 00000 - 99999 ***** 1. The parameter should be always 5 digits. 2. The parameter "*" is "HEX 2AH". 3. When "*****" is specified as the parameter, the status of the last item in the history buffer will be returned to the host... [Return status format] (LEGACY STATUS setting is enabled with LAN (Port3 (9100)), Wireless LAN (Port1 (1024), and Port3 (9100)) ) [4] [1] Size STX [5] Specified Item No. [2] Specified item Status *1 [5] Currently processed Item No. [2] Currently processed item Status *2 [6] [1] Currently processed item ETX Number of prints STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) [Return status format] (Other than above stated interface) [1] [5] [2] [5] [2] [6] [1] STX Specified Specified item Currently Currently processed Currently processed item ETX Item No. Status processed item Status Number of prints Item No. *1 *2 The numbers in the [ ] are the used bytes, and the return status format will be 22 bytes (fixed). The item No. will be filled with 0. The currently processed item No. will be space (20h) after print completion. *1 The below is the specified item status list Description Received Printed Cancellation Item No. error BCC error Print after error (this is a temporary error and this will be "Printed" after printing) Cancel after error Analyzed item with no print Unprocessed error (product power has been off before processing the item) Others ASCII 00 01 02 03 04 05 06 07 08 ** HEX 3030 3031 3032 3033 3034 3035 3036 3037 3038 2A2A 364 *2 The first digit is the status and the second digit is the error in the currently processed item status. The below is the currently processed item status list. Digit position Description ASCII Offline 0 Online, waiting for receive 1 Online, printing 2 1 Online, standby (waiting for dispensing) 3 Online, analyzing/editing * The "number of currently processed item" may not be set due to the timing. 4 Error 5 Print pause (when received DLE command) 6 HEX 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Digit position Description No error Ribbon near end * Buffer near full Ribbon near end * & buffer near full Label near end Battery near end & ribbon near end* Ribbon near end & buffer near full Battery near end & ribbon near end* & buffer near full Machine error Flash ROM error Head Open Paper end Ribbon end * Sensor error 2 Head error Memory read/write error (Cartridge read/write error) Memory full (Cartridge full) (Unused) Cutter error Calendar error Kanji data error (Kanji ROM error) (Unused) Internal rewind full (Unused) Cutter bracket open error RFID Tag error RFID protect error BCC error Item No. error Media error (print skip error) (Unused) Ribbon core non-lock error Other errors (Unused) Barcode read/verification error (Unused) Barcode reader connection error * There is no ribbon end or ribbon near end with the direct thermal model. ASCII 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q R S T U V W HEX 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 41 42 43 44 45 46 47 48 49 4A 4B 4C 4D 4E 4F 50 51 52 53 54 55 56 57 [Examples] (1) STX SOH ENQ 00001 ETX (2) STX SOH ENQ ***** ETX [Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. The status may not be returned or print may not be finished correctly when sending this command during print data sending. 2. Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item from the history buffer, and it may take some time to return the status to the host. 3. Item No. that is not sent as the print data shall not be specified as the parameter of this command. The status will not be returned. The status will not be returned when the specifying an illegal item No. The control of item No. shall be done at the host. 4. The latest item status will be returned when there are multiple same item No. in the history buffer. 365 5) Item No. check function The product will check the item No. in the print data if it is incremented one by one with every item. If it is not, the product will arise "item No. error" at the print start of the item and stop the printing. The LCD display of the item No. error ITEM NO ERROR *The item No. error will be detected only if the item No. check is enabled. There are 4 ways to release the item No. error. (1) Press the LINE button The product will resume the printing from the print data with the item No. error. (2) Send SUB command The product will resume the printing after releasing the error. Upon reception of this command, it is possible to select if you want to print or cancel the data with the error. (3) Send CAN command The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the next print data. (4) Press the CANCEL The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the button next print data. The history data with the item No. error will be processed as follows according to the error cause. (1) When the item No. is not The item No. will be "*****" and status No. 03 "item No. error" will be recorded. specified or the digit is not correct (2) When the item No. is not The specified item No. and status No. 03 "item No. error" will be recorded. incremented by 1 [Supplemental explanation] 1. The item No. check is targeted only for the print data. Data without printing such as registration data or product setting commands are not targeted. With those data, please specify "*****" as the item No. 2. When the item No. is specified by the starting item No. specifying command <IQ>, the starting item No. of the next data will be the item No. specified by <IQ> + 1. 366 6) BCC check function BCC (Block Check Code) is 1 byte data that is a result of calculation of XOR for one item of send data (<A>~<Z>). When sending a data to the product from the host, you need to place BCC at the end of data (following to <Z>) of every items. The product calculates the BCC of every items of received data and checks the validity of the received data by comparing it with the BCC in the received data. When the calculated BCC is not the same as the BCC in the received data, the product judges the data is incorrect, arises BCC error and stops printing. The LCD display of BCC error *The BCC error will be detected only if the BCC check is enabled. BCC CHECK ERROR There are 4 ways to release the BCC error. (1) Press the LINE button The product will resume the printing from the print data with the BCC error. (2) Send SUB command The product will resume the printing after releasing the error. Upon reception of this command, it is possible to select if you want to print or cancel the data with the error. (3) Send CAN command The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the next print data. (4) Press the CANCEL button The product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the next print data. Calculation range of BCC Print Data STX <A> <ID>00001 Print Data Calculation range of BCC <Z> BCC ETX [Supplemental explanation] 1. The BCC check is targeted only for the print data. Data without printing such as registration data or product setting commands are not targeted. 2. The data within <A>~<Z> is the calculation range of the BCC. 3. BCC will be calculated by using the exclusive OR of the data in the calculation range. 367 7) Cancel request command Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item No. from the end of the history buffer, and cancel the appropriate item. However, when the status of the specified item is "Printed", this command is disabled. [Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + CAN (HEX 18H) [Format] STX + SOH + CAN + aaaaa + ETX Parameter a "Item No." Valid range 00000 - 99999 ***** 1. The parameter should be always 5 digits. 2. The parameter "*" is "HEX 2AH". 3. When "*****" is specified as the parameter, all the data that status are "Printed" in the history buffer will be canceled. [Examples] (1) STX SOH CAN 00001 ETX (2) STX SOH CAN ***** ETX [Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. 2. Upon reception of this command, the product will search the specified item from the history buffer, and it may take some time to cancel. 3. Item No. that is not sent as the print data shall not be specified as the parameter of this command. The product is not being able to cancel the item. The product is not being able to cancel the item when specifying an illegal item No. The control of item No. shall be done at the host. 4. There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ). 5. This command becomes invalid when the appropriate item No. is under printing at the reception of this command. 8) Print pause request command This command stops the printing process. [Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + DLE (HEX 10H) [Format] SOH + DLE [Examples] SOH DLE [Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. 2. There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ). 9) Print resume request command Upon reception of this command, the product release the print pause status specified by the print pause request command (SOH + DLE) and resume printing process. [Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + DC1 (HEX 11H) [Format] STX + SOH + DC1 + ETX [Examples] STX SOH DC1 ETX [Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be used during sending other data such as print data. 2. There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ). 368 10) Error release request commands in Status 5 Upon reception of this command, the product releases the item No. error or BCC error, and resume printing from the item with the error. [Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + SUB (HEX 1AH) [Format] STX + SOH + SUB + a + ETX a "Release" 0: cancel the data with error 1: print the data with error [Examples] STX SOH SUB 0 ETX [Supplemental explanation] 1.This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2.There is no returned data to the command. To check the result of the command, you need to send item status request command (SOH + ENQ). 11) Starting item No. specifying command This is a command to notify the item No. of the first print data to be sent to the product. The product regards the value of the item No. specified by this command + 1 as the item No. of print data sent afterwards. [Command] <IQ> [Format] <IQ> aaaaa Parameter a "Item No." Valid range : 00000 - 99999 (necessary to place all 5 digits) [Example 1] <A> <ID> ***** <IQ> 00000 <Z> [Example 2] <A> <ID> ***** <IQ> 99999 <Z> <A> <ID> 00001 . . <Z> <A> <ID> 00000 . . <Z> [Supplemental explanation] 1.This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2.When "99999" is specified with this command, the next item No. will be "00000". 369 12) The protocol switch command in Status 5 This command switched the communication protocol. [Command] ESC (HEX 1BH) + PL [Format] <PL>a Parameter a "switches protocol" 0 : READY/BUSY 1 : XON/XOFF 2 : Printer Status 2 Return 3 : Printer Status 3 Return 4 : Printer Status 4 Return 5 : Printer Status 5 Return [Examples] <A> <ID> ***** <PL> 5 <Z> [Supplemental explanation] 1. This command (<A>~<Z>) should be separated from the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2. This setting is maintained after product power off. 3. This will become invalid when specifying protocols not supported in the used interfaces. 4. When the protocol is changed, the product needs to be restarted. Without restart, data communication may be incorrect. 13) Check command in status 5 This is a command to set the check function of BCC and item No. in the status 5 return. [Command] ESC (HEX 1BH) + CR [Format] <CR>a,b Parameter a "BCC check" b "Item No check" 0 : Disabled BCC check (default) 1 : Enabled BCC check 0 : Disabled item No. check (default) 1 : Enabled item No. check [Examples] <A> <ID> ***** <CR> 1, 1 <Z> [Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>). 370 14) History data request command Upon reception of this command, the product will send 500 history data to the host. [Command] SOH (HEX 01H) + LW [Format] STX + SOH + LW + ETX [Examples] STX SOH LW ETX [Format of returned history data] [1] [5] [2] STX Item No. Status [2] CR LF . . . . . . [5] Item No. STX (HEX 02H) CR (HEX 0DH) LF (HEX 0AH) Numbers in the [ ] are used bytes. Item No. will be filled with "0". The history data will be separated by CRLF at every item, and there are a total of 500 items. Please refer to the "History data configuration in 3) History function". [Supplemental explanation] 1. This command shall not be included in the print data (<A>~<Z>). 2. Do not send any data to the product while the it is sending history data to the host. [2] [1] Status ETX ETX (HEX 03H) 371 2.2.5 Other return status (Common to Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5) 1) Print configuration request The product returns the printer configuration to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + MG (2) Return status list No. Item Description 1 Print method 00H : Thermal transfer 01H : Direct thermal * Only direct thermal is available in the direct thermal model. 2 Print resolution 00H : 8 dots/mm 01H : 12 dots/mm 02H : 24 dots/mm Number of bytes 1 1 Model S84-ex S86-ex Range 00H,01H,02H 00H,01H 3 Print speed 00H : 2 (inches/sec) 50 (mm/sec) 1 02H : 3 (inches/sec) 75 (mm/sec) 04H : 4 (inches/sec) 100 (mm/sec) 06H : 5 (inches/sec) 125 (mm/sec) 08H : 6 (inches/sec) 150 (mm/sec) 0AH : 7 (inches/sec) 175 (mm/sec) 0CH : 8 (inches/sec) 200 (mm/sec) 0EH : 9 (inches/sec) 225 (mm/sec) 10H : 10 (inches/sec) 250 (mm/sec) 12H : 11 (inches/sec) 275 (mm/sec) 14H : 12 (inches/sec) 325 (mm/sec) 16H : 13 (inches/sec) 350 (mm/sec) 18H : 14 (inches/sec) 375 (mm/sec) 1AH :15 (inches/sec) 400 (mm/sec) 1CH :16 (inches/sec) 425 (mm/sec) [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Range (inches/sec) 4 - 16 4 - 14 2 - 6 [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (inches/sec) 4 - 14 4 - 12 4 Print mode 00H : Continuous 1 03H : Dispense 04H : Linerless 5 Not used 00H : Fixed 1 6 Dispensing 00H : After printing [Motion 1 (Stop position: Head)] 1 motion 01H : Before printing [Motion 2 (Stop position: Dispense)] 02H : No backfeed 03H : EXT control (order backfeed with EXT) 7 Not used 00H fixed 1 8 Print darkness Darkness range A (41H) : A 2 Darkness level 01H : Darkness 1 02H : Darkness 2 03H : Darkness 3 04H : Darkness 4 05H : Darkness 5 06H : Darkness 6 07H : Darkness 7 08H : Darkness 8 09H : Darkness 9 0AH : Darkness 10 372 Return status list (continued from previous page) No. Item Description 9 Sensor type 00H : I-mark sensor 01H : Gap sensor 02H : Ignore sensor 10 Zero slash 00H : DISABLE 01H : ENABLE 11 Character code 02H : UTF-16 03H : UTF-8 12 Not used 00H : fixed 13 Initial feed 00H : DISABLE 01H : ENABLE 14 Proportional 00H : DISABLE (Default) Pitch 01H : ENABLE 15 Label height [S84-ex] Head density Range (HEX) 8 dots/mm 0001H - 4E20H (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 0001H - 4650H 24 dots/mm 0001H - 2580H (609 dpi) [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H - 2708H 0001H - 3A8CH Range (DEC) 1 - 20000 dots 1 - 18000 dots 1 - 9600 dots Range (DEC) 1 - 9992 dots 1 14988 dots 16 Label width [S84-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) 24 dots/mm (609 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H - 340H 0001H - 4E0H 0001H - 9C0H Range (DEC) 1 - 832 dots 1 - 1248 dots 1 - 2496 dots [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H 53CH 0001H 7DAH Range (DEC) 1 - 1340 dots 1 - 2010 dots 17 Offset of vertical [00H 270FH] (0 ~ 9999) reference point [FFFFH D8F1H] (-1 ~ -9999) (dot) 18 Offset of [S84-ex] horizontal Head density Range (HEX) reference point (dot) 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 1 2dots/mm 0001H 0340H FFFFH FCC0H 0001H 04E0H (305 dpi) FFFFH FB20H 24 dots/mm 0001H 09C0H (609 dpi) FFFFH F640H Range (DEC) 1 832 dots -1 -832 dots 1 1248 dots -1 -1248 dots 1 2496 dots -1 -2496 dots [S86-ex] Head density 8 dots/mm (203 dpi) 12 dots/mm (305 dpi) Range (HEX) 0001H 053CH FFFFH FAC4H 0001H 07DAH FFFFH F826H Range (DEC) 1 1340 dots -1 -1340 dots 1 -2010 dots -1 -2010 dots 19 Not used 00H Fixed 20 Time to LCD [00H - 0FH] (0 - 15) default : AH (00) power saving (in minute) 21 Not used 00H Fixed 22 Not used 00H Fixed 23 Not used 00H Fixed 24 Not used 00H Fixed 25 Buzzer setting 00H : None 01H : Small 02H : Medium 03H : Large 373 Number of bytes 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2) System version information request This command returns the system version information of the product. (1) Command SOH (01H) + SB (2) Return status format [STX] + Product system version +[ETX] STX Product firmware Font Reserved STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) ETX (Total: 52 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 Product firmware version 2 Font version 3 Reserved (HEX 20H fixed) Description ASCII Code ASCII Code ASCII Code Number of bytes 16 8 26 3) Free memory space information request This command returns the information of free memory space (FLASH MEMORY) of the product. (1) Command SOH (01H) + EB (2) Return status format STX (HEX 02H) [STX] + free memory space + [ETX] ETX (HEX 03H) STX Font free space Font total space Foam overlay free space Foam overlay total space Graphics free Graphics total space space ETX (3) Return status list No. Item 1 Font free space 2 Font total space 3 Form overlay free space 4 Graphic free space 5 Graphic total space Description Binary data Binary data Binary data Binary data Binary data Number of bytes 4 4 4 4 4 (Total: 26 bytes) 4) Form Overlay Registration Information Request The product returns the form overlay registration information of the product to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + FO (2) Return status format STX (HEX 02H) [STX] + Form overlay registration content +[ETX] ETX (HEX 03H) STX Registration number Registration name ETX (Total 20 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 Registration number 2 Registration name Description 01 - 99 (ASCII Code) Registration name (ASCII Code) Number of bytes 2 16 5) LAN Specification Information Request (IPv4) The product returns the LAN IPv4 setting information of the product to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + LA (2) Return status format STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) [STX] +MAC address + IP address + Subnet mask + Default gateway + DHCP + [ETX] (Total: 22 bytes) STX MAC Address IP Address Subnet Mask Default gateway DHCP Reserved ETX (3) Return status list No. Item Description Number of bytes 1 MAC address (HEX) Return MAC address that is set 6 2 IP address (HEX) Return IP address that is set 4 3 Subnet mask (HEX) Return Subnet mask that is set 4 4 Default gateway (HEX) Return default gateway address that is set 4 5 DHCP 0 (00H) : Disable (Default) 1 1 (01H) : Enable 6 Reserved 0 (00H) Fixed. 1 374 6) LAN Specification Information request (IPv6) The product returns the LAN IPv6 setting information of the product to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + lA (2) Return status/format STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) [STX] + MAC address + IP address + Prefix + Default router + Address Resolution + [ETX] (Total: 42 bytes) STX MAC Address IP Address Prefix Default Router Address Resolution ETX (3) Return status list No. Item Description Number of bytes 1 MAC address (HEX) Return MAC address that is set 6 2 IP address (HEX) Return IP address that is set 16 3 Prefix (HEX) Return prefix that is set 1 4 Default router (HEX) Return default router address that is set 16 5 0 (00H) : Manual Address resolution 1 (00H) : DHCP 1 2 (01H) : Auto 7) Wireless LAN field intensity information request The product returns the wireless LAN field intensity information to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + WI (2) Return status format STX (HEX 02H) [STX] + field intensity + [ETX] STX Field intensity ETX ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 Field intensity Description X: Wireless LAN kit is not installed / Failed to acquire field intensity 0 (30H) : - Less than Signal Level 1 (not connected) 1 (31H) : Signal Level 1 - Less than Signal Level 2 (weak) 2 (32H) : Signal Level 2 - Less than Signal Level 3 (medium) 3 (33H) : Signal Level 3 - (strong) Number of bytes 1 8) Status 5 setting information request The product returns the status 5 setting information to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + CR (2) Return status format [STX] + Status 5 setting information + [ETX] STX BCC check , (2CH fixed) Item No check ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 5 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 BCC check 2 , (comma) 3 Item No. check Description 0 (30H) : Disabled BCC check 1 (31H) : Enabled BCC check 2CH (fixed) 0 (30H) : Disabled item No. check 1 (31H) : Enabled item No. check Number of bytes 1 1 1 9) Wireless LAN interface information request The product returns the wireless LAN interface setting to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + H5 (2) Return status format [STX] + wireless LAN interface setting information+[ETX] STX Wireless LAN interface setting information ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item Wireless LAN 1 interface setting information Description 00H: 2-port connection / cycle response (status 4) 01H: 2-port connection / ENQ response (status 4) 02H: 1-port connection / ENQ response (status 3) 03H: 1-port connection / ENQ response (status 5) Number of bytes 1 375 10) Association Threshold information request The product returns the threshold that starts the association process to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + wa (2) Return status format [STX] + Association Threshold setting information + [ETX] STX Association Threshold setting information ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 Association Threshold setting information 35 - 94 Description Number of bytes 2 11) Roaming Threshold information request The product returns the threshold that starts roaming process to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + wr (2) Return status format [STX] + Roaming Threshold setting information + [ETX] STX Roaming Threshold setting information ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 Roaming Threshold setting information Description 35 - 94 Number of bytes 2 12) Work shift information request The product returns the work shift information to the host by receiving this command. (1) Command SOH (01H) + WS (2) Return status format STX (HEX 02H) [STX] + Work shift information + [ETX] STX Shift code Shift start time Shift name ETX ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 8 to 23 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 Shift code 2 Shift start time 3 Shift name Description "1" to "3" "0000" to "2359" Number of bytes 1 4 1 - 16 376 13) SNMP agent information request This command returns the SNMP agent information of the product. (1) Command SOH(01H) +LX (2) Return status format [STX] + sysContact + sysName + sysLocation + [ETX] STX sysContact sysName sysLocation ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total: 770 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item Description Number of bytes 1 sysContact Return sysContact that is set. 256 2 sysName Return sysName that is set. 256 3 sysLocation Return sysLocation that is set. 256 If each item is less than 256 bytes, the remaining are filled with 0x00, so the size is fixed to 256 bytes. It is possible to display because it is the contact at trouble, however, it is according to SNMP rules. In case of LAN, it is divided to multiple packets. In case of Status 4, packet size will be indicated at the beginning 4 bytes of each packet. There are no rules regarding the number of division. Be sure to take the packet including ETX. Example) when divided into 5 packets 770 bytes + 4 bytes x 5 packets = total 790 bytes 14) SNMP function status request This command returns the SNMP function ON/OFF state of the product. (1) Command SOH(01H) +LY (2) Return status format [STX] + SNMP ON/OFF state + [ETX] STX SNMP ON/OFF ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total: 3 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item 1 SNMP ON/OFF Description 0: OFF 1: ON Number of bytes 1 377 15) SNMP information request This command returns the SNMP information of the product. (1) Command SOH(01H) +LZ (2) Return status format [STX] + SNMP setting values + [ETX] STX SNMP settings ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total: 723 bytes) (3) Return status list No. Item Description Number of bytes 1 Community name 1 SNMP_COMMUNITY1_NAME 32 2 Writable 1 SNMP_COMMUNITY1_WRITABLE 1 3 Community name 2 SNMP_COMMUNITY2_NAME 32 4 Writable 2 SNMP_COMMUNITY2_WRITABLE 1 5 User name 1 SNMP_USER1_NAME 32 6 Authentication 1 SNMP_USER1_AUTH 1 7 Authentication key 1 SNMP_USER1_AUTHPASS 32 8 Privacy type 1 SNMP_USER1_PRIV 1 9 Privacy key 1 SNMP_USER1_PRIVPASS 32 10 Writable 1 SNMP_USER1_WRITABLE 1 11 User name 2 SNMP_USER2_NAME 32 12 Authentication 2 SNMP_USER2_AUTH 1 13 Authentication key 2 SNMP_USER2_AUTHPASS 32 14 Privacy type 2 SNMP_USER2_PRIV 1 15 Privacy key 2 SNMP_USER2_PRIVPASS 32 16 Writable 2 SNMP_USER2_WRITABLE 1 17 Trap 1 community name SNMP_TRAP1_COMMUNITY_NAME 32 18 Trap 1 IPv4/6 select SNMP_TRAP1_46SEL 1 19 Trap 1 trapped address SNMP_TRAP1_IPADDRESS 4 20 Trap 1 trapped address SNMP_TRAP1_IPV6_IPADDRESS 16 21 Trap 1 trap enable flag SNMP_TRAP1_ENABLE 1 22 Trap 1 v1/v2c/v3 select SNMP_TRAP1_VERSION 1 23 Trap 2 community name SNMP_TRAP2_COMMUNITY_NAME 32 24 Trap 2 IPv4/6 select SNMP_TRAP2_46SEL 1 25 Trap 2 trapped address SNMP_TRAP2_IPADDRESS 4 26 Trap 2 trapped address SNMP_TRAP2_IPV6_IPADDRESS 16 27 Trap 2 trap enable flag SNMP_TRAP2_ENABLE 1 28 Trap 2 v1/v2c/v3 select SNMP_TRAP2_VERSION 1 29 Trap 3 community name SNMP_TRAP3_COMMUNITY_NAME 32 30 Trap 3 IPv4/6 select SNMP_TRAP3_46SEL 1 31 Trap 3 trapped address SNMP_TRAP3_IPADDRESS 4 32 Trap 3 trapped address SNMP_TRAP3_IPV6_IPADDRESS 16 33 Trap 3 trap enable flag SNMP_TRAP3_ENABLE 1 34 Trap 3 v1/v2c/v3 select SNMP_TRAP3_VERSION 1 35 Trap 1 authentication user name SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_NAME 32 36 Trap 1 authentication authentication method SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_AUTH 1 37 Trap 1 authentication authentication key SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_AUTHPASS 32 38 Trap 1 authentication privacy type SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_PRIV 1 39 Trap 1 authentication privacy key SNMP_TAUTH_USER1_PRIVPASS 32 40 Trap 2 authentication user name SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_NAME 32 41 Trap 2 authentication authentication method SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_AUTH 1 42 Trap 2 authentication authentication key SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_AUTHPASS 32 43 Trap 2 authentication privacy type SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_PRIV 1 44 Trap 2 authentication privacy key SNMP_TAUTH_USER2_PRIVPASS 32 45 Trap 3 authentication user name SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_NAME 32 46 Trap 3 authentication authentication method SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_AUTH 1 47 Trap 3 authentication authentication key SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_AUTHPASS 32 48 Trap 3 authentication privacy type SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_PRIV 1 49 Trap 3 authentication privacy key SNMP_TAUTH_USER3_PRIVPASS 32 * Same as the product setting items list in the operation specification. However, all are in binary data. Also, the number of bytes is fixed, and it is filled with 0x00 when character string is less than 32 bytes. * In case of LAN, it is divided to multiple packets. In case of Status 4, packet size will be indicated at the beginning 4 bytes of each packet. There are no rules regarding the number of division. Be sure to take the packet including ETX. Example) when divided into 6 packets 723 bytes + 4 bytes x 6 packets = total 749 bytes 378 16) RFID setting status request Returns the current RFID setting status. (1) Command SOH (01H) + RB (2) Return status format In normal mode (RFID disabled) [STX] + RFID operation mode number + [ETX] STX RFID operation mode number ETX STX (HEX 02H) ETX (HEX 03H) (Total 3 bytes) In RFID Setting [STX] + RFID operation mode number + Extended status Field length + Extended status field part + [ETX] STX RFID operation mode number Extended status Field length Extended status field part ETX (The mode number set by <RA> command will be set to the second byte.) (3) Return status list Detailed Return Status Configuration at the RFID Setting. The return status at the RFID setting is extended after the RFID operation mode number. No. Item Content (Binary) - STX(02H) Start code 1 RFID operation mode number 02H : RFID enabled mode 2 Extended status Field length The following size of the status field indicated by 4 digits decimal code consists of the number from "0" (30H) to "9" (39H). (Unit: byte) 3 Extended status Field part Refer to the table of the status field part details for details. - ETX(03H) End code No of bytes 1 1 4 Variable 1 Status field part details (Variable size) The information field at the RFID setting. Information is delimited by comma, and type of subsequent data is identified by the identifier. No. Item Identifier Format of data part 1 RFID life counter "Lc:" 4CH,63H,3AH "Number of success", "Number of failure", "Total number", The decimal number consists of maximum 6 digits x 3 item of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma. 2 RFID counter "Rc:" 52H,63H,3AH "Number of success", "Number of failure", "Total number", The decimal number consists of maximum 6 digits x 3 item of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma. 3 Number of retry "Ec:" Return the number of retry that is set 45H,63H,3AH 0(30H) to 9(39H) decimal number delimited by comma. When the error occurs in the command contained in the RFID item, 4 Print at command "Ce:" return the reply whether or not to print. error 43H,65H,3AH 0 (30H) : Don't print 1 (31H) : Print delimited by comma 5 Tag offset value "To:" 54H,6FH,3AH Return the tag offset value. The decimal number consists of 3 digits of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma. 6 Antenna power value (at writing) "Pw:" 50H,77H,3AH Return the radio output power value. The decimal number consists of 3 digits of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma. The dBm can be acquired by dividing this value with 10. 7 Antenna power value (at reading) "Pr:" 50H,72H,3AH Return the radio output power value. The decimal number consists of 3 digits of '0'(30H) to '9'(39H) and delimited by comma. The dBm can be acquired by dividing this value with 10. 8 Tag type setting "Ps:" Return the tag type. 50H,73H,3AH With this specification, only "4: Gen2" is returned. 9 EPC code length "Tb:" Return the EPC code length when EPC1 is selected. 54H,62H,3AH With this specification, only "0(30h): 96bit" is returned. Return the timeout time in the module in the range of 0(30H) to 7(37H). Change the setting of timeout/number of retry in the 10 Timeout "Mr:" module. 4DH,72H,3AH Specified number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (msec) 50 100 200 500 1000 1500 2000 4000 11 Tag error recovery "Ed:" 45H,64H,3AH Return the recovery method at a tag error. 0(30H) : RETRY mode 1(31H) : RELEASE mode 12 Slash printing at tag error "Es:" 45H,73H,3AH Return the setting of slash printing at a tag error. 0(30H) : No slash printing 1(31H) : Slash printing 379 No. Item Identifier Format of data part 13 Tag error signal setting "Eo:" 45H,6FH,3AH Return the setting of tag error signal. 0(30H) : PULSE 1(31H) : LEVEL Return the setting of pulse length of tag error signals. 14 Pulse length "Pl:" The number 50H,6CH,3AH of return 1 2 3 4 5 msec 100 200 300 400 500 15 PREND TYPE 3/4 setting "Pm:" 50H,6DH,3AH Return the setting of external signal PREND type 3/4 0(30H) : Normal 1(31H) : Reflect tag writing period to the signal Return INVENTRY setting that is done before processing <TP0> and 16 Inventory setting "Iv:" <TU>. 49H,76H,3AH 0(30H) : INVENTRY enabled, 1(31H) : INVENTRY disabled Return the INVENTRY timeout time 17 INVENTRY "It:" Specified timeout setting 49H,74H,3AH number 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 (msec) 25 50 75 100 150 200 300 500 18 RFID module type "Md:" Return the RFID module type. Setting 4DH,64H,3AH With this specification, only "0(30H) : ThingMagic module" is returned. Return the region setting of radio frequency. Returned value Country 0 19 Region Setting "Cn:" 43H,6EH,3AH 1 2 3 4 5 United States Europe China South Korea Australia Singapore 20 Reserved 21 Reserved 22 Reserved 23 Reserved 24 Reserved 25 Reserved Ma - Mb - Mc - Me - Mf - Mg - 26 RFID log setting "La: " Returns the setting 4CH,61H,3AH 0 (30H): Disable 1 (31H): Enable Returns the setting 27 RFID log data "Lb: " 0 (30H): EPC and TID setting 4CH,62H,3AH 1 (31H): EPC 2 (32H): TID 380 2.3 READY/BUSY In this protocol, print data are controlled by a hardware signal only without software procedures. Refer to "3 RS-232C" for details. 2.4 XON/XOFF This communication protocol tells the printer status if it can receive any data or not to the host by sending "XON" (HEX 11H) or "XOFF" (HEX 13H) to the signal line. Refer to "3 RS-232C" for details. 2.5 Status 3 This communication protocol returns the status corresponding to the request command from the host computer so that the host computer can control printer status. Refer to [2.2.2 Return status of Status 3] for details on the request command and the return status. 381 2.5.1 Return Sequence Refer to [6.14 Printer status] when using LAN/wireless LAN interface. 1) Normal Host Printer ENQ (Status request command) ID No.= [space] ( ) Status Status = waiting for receive Remaining print No.=[000000] ( ) Print command IDNo.=[05] Print No.=100 Receive/analysis/edit ACK (Printer status: no error) ENQ (Status request command) ( ) Status IDNo.=[05] Status: analysis/editing Remaining print No. =[000000] Print operation ENQ Status request command ( ) Status IDNo.=[05] Status = printing Remaining print No. =[000100] Print the 1st label ( ) Print command IDNo.=[06] Print No.=50 ACK (Printer status: no error) ENQ (Status request command) IDNo.=[05] ( ) Status Status: paper end Remaining print No. =[000098] ENQ (Status request command) IDNo.=[05] ( ) Status Status = printing Remaining print No.= [000098] Print the 2nd label Receive/analysis/edit Print the 3rd label Paper end error Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label ENQ (Status request command) IDNo.=[05] ( ) Status Status = printing Remaining print No.= [000001] ENQ (Status request command) IDNo.=[06] ( ) Status Status = printing Remaining print No.= [000050] Print the 100th label Print the 1st label 382 2) Cancel request command Host Printer ENQ Status request command Status ( ) ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number [000000] ID number = [12] Print command ( Print 50 number = ) ACK (Printer status: no error) *1 Receive/Analysis/Edi Print operation *1 The printer will return the status at print command reception when using RS-232C and Bluetooth. ENQ (Status request command) ID number = [12] ( ) Status Status = "Printing" Remaining print number [000049] Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label 500 msec or more CAN (Cancel request command) ACK (Printer status: no error) Print the 3rd label Clear the receive buffer Clear the printed ENQ (Status request command) ID Number = [Space] Status ( ) Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number [000000] Print command ( ) ID number = [13] Print number = 100 Receive/Analysis/Edit ACK (Printer status: no error) ENQ (Status request command) ID number = [13] ( ) Status Status = "Printing" Remaining print number [000100] CAN (Cancel request command) Print operation Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Paper end error. Press the LINE button 500 msec or more NAK (Printer status: error) ENQ (Status request command) Status ID Number = [Space] ( ) Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number [000000] Error release (Press the LINE button) 383 2.5.2 Reference Flowchart See the flowchart below for programming on the host side. Power ON Loop Print data set Send ENQ Loop Timeout? Yes No Display ID No. 1 Display the status Display print No. Display the status Error detection? Yes * No Yes Offline? Cancel? No Yes No Yes Buffer near full? No Cancel? Yes No Send print data Send CAN Loop Loop Timeout? No Yes Yes 1 Timeout? No ACK? No Yes Status received? Yes No No Timeout? Status set Yes Timeout set RETURN * When detecting an error in the product, be sure to send the subsequent print data after releasing the error by sending ENQ. 384 2.6 Status 4 This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and the product returns the status by receiving request command from the host. Refer to [2.2.3 Return status of Status 4] and [2.2.5 Other return status (Common to Status 3, Status 4, and Status 5)] for details on the request command and the return status. 2.6.1 Return Sequence Refer to [6.14 Printer status] when using LAN/wireless LAN interface. 1) Normal Host Printer ENQ (Status request command) Status ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Print command ID number = [05] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO] *1 The printer will return the status at print command reception when using RS-232C and Bluetooth. Receive/Analysis/Edit ACK (Printer status: no error) *1 ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [SATO] ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number =[000100] Job name = [SATO] Print command ID number = [06] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] Print operation Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label ACK (Printer status: no error) *1 ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO] ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO] ~ ~ ~ ~ Print the 3rd label Paper end error Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label ~ ~ ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Job name = [SATO] ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO] Print the 100th label Print the 1st label 385 2) Cancel request command Host ENQ Status Printer (Status request command) ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space] *1 The printer will return the status at print command reception when using RS-232C and Bluetooth. Print command ID number = [12] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit ACK (Printer status: no error) *1 ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [12] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO] Print operation Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label 500 msec or more CAN (Cancel request command) ACK (Printer status: no error) *1 Print the 3rd label Clear the receive buffer Clear the printed number ENQ (Status request command) Status ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space] Print command ID number = [13] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO] ACK (Printer status: no error) *1 ENQ Status CAN (Status request command) ID number = [13] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Job name = [SATO] (Cancel request command) Receive/Analysis/Edit Print operation Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Paper end error 500 msec or more NAK (Printer status: error) ENQ Status (Status request command) ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space] Clear the receive buffer Clear the printed number Error release (press the LINE button) 386 2.7 Status 5 This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and there are several functions. This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive. 2.7.1 Receive buffer control There are following two factors for detecting buffer near full due to information such as receive, print, cancel are controlled by each items. Cause of receive buffer near full (1) Buffer near full occurs when the remaining capacity of receive buffer (2.95MB) becomes 0.95 MB. (2) Buffer near full occurs when the remaining capacity of history buffer (500 items) becomes 50 items. Factors to release receive buffer near full (1) Receive buffer near full is released when the remaining capacity of the receive buffer becomes 1.95 MB or more. (2) Receive buffer near full is released when the remaining capacity of the history buffer becomes 200 items or more. *Buffer-over occurs when the history buffer becomes full state (more than 499 items). *Each history information is handled as an empty area when item analysis is finished. 387 2.7.2 Return Sequence 1) Normal process (1) Host Printer STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX STX 00001 01 00002 20 000001 ETX STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX Edit No00001 Edit No00002 Print No00001 Write No00001 to the history data Write No00002 to the history data Write No00003 to the history data (1) Write [01] to No00001 Print No00002 Edit No00003 STX 00001 01 00002 20 000001 ETX Print No00003 (2) Write [01] to No00002 History status of (1) 00001 00 00002 00 00003 00 History status of (2) 00001 01 00002 00 00003 00 388 2) Normal process (2) Host Printer STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID***** ESC ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC ESCZ BCC ETX STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX STX 00001 00 00001 20 000001 ETX STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX Edit No00001 EEddiitt No***** No00002 Write No00001 to the history data Write No***** to the history data Write No00002 to the history data Print No00001 Print No***** (1) Write [01] to No00001 Edit No00002 STX 00001 01 ***** 20 000001 ETX Print No00002 (2) Write [01] to No***** History status of (1) 00001 00 ***** 00 00002 00 History status of (2) 00001 01 ***** 00 00002 00 389 3) Cancel process (1) Host Printer STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX SOH CAN00002 ETX Edit No00001 Edit No00002 Print No00001 STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX STX 00002 02 00003 10 000001 ETX STX SOH ENQ***** ETX Canceling (about 500 msec) Edit No00003 Write No00001 to the history data Write No00002 to the history data Write No00003 to the history data (1) Write [01] to No00001 Write [02] to No00001 (2) STX 00003 00 00003 20 000001 ETX Print No00003 Write [01] to No00003 History status of (1) 00001 00 00002 02 00003 00 History status of (2) 00001 01 00002 02 00003 00 390 4) Cancel process (2) Host Printer STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX SOH CAN***** ETX Edit No00001 Edit No00002 Print No00001 STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX Canceling (about 500 msec) Write No00001 to the history data Write No00002 to the history data Write No00003 to the history data (1) Write [01] to No00001 Write [02] to No00002, 00003 STX 00002 02 00000 10 000000 ETX STX SOH ENQ***** ETX (2) STX 00003 02 00000 10 000000 ETX History status of (1) 00001 00 00002 02 00003 02 History status of (2) 00001 01 00002 02 00003 02 391 5) Error process (1) Host Printer STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX STX 00001 00 00001 20 000001 ETX STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX STX ***** ** ***** 5R 000000 ETX Write No00001 to the history data Edit No00001 Write No***** to the history data Edit data Write No00003 to the history data Print No00001 ID error ID error (stop operation) *Wait for operation order (1) Write [01] to No00001 Write [03] to No***** STX SOH SUB1 ETX Print No***** Write [05] to No***** (2) History status of (1) 00001 00 ***** 03 00003 00 History status of (2) 00001 01 ***** 05 00003 00 392 6) Error process (2) Host Printer STX ESCA ESCID00001 ESC ESCZ ETX STX ESCA ESCID00002 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX ESCA ESCID00003 ESC... ESCZ BCC ETX STX SOH ENQ00001 ETX STX 00001 00 00001 20 000001 ETX STX SOH ENQ00002 ETX STX 00002 04 00002 5Q 000000 ETX Edit No00001 Edit No00002 Write No00001 to the history data Write No00002 to the history data Write No00003 to the history data Print No00001 BCC error (1) BCC error with No00002 (stop operation) *Wait for operation order Write [01] to No00001 Write [04] to No00002 STX SOH SUB1 ETX History status of (1) 0 00001 00 0 00002 04 0 00003 00 History status of (2) 0 00001 01 0 00002 05 0 00003 00 Print No00002 Write [05] to No00002 (2) 393 3 RS-232C 3.1 Basic Specifications This interface complies with the RS-232C standard. The communication can be configured on the communication setting mode of the product or product setting tool. Interface Communication setting Synchronization system Receive buffer size Code Connector Transmission format Signal level Setting range on the communication setting mode Item Setting value Data bit length 7,8 (bits) Parity bit NONE, ODD, EVEN Stop bit 1, 2(Bits) Baud rate 2400, 4800, 9600, 19200, 38400, 57600, 115200 (bps) READY/BUSY, XON/XOFF, Status 2, Protocol Status 3 Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication protocol for details. Default Value 8 bits NONE 1 bit 19200 bps Status 5 1) Single item or multiple item receive can be selected on the communication setting mode when READY/BUSY or XON/XOFF is configured. 2) Setting of LEGACY COMMAND SUPPORT mode can be done in the service mode. Asynchronous communication method 2.95 MB Near full OM byte Near full 2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains 1.95Mbytes remains ASCII (7 bits) Graphic (8 bits) At the product DSUB9 pin (female terminal) At the cable DSUB9 pin (male terminal) Cable length shorter than 5 (m) Start b1 b2 b3 b4 b5 b6 b7 b8 *In case of 7 bits unit, b3 will be omitted. High level: +5 to +12V Low level: -5 to -12V Stop 394 3.2 READY/BUSY In this protocol, print data are controlled by a hardware signal only without software procedures. Single item receive or multiple receive can be switched on the interface mode of the product. When the print data (STX <A>~ <Z> ETX) has sent from the host in the conditions below, the received data will not be accurate. 1) When the product is in offline state. 2) When an error has occurred in the product. 3.2.1 Connecting diagram 1DB-9P Printer CD 1 RD 2 SD 3 ER 4 SG 5 DR 6 RS 7 CS 8 Host 1 CD 3 SD 2 RD 6 DR 5 SG 4 ER 8 CS 7 RS 3.2.2 Explanation of input/output signal Pin number Signal name Direction Description 2 RD Input Data from the host to the product 3 SD Output Data from the product to the host 4 ER Output Data terminal ready 5 SG Signal ground 6 DR Input Data set ready 7 RS Output Send request 8 CS Input Clear to send 395 3.2.3 Timing chart of single item receive 1) Normal process Power On Printer ER Initializing td STX . . ETX (1) RD Press the LINE button Press the LINE button td STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (2) RS Printer Status Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Online Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Online 2) Error process Printer ER RD Printing (1) td: delay time of the printer from item finish to ER control (about 10 msec) Printing (2) Head open Head close Press the LINE button td STX . . ETX (1) Paper end error Press the LINE button RS Printer Status Offline Online Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Printing (1) * * When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. (2) RS signal will be Low at the head open error detection, and Hi at the offline state. 396 Online Printing (1) 3.2.4 Timing chart of multiple receive 1) Normal process Printer ER Power On Initializing RD STX . . ETX (1) RS Receive buffer near full state Receive buffer near full release Press the LINE button Press the LINE button STX . . ETX (2) STX . . . . . . . . . . ETX (3) STX . . . . . . . . . . ETX (4) Printer Status 2) Error process Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Receive/Analysis/Edit (3) Printing (1) Printing (2) Note: it is possible to send data during printing in the multiple receive mode. Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (4) Printing (3) Printer ER RD RS Printer Status Head open Head close Press the LINE button STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1) Paper end error Offline Press the LINE button STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (2) Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Online Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Online Printing (1) * *When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. 397 Printing (1) Printing (2) 3.3 XON/XOFF This communication protocol tells the printer status if it can receive any data or not to the host by sending "XON" (HEX 11H) or "XOFF" (HEX 13H) to the signal line. Single item receive or multiple receive can be switched on the interface mode of the product. When the print data (STX <A>~ <Z> ETX) has sent from the host in the conditions below, the received data will not be accurate. 1) When the product is in offline state. 2) When an error has occurred in the product. 3.3.1 Connecting diagram 1) DB-9P Printer RD 2 SD 3 SG 5 Host 3 SD 2 RD 5 SG *Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system. 3.3.2 Explanation of input/output signal Pin number Signal name Direction Description 2 RD Input Data from the host to the product 3 SD Output Data from the product to the host 5 SG - Signal ground 398 3.3.3 Timing chart of single item receive 1) Normal process Power On Printer SD Initializing XON 500 msec XON RD Printer Status XOFF STX.ETX (1) Onlin e Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Press the LINE button Press the LINE button XON XOFF XON XOFF Offline STX.ETX (2) Onlin e Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing (1) Printing (2) Note: the printer will be polled by XON at intervals of 500 msec from the initializing to the first data reception. 2) Error process Printer SD RD Printer Status Head open Head Press the LINE button XOFF XON XOFF STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1) Paper end error Press the LINE button XON Offline Online Offline Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Printing (1) * * When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Notes: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. (2) XOFF will be sent when data is received during an error. 399 Printing (2) 3.3.4 Timing chart of multiple receive 1) Normal process Power On Printer Initializing XON XON SD 500 msec STX.ETX (1) RD Printer Status Receive/Analysis /Edit (1) Receive buffer near full Receive buffer near full Press the LINE button Press the LINE button XOFF XON XOFF XON STX.ETX (2) Online Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2) Printing (1) STX.ETX (3) Receive/Analysis/Edit (3) Printing (2) STX . . . . . . . . . . ETX (4) Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (4) Printing (3) 2) Error process Printer SD RD Printer Status Note: The printer will be polled by ON at intervals of 500 msec from the initializing to the first data reception. Head open XOFF Head Press the LINE button XON STX . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1) Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Paper end error XOFF XOFF STX . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (2) Online Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Printing (1) * Press the LINE button XON Printing (1) * When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Notes: (1) The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. (2) XOFF will be sent when data is received during an error. 400 3.4 Printer Status 5 Return This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and there are several functions. This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive. 3.4.1 Connecting diagram 1) DB-9P Printer RD 2 SD 3 SG 5 Host 3 SD 2 RD 5 SG *Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system. 3.4.2 Explanation of input/output signal Pin number Signal name Direction Description 2 RD Input Data from the host to the product 3 SD Output Data from the product to the host 5 SG - Signal ground 401 3.4.3 Timing Chart 1) Normal process Printer Power On RD Initializing ENQ STX . . . ETX (1) SD Status Printer Status Receive/Analysis /Edit (1) ENQ Status Buffer near full STX . . . ETX (2) Online Printing (1) Receive/Analysis /Edit (2) Buffer near full release Press the LINE button Press the LINE button ENQ ENQ STX . . . ETX (3) ENQ Status Status Status Offline Receive/Analysis /Edit (3) Printing (2) 2) Cancel process Printer RD SD Printer The format of ENQ will be STX SOH ENQ "*****" ETX. (***** will be any item No. ) Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). By sending ENQ, The status may not be returned or there may be print error. ENQ STX . . ETX (1) Status ENQ Status CAN 500 msec ENQ STX . . ETX (2) Status Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) ENQ ENQ Status Printing (1) Printing (2) The format of CAN will be STX SOH CAN "*****" ETX. (***** will be any item No.) After sending CAN, please wait about 500 msec before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). With the above condition, the job may not be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly. 402 3) Error process Printer RD SD Printer Status ENQ STX . . . ETX (1) Status Paper end error Head open Head close Press the LINE button ENQ Status ENQ ENQ ENQ ENQ Status Status Status Status ENQ Status Online Offline Online Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1) Printing (1) * * When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. 4) Print pause, print resume process Printer RD ENQ STX . . . ETX (1) Status SD Printer Status DLE STX . . ETX (2) DC1 Online ENQ Status Printing (1) CAN ENQ Status 100 msec Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1) Printing (1) The format of DLE will be STX SOH DLE ETX. The format of DC1 will be STX SOH DC1 ETX. Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2) Printing (2) 403 5) Information request command process Printer RD SD Printer Status ENQ STX . . . ETX (1) Status Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1) ENQ ENQ Get printer info STX..ETX (2) Status Status Printer status Online ENQ Status Printing (1) Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2) Printing (2) 6) Item No. error (BCC error) process Note: Do not send status request commands during printing. Printer Item No. Item cancel RD ENQ STX ID00001.....BCC ETX (1) ENQ STX ID00003.....BCC ETX (2) ENQ CAN ENQ STX ID00003.....BCC ETX (2) 100 msec Statu SD Statu Statu Statu Printer Status Online Offline Online Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1) Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2) Printing (1) Note: Do not send status request commands during printing. 404 3.5 Status 4 This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and the product returns the status by receiving request command from the host. The product returns the status after receiving the status request command. This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive. 3.5.1 Connecting diagram 1) DB-9P Printer RD 2 SD 3 SG 5 Host 3 SD 2 RD 5 SG *Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system. 3.5.2 Explanation of input/output signal Pin number 2 3 5 Signal name RD SD SG Direction Description Input Output - Data from the host to the product Data from the product to the host Signal ground 405 3.5.3 Timing Chart 1) Normal process Power On Printer Initializing ENQ RD STX . . ETX (1) ENQ Receive buffer near full state STX . . ETX (2) Receive buffer near full release Press the LINE button Press the LINE button ENQ ENQ STX . . ETX (3) ENQ SD Status ACK Status ACK Status Status ACK Status Printer Status Online Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Receive/Analysis/Edit (3) Printing (1) Printing (2) Note: Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error. 2) Cancel process Printer RD SD Printer Status ENQ STX . . ETX (1) ENQ Status ACK Status CAN 500 msec ACK ENQ STX . . ETX (2) Status ACK ENQ Status Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Printing (1) Printing (2) Note: When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 ms before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause cancel error or print error. With the above condition, the job may not be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly. 3) Error process Printer RD SD Printer Status ENQ STX . . ETX (1) Paper end error Head open ENQ ENQ ENQ Head close Press the LINE button ENQ ENQ ENQ Status ACK Online Status Status Status Offline Status Status Status Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Printing (1) * * When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. Printing (1) 4) Print pause, print resume process Printer RD ENQ STX . . ETX (1) DLE STX . ETX (2) DC1 ENQ SD Status ACK ACK ACK ACK Status Printer Status Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) CAN ACK ENQ Status 100 msec Printing (1) Printing (2) 5) Information request command process Printer RD SD Printer Status ENQ STX . . ETX (1) Status ACK ENQ ENQ Get printer info STX . . ETX (2) ENQ Status Status Printer status ACK Status Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1) Online Printing (1) Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2) Printing (2) Note: Do not send status request commands during printing. 408 3.6 Printer Status 3 Return This communication protocol is designed for the purpose of controlling print status in the host, and the product returns the status by receiving request command from the host. The product returns the status after receiving the status request command. This product's receive mode in this protocol is the multiple-receive. 3.6.1 Connecting diagram 1) DB-9P Printer RD 2 SD 3 SG 5 Host 3 SD 2 RD 5 SG 3.6.2 Explanation of input/output signal Pin number 2 3 5 Signal name RD SD SG Direction Description Input Output Data from the host to the product Data from the product to the host Signal ground 409 3.6.3 Timing Chart 1) Normal process Printer SD Power On Initializing ENQ STX . ETX (1) ENQ Receive buffer near full state STX . ETX (2) Receive buffer near full release ENQ ENQ RD Status ACK Status ACK Status Status Press the LINE button Press the LINE button STX . . ETX (3) ENQ ACK Status Printer Status Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Receive/Analysis/Edit (3) Offline Printing (1) Printing (2) Printing (3) Note: Avoid sending ENQ while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). This may cause return status error or print error. 2) Cancel process Printer ENQ STX . ETX (1) ENQ RD CAN ENQ SD Status ACK Status ACK Status Printer Status Online 500 msec Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) STX . ETX (2) ACK Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) ENQ Status Printing (1) Printing (2) Note: When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 msec before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). With the above condition, the job may be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly. 410 3) Error process Printer RD SD ENQ STX . . ETX (1) Paper end error Head open ENQ ENQ ENQ Head close Press the LINE button ENQ ENQ ENQ Status ACK Status Status Status Status Status Status Online Offline Online Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1) Printing (1) * Printing (1) 4) Information request command process * When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. Printer RD ENQ STX . . ETX (1) ENQ ENQ Get printer info STX . . ETX (2) ENQ Status ACK Status Status Printer status ACK Status SD Printer Status Receive/Analysis/ Edit (1) Online Printing (1) Receive/Analysis/ Edit (2) Printing (2) Note: Do not send status request commands during printing. 411 3.7 Status 2 This communication protocol is for compatibility with the old model. The receive mode is single item receive. 3.7.1 Connecting diagram 1) DB-9P Printer RD 2 SD 3 SG 5 Host 3 SD 2 RD 5 SG *Depending on the model of the host, CS and RS may need to be looped (always keep "High") at the host. Please confirm the user's guide of the host system. 3.7.2 Explanation of input/output signal Pin number Signal name Direction Description 2 RD Input Data from the host to the product 3 SD Output Data from the product to the host 5 SG - Signal ground 3.7.3 Timing Chart 1) Normal process Power On Printer RD Initializing ENQ STX . . ETX (1) Status SD Printer Status Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) ENQ Status Online Printing (1) ENQ STX . . ETX (2) Status Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Press the LINE button Press the LINE button ENQ ENQ Status Status Offline Printing (2) 2) Cancel process Printer RD SD ENQ STX . ETX (1) Status ENQ Status Printer Status Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) CAN ENQ STX . ETX (2) 500 msec Status Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) ENQ Status Printing (1) Printing (2) Note: When the cancel request command has sent, wait for more than 500 ms before sending the next data. Avoid sending CAN while sending the print data (STX <A> - <Z> ETX). With the above condition, the job may not be canceled or the item may not be printed correctly. 3) Error process Printer RD SD Printer status ENQ STX . . ETX (1) Status Online Paper end error Head open ENQ ENQ ENQ Head close ENQ Press the LINE button ENQ ENQ Status Status Status Status Status Status Offline Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Printing (1) * Printing (1) * When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. 3.7.4 Return Status The product returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. The product initializes the receive buffer and cancels the print job by receiving the cancel request command. The details of each request command and return status are as follows. 1) Status request command The product returns the state of the receive data, the receive buffer and the product by receiving this command sent from the host. (1) Command ENQ (HEX 05H) (2) Return status/format STX Statu1 Status2 Status3 CR LF EXT (total 7 bytes) Printer status Receive buffer status Receive data status (3) Status list State f receive data Status return Description "0" (HEX 30H) "1" (HEX 31H) Indicates the receive text was received normally. Indicates the receive text was received normally. (Communication error, receive buffer overflow) State of receive buffer Status return Description "0" (HEX 30H) "9" (HEX 39H) Indicates no data exists in the receive buffer. Indicates data exists in the receive buffer. Printer status Status return Description "0" (HEX 30H) "1" (HEX 31H) "@" (HEX 40H) "A" (HEX 41H) "B" (HEX 42H) "E" (HEX 45H) "G" (HEX 47H) "J" (HEX 4AH) Normal (Receivable state) Online or print pause Ribbon end Paper end (Unused) Cutter sensor error Head Open Head error Card error * There is no ribbon end with the direct thermal model. STX(HEX 02H) EXT(HEX 03H) LF(HEX 0AH) CR(HEX 0DH) 2) Cancel request command This command enables you to cancel print jobs and to clear the entire contents of the receive buffer. Note that the product doesn't return the status with this command. Be sure to send the next data after the elapse of 500 ms as delay time after sending the cancel request. This command is also effective in offline state and the time of the error. (1) Command CAN (HEX 18H) 3.7.5 Return Sequence 1) Normal Host Printer ENQ (Status request command) ( ) Status Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal Print command (Print No.100) Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing ENQ (Status request command) Print the 1st label ( Status Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data ) Printer = Normal Print the 2nd label ENQ (Status request command) Print the 3rd label Paper end error Status (Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data ) Printer = paper end ENQ (Status request command) Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label ( ) Status Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal ENQ (Status request command) ( Status Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data ) Printer = Normal ENQ (Status request command) ( ) Status Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal Print Command ((Print No.100) Print the 100th label Print end Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing Print the 1st label 416 2) Cancel request command Host ENQ (Status request command) Printer Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal Receive/Analysis/Edit Print command (Print number = 100) ENQ (Status request command) Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data Printer = Normal CAN (Cancel request command) Printing Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Print the 3rd label More than 500 msec ENQ (Status request command) Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal Print command (Print number = 100) ENQ (Status request command) Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = Data Printer = Normal CAN (Cancel request command) More than 500 msec ENQ (Status request command) Clear the receive buffer Clear the print number Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Paper end error Clear the receive buffer Clear the print number Error release (press the LINE button) Status ( ) Receive data = Normal Receive buffer = No data Printer = Normal 417 3.7.6 Reference Flowchart See the flowchart below for programming on the host side. Power On 1 SW 0 Set the print data Send ENQ YES Status No receive? YES Status = No normaYl?ES YES Printer status No = normal? YES Receive buffer = No No data? YES Display the status SW = 1 No Cancel? YES No Send the print data YES Send CAN Timeout? No YES Display the status Cancel? No Resend the No print YES SW 0 SW 1 Wait 500 msec 1 418 3.7.7 Note *Please note the followings when using READY/BUSY. When sending print data from the host, make sure the product power is on before sending. *When sending data that receive buffer size is more than 2.95 MB by using XON/XOFF, status 2, status 3, status 4, and status 5, there will be receive buffer full error. When sending data, send data that is less than 2.9 MB and send more data by watching the printer status. *Parity error will be detected when the parity error occurs after receiving ESC+A. 419 4 IEEE1284 4.1 Basic Specifications This interface complies with the Centronics/IEEE1284 standard. Single item receive or multiple receive can be switched on the interface mode of the product. Interface Protocol Connector Cable length Signal level Receive mode Receive buffer size Timing Chart Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication protocol for details. At product: Amphenol 36 pins (female) At cable: Amphenol 36 pins (male) Less than 1.5 (m) High level: +2.4 to +5.0 V Low level: +0.0 to +0.4 V Single item receive Multiple receive Set the receive mode on the communication receive mode at the product. 2.95 MB Near full 0Mbyte 2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains Near full release ECP mode T1 T2 1.95Mbytes remains Centronics compatible mode T1 T2 T3 DATA STROBE ACK BUSY Supplemental explanation1 : 0.75s T1 0.75sT2500s 0.5s T3 1.2s Supplemental explanation2: in case of single item receive, it is possible to set the ACK range (0.5 - 12.0s) in the interface mode. *Be sure to send print data while the product power is on. *Be sure to turn the product's power off when removing the interface cable. 420 4.2 Connecting diagram The connecting diagram of parallel cable is as follows. Please use a cable that has complied with the IEEE1284 standard. D-SUB 25P (Host) GND Amphenol 36P (Printer) GND 1 18 2 19 3 19 4 20 5 20 6 21 7 21 8 22 9 22 10 24 11 23 12 24 13 24 14 25 15 23 16 25 17 25 1 19 2 20 3 21 4 22 5 23 6 24 7 25 8 26 9 27 10 28 11 29 12 28 13 28 14 30 32 29 31 30 36 30 421 4.3 Connector Pin Assignment The pin assignment is as follows with the Centronics standard (legacy command support). However, the wiring diagram of the IEEE1284 standard is complied with the standard of IEEE1284 Type B connector. Pin number 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 Signal name STROBE DATA 1 DATA 2 DATA 3 DATA 4 DATA 5 DATA 6 DATA 7 DATA 8 ACK BUSY PE SELECT AUTOFD LOGIC GND CHASSIS GND PERIPHERAL LOGIC HIGH Description Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Input Output Output Output Output Input Input Pin number 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 Signal name STROBE-RETURN DATA 1-RETURN DATA 2-RETURN DATA 3-RETURN DATA 4-RETURN DATA 5-RETURN DATA 6-RETURN DATA 7-RETURN DATA 8-RETURN ACK -RETURN BUSY -RETURN PE -RETURN INIT FAULT SELECTIN Description Input Output Input 4.4 Explanation of input signal The signal lines are as follows with the Centronics standard (legacy command support). However, the signal lines of the IEEE1284 standard are complied with the IEEE1284 standard. Pin number 1 2 - 9 10 11 12 13 14 17 18 19 - 30 31 32 36 Signal name STROBE DATA 1 - DATA 8 ACK BUSY PE SELECT AUTOFD CHASSIS GND PERIPHERAL LOGIC HIGH SIGNAL GROUND INIT FAULT SELECTIN Direction Input Input Output Output Output Output Input Output Input Output Input Description A synchronized signal to read DATA 1 to DATA 8, Low active pulse is needed. In the data input of 8 bits parallel, DATA 1 is LSB (lease significant bit) and DATA 8 is MSB (most significant bit). A low active pulse signal indicating receive data intake. A high active signal indicating the product is impossible to receive any data. A high active signal indicating there is no label. A high active signal indicating the product is possible to receive data. A signal for IEEE1284 standard. Connected to the chassis ground. +5 V voltage at the product. Connected to each signal grounds. A low active pulse signal requesting the product initialization. A low active pulse signal indicating an error in the product. A signal for IEEE1284 standard. 422 4.5 Basic Specifications 4.5.1 Timing chart of single item receive 1) Normal process Printer DATA Power ON initializing STX. . . . . . . ETX(1) STROBE ACK BUS SELECT PE FAULT Printer status Online Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing (1) *TX<5msec Press the LINE button STX . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX(2) Press the LINE button TX Offline Online Printing (2) 2) Process at the paper end Printer Paper end error Head open Head close STX . . . . . . . . . . . . ETX (1) STROBE ACK BUSY SELEC PE FAULT Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Printing (1) * Offline Press the LINE button Online Printing (1) *When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. 424 4.5.2 Timing chart of multiple receive 1) Normal process Printer Power On DATA Initializing ESC A . . ESC Z (1) STROBE ACK BUSY SELECT PE Press the LINE button Press the LINE button Receive buffer near full state Receive buffer near full ESC A . . . ESC Z (2) ESC A . . ESC Z (3) FAULT Printer Status Online Offline Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing (1) Online Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing (2) Printing (3) 425 2) Process at the paper end DATA STROBE ACK BUSY SELEC PE FAULT Printer Status ESC A . . ESC Z (1) Paper end error Head open ESC A . . . ESC Z (2) * Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Receive/Analysis/Edit Printing (1) * Printer Offline Head close Press the LINE button Online Printing (1) *When the paper end error occurs, open the head, set label, close the head and feed. Note: The paper end error will be released when the head is closed. 426 3) Process at the power off Power On DATA Initializing ESC A..ESC Z (1) STROBE Press the LINE button ESC A...ESC Z (2) Press the LINE button ESC A.. ESC Z (3) ACK BUSY SELEC PE FAUL Printer Online Offline Online Receive/Analysis/Edit (1) Receive/Analysis/Edit (2) Printing (1) Receive/Analysis/Edit (3) Printing (2) Power off 5V power on the KB board is off Power off Printing (3) * Regardless of the state of signal line just before the power off, all signal line will be ground (0V) when 5V supplied by KB board is shut. 427 5 USB 5.1 Basic Specifications USB interface of the product complies with USB2.0 standard. Interface Protocol Connector Version Receive buffer size Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication Protocol for details. Type B plug Cable length shorter than 5 m (Twisted pair shielded) USB 2.0 High speed 2.95 MB Near full 0Mbyte Near full release 2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbyte remains 1.95Mbytes remains 5.2 Connector Pin Assignment Pin number Name 1 VBus 2 -Data(D-) 3 +Data(D+) 4 GND 428 6 LAN, wireless LAN 6.1 Basic Specifications (LAN) nterface LED2 Protocol Connector Link/Status LED LED1 Status 3, Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication Protocol for details. Connector type RJ45 Cable type 10BASE-T, 100BASE-TX (category 5 or upper) Cable length shorter than 100 (m) LED lights when LINK with the Ethernet is established or the product received packet. LED LED1 LED2 Color Green Yellow Motion Specification LED lights for a certain time when received packets (10 msec) LED goes off when the printer detected the connection to 10BASE-T LED lights when the printer detected the connection to 100BASE-TX LED lights when a cable is not connected Communication setting The following communication setting can be done in the communication setting mode of the product. Common setting Setting Items Protocol IPv4 setting Setting Items IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address IP Address Settings Setting range Status 3 return Status 4 return (cycle response mode) Status 4 return (ENQ response mode) Printer Status 5 Return Setting range 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 192.168.1.1 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 0.0.0.0 DISABLE (manual setting) ENABLE Default value: DISABLE (manual setting) 429 Receive buffer size IPv6 settings Setting Items Address resolution IP Address Prefix Default router Setting range MANUAL/DHCP/AUTOMATIC Default Value: AUTOMATIC 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000 FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF Default Value: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000 0 128 Default Value: 64 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000 FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF:FFFF Default Value: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000:0000: 0000 * Switching of IPv4/IPv6 cannot be done because IPv4/IPv6 dual stack is adopted. 2.95 MB Near full 0Mbyte Near full release 2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes 1.95Mbytes remains 430 6.2 Basic Specifications (wireless LAN) nterface (Wireless LAN adapter) Wireless LAN board Protocol LED Setting of communication conditions Status 3, Status 4, Status 5 Refer to 2 Communication Protocol for details. LED Color Motion Specification LEVEL Green Field intensity LED lights: strong (more than Signal Level 3) LED blinks: medium (more than Signal Level 2, less than Signal Level 3) LED off: weak (less than Signal Level 2) *LED lights always when at the Ad Hoc mode. LINK Green Link: LED blinks: not connected to an access point LED lights: connected to an access point STATUS Orange Status LED blinks: for a certain time when received packets MODE Green Wireless LAN Mode LED blinks: Ad Hoc mode LED lights: Infrastructure mode *It's impossible to confirm the LED because this will be installed inside the product. *The field intensity will be shown on the product LCD. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more details. The following communication setting can be done in the communication setting mode of the product. Setting Items Protocol IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Address IP Address Settings Communication mode SSID Channel Setting range Status 3 Return Status 4 (cycle response mode) Status 4 (ENQ response mode) Printer Status 5 Return 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 192.168.1.1 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 255.255.255.0 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 Default Value: 192.168.1.2 DISABLE (manual setting) (default value) ENABLE Ad Hoc mode Infrastructure mode SSID Default: SATO_PRINTER 1 - 13 Default Value: 6 431 Wireless LAN specification (1) Standard IEEE802.1b/g/n (2) Frequency band 2.4 GHz (3) Baud rate Max. 11 Mbps (Connected by IEEE802.11b) Max. 54 Mbps (Connected by IEEE802.11g) Max. MCS7(*1) (Connected by IEEE802.11n) *1) The maximum speed varies depending on the conditions Please refer the below. Band width Guard interval Baud rate 20 MHz 800 nsec 400 nsec 65.0 Mbps 72.2 Mbps 40 MHz 800 nsec 400 nsec 135.0 Mbps 150.0 Mbps (4) Wireless LAN communication mode Infrastructure mode Ad Hoc mode *In IEEE802.11n, only Infrastructure mode is available. (5) Channel 1 - 13 (when connected with IEEE802.11b/g/n) *AP channel will be used in the Infrastructure mode. *A channel of the other side will be used when the other side's status is waiting for connection in the Ad Hoc mode. *Setting range will be different depending on the regional setting. Region Setting range USA/Canada Europe/Malaysia/Singapore/Korea/China 1 - 11 1 - 13 *Regardless of the regional setting, when the band width of the IEEE802.11n is 40 MHz, the setting range will be 3 to 11 channels. (6) SSID Up to 32 alphanumeric characters and symbols (from 20H to 7EH) can be set. (7) Authentication Open System Shared Key WPA/WPA2 IEEE802.1x (EAP-TLS, LEAP, EAP-TTLS, EAP-PEAP(v0), EAP-FAST are selectable. Hereafter written as "EAP".). (8) Encryption scheme None WEP (Open System, Shared key and 802.1x authentication are selectable) TKIP (must be selected from WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK and WPA-802.1x/WPA2-802.1x authentication) AES (must be selected from WPA-PSK/WPA2-PSK and WPA-802.1x/WPA2-802.1x authentication) 432 [Security Type] Security WEP WEP-EAP Dynamic WEP WPA-PSK WPA-EAP WPA2-PSK WAP2-EAP Structure Encryption scheme Authentication WEP - WEP EAP-MD5 EAP-TLS WEP EAP-PEAP EAP-TTLS TKIP LEAP EAP-FAST PSK EAP-TLS EAP-PEAP TKIP AP-TTLS LEAP EAP-FAST AES PSK EAP-TLS EAP-PEAP TKIP EAP-TTLS AES LEAP EAP-FAST EAP-TLS EAP-PEAP EAP-TTLS LEAP EAP-FAST 433 Receive buffer size (9) Security (combination of authentication and encryption scheme) Ad Hoc mode Authentication Encryption scheme Open System None WEP Shared Key None WEP *Ad Hoc mode is not supported with IEEE802.11n. *Selection at the Shared Key will be disabled and operates with Open System. Infrastructure mode Authentication Shared Key Open System Open System + EAP WPA/WPA2 + PSK WPA/WPA2 + EAP Encryption scheme None WEP None WEP None WEP TKIP/AES TKIP/AES *Note When using this product around medical equipments/facilities, please consult with the system administrator to confirm there is no influence to the equipments/facilities. 2.95 MB Near full 0Mbyte Near full release 2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains 1.95Mbytes remains 434 6.3 Software Specifications Available protocol: TCP/IP Network layer: ARP, IP and ICMP Session layer: TCP and UDP Application layer: LPD, FTP, TELNET, BOOTP, DHCP, HTTP, SNMP, SNTP 1) LPR, FTP and dedicated socket protocol of TCP/IP are available for sending print data. 2) Dedicated socket protocol is available to obtain printer status. 3) SNTP, SNMP, TELNET are not supported with the wireless LAN. 6.4 TCP/IP TCP/IP protocol environment has LPD and FTP for printing, and TELNET for setting each variables. You can use BOOTP/DHCP for setting each address. 6.5 LPD Protocol of LPD complies with RFC1179, and handles the list of logical product name as a cue name. The cue name has 3 names: lp, sjis, euc Cue name Kanji filter Kanji code Supporting interface [supported, ×not supported] LAN Wireless LAN lp None N/A sjis None N/A - euc None N/A - Order of sending of data file and control file doesn't affect print operation when sending job with LPR. * Deleting job with LPR is not available. * LPD specification is only available in Status 4/ENQ response. * When conducting large quantity printing with LPR, some data may be skipped because of the specification of Windows. * Banner page printing is not available. * Note that establishing multiple session at the same time is not available. 435 6.6 FTP FTP protocol complies with RFC959. It handles the list of logical product name as a transmission destination directory, and performs transmitting files to the directory as the print operation. You can specify ASCII (A) or BINARY (I) or TENEX (L8) as a transmission mode, however difference of the mode depends on the client. Directory has 3 names: lp, sjis, euc. Cue name Kanji filter Kanji code Supporting interface [supported, ×not supported] LAN Wireless LAN lp None N/A sjis None N/A - euc None N/A - * Note that establishing multiple session at the same time is not available. 6.7 TELNET TELNET complies with RFC854. Changing and referring internal settings and displaying status is available by using an interactive menu. You need to log in as a "root" user and enter password to change the settings. The root password is not set as the default (line feed). In addition, Wireless LAN is not supported. <TELNET command example> Enter [TELNET xxx.xxx.xxx.xxx (IP address)] from the MS-DOS command prompt, and enter user name and password, then following message will appear. SATO PRINTER S84-ex Series TELNET server. Copyright(C) 2010 SATO Corporation login: root root user needs password to login password: User `root' logged in No. Item ---------------------------------------------------------- 1: Setup TCP/IP 2: Display status 99: EXIT setup Please select(1-99)? Value (level.1) Please refer to "6.7.1 Setting/Display items " for the setting of [1: Setup TCP/IP]. 436 6.7.1 Setting/Display items Sections that can be set and referred, and variables are listed in the table below. TCP/IP related setting Variable name Setting range IPv4 IP address 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 *2 IPv4 Subnet mask 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 IPv4 Gateway address 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 DHCP protocol ENABLE/DISABLE Keepalive time 30 - 300 Keepalive retry 1 - 99 Socket cancel Normal/Compatible ROOT password Any alphanumeric [16]*1 IPv6 IP address 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000 FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: IPv6 prefix 0 -128 IPv6 default router 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000 FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: FFFF: IPv6 address resolve MANUAL/DHCP/AUTO Web login name Any alphanumeric [16]*1 Web password Any alphanumeric [16]*1 *1 Numbers in [ ] are upper limit. *2 The fixed IP will be shown when DHCP is selected. Default (at shipment) 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 (calculated from the IP address) 0.0.0.0 DISABLE 180 (sec) 17 (times) Normal NULL (no password) 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000 64 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000: 0000 AUTO admin admin 437 6.8 SNTP (Simple Network Time Protocol) SNTP corrects time of the calendar IC when it is mounted. In addition, Wireless LAN is not supported. 6.8.1 Function This function acquires the current time from the NTP server and corrects time of the calendar IC at the product power on when a calendar IC is mounted on the product and LAN is selected as [data port] at the [communication setting]. ENABLE/DISABLE the SNTP and IP address setting of the NTP server can be done on the communication setting mode. This function is available only if a calendar IC is mounted to the product. 6.8.2 Operating conditions The operating conditions of the SNTP function are as follows. (1) A calendar IC is mounted to the product. (2) Communication setting is LAN. * Select LAN at the [communication setting] - [data port]. (Refer to the communication settings of "Operational Manual" for more setting details.) (3) Available only in the Normal mode. 438 6.8.3 Operation Sequence Power on INITIALYZING... S8xxx VER:61.00.00.00 "SNTP function" is enabled NO Calendar IC is mounted and LAN interface YES NTP server time acquire request NTP server NTP server time acquire response When there is a response Calendar IC time offset "Communication error notice" is enabled NO YES FAILED TO ADJUST CLOCK YY/MM/DD HH:MM Communication error display Press the ENTER key When there is no response ONLINE QTY000000 [Supplemental explanation] 1. Time correction is only if product is turned on. Time correction will fail when NTP server doesn't respond (timeout period is 4 sec). 2. The following display will be shown and there will be buzzer sound when time correction has failed and "Setting of communication error notice" is "ENABLE". FAILED TO ADJUST CLOCK YY/MM/DD HH:MM 3. The maximum waiting time from starting time acquisition from NTP server to displaying time correction failure screen is approx. 37 sec. The condition to become the maximum waiting time is enabling DHCP setting of IP address setting of the product and all become time-out. Time-out period for each setting is as follows. -Time-out period of DHCP is approx. 33 seconds. -Time-out period of NTP is approx. 4 seconds. 439 6.9 HTTP (Hyper Text Transfer Protocol) HTTP sets setting items of LAN, wireless LAN. 6.9.1 LAN settings (1) Settable items in the LCD. (2) Display the printer status. (3) Display the external signal status. 6.9.2 Wireless LAN settings Refer to "6.11.1 Setting item list ". 440 6.10 SNMP specification (Simple Network Management Protocol) SNMP is a function to disclose the product information to the IP network. It is possible to monitor the printer status via network. 6.10.1 Supported MIB The product information is kept as a Management Information Base format called MIB. Each nodes on the tree have numbers, and SNMP manager send a node number to the product acquire information of the node as information acquiring request. The product returns the information of specified node number as response data. MIBs that the product supports are as follows; system(1) interface(2) address translation(3) ip(4) icmp(5) tcp(6) udn(7) transmission(10) snmp(11) igmp(85) host(25) printerMIB(43) 441 6.10.2 Printer error information Errors happening at the product need to be disclosed because the product supports MIB host and printerMIB. When the product received a request of error information acquisition from SNMP manager, the product returns the response data by replacing the printer error number to the error code defined by MIB. 6.10.2.1 Error and warning MIB correspondence table Printer MIB Description prtAlertSeverity Description Level Level Online - Online Offline Print pause Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error Download data error BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error critical(3) - critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) Offline Print pause Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error Download data error BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error prtAlertSeverity Level - critical(3) - critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) Description Online Offline Print pause Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error Download data error BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error 442 prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) - Host Resources MIB Description hrPrinterStatus Online Offline Print pause idle(3) / *2 printing(4) other(1) other(1) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) Machine error Flash ROM error Parity error Over run Flaming error Buffer over Head open Paper end error Ribbon end Sensor error Head error Memory writing error Memory full error Download data error BCC check error Item No. error Calendar error Overheat error Command error CRC check error other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) Description Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) Printer MIB Description Level Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) Description Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error prtAlertSeverity Level critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) critical(3) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) warning(4) Host Resources MIB Description hrPrinterStatus Wireless LAN related error Cover open Saver error Sensor cover open RFID tag error Label near end Ribbon near end Receive buffer near full Head error other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) other(1) idle(3) / *5 printing(4)/ *1 warning (3) is set at warning during online state. Other than that, running (2) is set. *2 printing (4) is set during printing. Other than that, idle (3) is set. *3 running (2) is set at online, warning (3) is set at warning during online state, and down (5) is set at offline. *4 warning (3) is set at online state. down (5) is set at offline state. *5 printing (4) is set during printing. idle (3) is set at online and other than printing state, other (1) is set at offline and other than printing state. 6.10.2.2 Supplemental explanation 1) The last error has the priority when multiple error has happened. 2) If errors and warnings happened at the same time, Host Resources MIB and Printer MIB are notified as error. 3) If a multiple warning happened, printer MIB is notified multiply (prtAlert). 443 6.11 Setting the IP Address There are several ways to set the IP address such as obtaining from DHCP server, interface setting on the LCD screen, SBPL command or network setting tool. The product acquires an IP address as shown in following flow below according to the acquisition method set in the product at power on. * Obtaining IP address via "ARP-s" and ping is not available. Printer power up NO DHCP ENABLE? YES DHCP process NO DHCP success YES The printer operates with the IP address, netmask, and gateway acquired by DHCP. The printer operates with the IP address, netmask and gateway set at the printer. Finish 444 Command Product WEB 6.12 Wireless LAN settings 6.12.1 Setting item list Classification Setting Items Default Values Setting range Setting TCP/IP Setting IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway 192.168.1.1 255.255.255.0 192.168.1.2 DHCP/BOOTP DISABLE DNS primary address DNS secondary address Timeout time for DNS Query packet Retry of DHCP Discover 0.0.0.0 0.0.0.0 3 10 Wireless LAN Setting Wireless LAN mode SSID (*3) Communication channel (*2) Infra. "SATO_PRINTER" 6 Network authentication Open System Regional code US 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 ENABLE DISABLE 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 0.0.0.0 - 255.255.255.255 1 - 10 1 - 10 Ad Hoc Infra. 1 - 32 characters 1 - 13 Open System Shared Key WPA WPA2 Defined value of the module US Canada Europe Malaysia Singapore Korea China - - - - - - - 445 Command Product WEB Classification Setting Items Default Values Setting range Setting WEP key Setting Use of WEP Available key Key 1 (*1) Key 2 (*1) Key 3 (*1) 802.1x authentication Setting Key 4 (*1) 802.1x authentication Authentication mode DISABLE 1 " " (NULL character) " " (NULL character) " " (NULL character) " " (NULL character) DISABLE EAP-TLS 802.1x authentication Setting 802.1X-TTLS Setting User name (*3) Password (*3) Internal authentication method " " (NULL character) " " (NULL character) PAP 802.1X-PEAP Setting 802.1X-FAST Setting Verification of the server certificate Internal authentication method Verification of the server certificate Auto distribution of PAC file OFF MSCHAPv2 OFF OFF ENABLE DISABLE 1 - 4 - - - 64 bits: 10 digits in HEX or 5 characters - 128 bits: 26 digits in HEX or 13 characters - - ENABLE DISABLE LEAP EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS EAP-PEAP EAP-FAST 1 - 63 characters - - - 0 - 32 characters - PAP CHAP MSCHAP MSCHAPv2 ON/OFF - - MSCHAPv2 - ON/OFF - ON/OFF - WPA/WPA2 WPA mode PSK Data encryption scheme TKIP PSK 802.1x TKIP AES - - WPA-PSK Setting Pre-Shared Key(*3) "sato printer" 8 - 63 characters - WPA-802.1X LEAP Setting EAP-TLS Authentication mode EAP-TLS EAP-TTLS - EAP-PEAP EAP-FAST User name (*3) " " (NULL character) 1 - 63 characters - Password (*3) " " (NULL character) 0 - 32 characters - *1 Setting can be done with HEX or ASCII input. In ASCII input, the upper case and the lower case can be distinguished, however, these are not distinguished with HEX code input. *2 The setting range of the channel varies depending on the regional setting. *3 Alphanumeric characters and symbols (Usable character range is from 20H to 7EH) 446 6.12.2 Combinations of wireless settings and necessary items There are settable combinations in wireless LAN setting. (6.2 Basic Specifications (wireless LAN)) The list below shows necessary items in the each combination (: necessary, ×: not necessary). Ad Hoc Infrastructure Open System Shared Key(*3) Open System Shared Key WPA/WPA2 TKIP/AES WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE Classification Setting Items PSK Advanced shared key 802.1x authentication 802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE 802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE (*1) TCP/IP setting IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway DHCP/BOOTP Wireless LAN Wireless LAN mode Setting SSID Used channel Network authentication Regional code DNS primary address DNS secondary address Timeout time for DNS Query packet Retry of DHCP Discover WEP key setting Use of WEP setting × × WEP Key Index ××××× × × WEP key length ××××× × × WEP key 1 ××××× × × WEP key 2 ××××× × × WEP key 3 ××××× × × WEP key 4 ××××× × × 802.1x 802.1x authentication ×××××× × × authentication setting Authentication mode User name ×××××××× × × × × × × *2 × *2 × × × × × Password × × × × *2 × *2 × × × × × 802.1x-TTLS setting Internal authentication method ×××××××× × Verification of the server certificate × × × × × × × × × 802.1x-PEAP setting Internal authentication method ×××××××× × Verification of the server certificate × × × × × × × × × 802.1x-FAST setting Auto distribution of PAC file ×××××××× × WPA/WPA2 setting WPA mode ×××××××××× Data encryption scheme × × × × × × × × × × WPA-PSK setting Pre-Shared Key ×××××××××× × 447 Ad Hoc Open System Shared Key(*3) Infrastructure Open System Shared Key WPA/WPA2 TKIP/AES WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE WEP DISABLE WEP ENABLE Classification Setting Items PSK Advanced shared key 802.1x authentication 802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE 802.1x authentication DISABLE 802.1x authentication ENABLE (*1) WPA-802.1x setting Authentication mode User name Password × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × × *2 × × × × × × × × × × × *2 × *1 "WEP key index" and "WEP key" distributed by AP are used for the communication when WEP key is distributed from AP. (Dynamic WEP) AP distributes "WEP key index" only or "WEP key index" and "WEP key". When only "WEP key index" is distributed, the appropriate "WEP key" set at wireless LAN setting of the designated "WEP key index" will be used. With above condition, it is impossible to communicate if the WEP keys are not identical. *2 The details regarding the user name and password are explained at "6.11.3 802.1x authentication and certification". *3 Selection at the Shared Key will be disabled and operates with Open System with Ad Hoc mode. 6.12.3 802.1x authentication and certification Depending on the format, certification is necessary or not necessary in 802.1x authentication. When the certification is necessary, it needs to be imported from the WEB setting screen. Type of certification and secret key, necessity of certification, ID, and password are explained below. - Items need to be imported from the WEB setting screen No. Imported item Description 1 Route certification File: select files of route certification 2 Client certification Password: enter the secret password for the client certificate File: files of client certification 3 Secret key Password: enter the password for the secret key File: select secret files 4 PAC file Password: enter the password for the PAC files File: select PAC files - Necessity of ID/password and each certification in the 802.1x authentication. EAP format User name Necessity (: necessary, ×: not necessary, : others) Password Certification Route Password certification Client certification Secret key EAP-TLS × EAP-PEAP × × × EAP-LEAP × × × × EAP-TTLS × × × EAP-FAST × × × × *1 Necessary when PAC file auto distribution is OFF. PAC file × × × × (*1) 448 6.13 Socket Communication 2 types of connection can be used in the socket server function of TCP/IP; 2-port connection that uses Port 1024 for receiving print data and Port 1025 for printer status return, and 1-port connection that uses Port 9100 for print data receiving and printer status return. When using Port 9100, the product returns only status return data and the product operation setting request data. Using both 2-port connection and 1-port connection at the same time is not available. Each socket cannot connect to multiple sessions at the same time. LPR and FTP are available for sending print data in addition to socket. During connecting LPR or FTP, connecting to print data port (Port 1024 or Port 9100) with socket communication is not available. 2-port connection with Port 1025 and Port 9100 is not available. Please use them as 1-port connection. 1) Printing with 2-port connection/Socket (Status 4) Host Print data Port 1024 Return data Port 1025 Printer 2) Printing with 1-port connection/Socket (Status 4) Host Print data, return data Port 9100 Printer 3) Printing with 1-port connection/Socket (Status 3 and 5 return) Host Print data, return data Port 1024 or Port 9100 Printer 4) Printing with LPR, FTP Host Print Data LPR, FTP Return data Port1025 Printer 449 6.13.1 Port Number (1) Overlapping of the port number with the printer server function It is possible to change the port number of the Port 1024/Port 1025/Port 9100 in the range of "00001 - 65535" from the LCD, however, the following will happen when the port number is overlapped with the port number used for printer server function (FTP/TELNET/HTTP/LPD). No. Server function Port number Note 1 FTP 20 (Data) Port number "20" is connectable because it is not always being as waiting for connection. However, FTP connection is not available. 21 (Control) Cannot be used as the print port 2 TELNET 23 Cannot be used as the print port 3 HTTP 80 Cannot be used as the print port 4 LPD 515 Cannot be used as the print port Over 1024 is recommended for the port number. (2) Socket error occurring The port for Socket connection will be selected from the port numbers specified at Port 1024/Port 1025/Port 9100depending on the communication protocol (see "6.12 Socket communication"). If an error occurs during the socket creation process, the socket communication cannot be used. <Status 3 or Status 5> No. Port 1024 Port 1025 Port 9100 Available port 1 × Port 9100 2 × Port 1024, Port 9100 3 × Port 1024 4 × × None 5 × × Port 1024 6 × × Port 9100 7 Port 1024, Port 9100 [: Success, ×: Error] * Port 1025 is not used. Even if port 1025 has an error, it doesn't affect other valid port. <Status 4> No. Port 1024 Port 1025 Port 9100 Available port 1 × Port 9100 2 × Port 9100 3 × Port 1024, Port 1025 4 × × None 5 × × None 6 × × Port 9100 7 Port 1024, Port 1025, Port 9100 [: Success, ×: Error] * Port 1024 and port 1025 are used in pair. If either of port has an error, you cannot use both ports. 450 6.14 Connection and disconnection of session The socket server function connects and disconnects the print data port (Port 1024), the status reply port (Port 1025) and the sending and receiving port (Port 9100 or Port 1024) in the following manner. 1) print data port (Port 1024), status return port (Port 1025) Host Printer CONNECT (Port1024Port1025) CONNECT success Print data (Port1024) Status request (Port1024) Print data (Port1024) CLOSE (Port1024Port1025) CONNECT END 2send/receive port (Port9100 or Port1024) Host CONNECT (Port1024 or Port9100) CONNECT success connect Status request (Port1024 or Port9100) Print data (Port1024 or Port9100) CLOSE (Port1024 or Port9100) CONNECT END LISTEN ACCEPT Print Printer status Port1025 Print CLOSE LISTEN Printer LISTEN ACCEPT Printer status Port1024 or Port9100 Print CLOSE LISTEN 451 6.15 Printer status 1) Status mode There are 3 modes of status return when using LAN interface. (1) Status 4/Cyclic response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) The product uses port 1024 for print data port, port 1025 for status return, and port 9100 for both print data port and status return. The product output the printer status at a constant period (500 msec to 1000 msec interval). Also, the product returns the latest printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. (2) Status 4/ENQ response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) The product uses port 1024 for print data port, port 1025 for status return, and port 9100 for both print data port and status return. The product returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. (3) Status 3, Status 5/ENQ response mode (1-port connection) The product uses port 1024 for print data port and status return, or uses port 9100 for both print data port and status return. The product returns ACK by receiving the print request command sent from the host, and returns the printer status by receiving the status request command sent from the host. Printer driver cannot be used for label printing while using Status 3. Also, the product setting tool cannot be used. The switching status mode is available by changing the setting of the communication protocol and the printer status reply timing in the interface mode of the product. Type of status mode and the setting items in the interface setting mode is as follows. Setting items in the interface setting mode Type of status mode Communication Protocol (PROTOCOL) Printer status reply timing (REPLY TIMING) 1-port or 2-port connection Cyclic response mode Status 4 (STATUS4) Cyclic response (CYCLE) 1-port or 2-port connection ENQ response mode Status 4 (STATUS4) ENQ 1-port connection ENQ response mode Status 3 (STATUS3) Status 5 (STATUS5) - 2) Status return data format (1) 2-port connection (Status 4 return) Number of send bytes ENQ 4 bytes 1 byte 0000001CH 05H STX 1 byte 02H ID number 2 bytes Status 1 byte Remaining print number 6 bytes JOB name ETX 16 bytes 1 byte 03H Please refer to the "2.2.3 Return status of Status 4" for the status contents. (Total: 32 bytes) (2) 1-port connection (Status 5 return) STX Specified item Specified item 1 byte Number. Status 02H 5 bytes 2 bytes Currently processed item 5 bytes Currently processed Currently processed item item Number of print Status 6 bytes 2 bytes ETX 03H 1 byte Please refer to the "2.2.4 Return status of Status 5" for the status contents. (Total: 22 bytes) (3) 1-port connection (Status 3 return) STX 1 byte 02H ID number 2 bytes Status 1 byte Remaining print number 6 bytes ETX 1 byte 03H (Total: 11 bytes) Please refer to the "2.2.2 Return status of Status 3" for the status contents. 452 3) Sequence (1) Status 4/Cyclic response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) The product will return the status in the interval of 500 to 1000 msec. When receiving a status request command (ENQ: 05H) from the host, the product returns the latest printer status data. Host Printer CONNECT Port1024, Port1025, or Port9100) CONNECT SUCCESS Connection Status request (Port 1025 or Port 9100) (ENQ "05H") CLOSE (Port1024, Port1025, or Port9100) LISTEN ACCEPT Printer status (in about 500 - 1000 msec interval) Port1025 or Port9100 The latest printer status Printer status (Port 1025 or Port 9100) CLOSE CONNECT END LISTEN (2) Status 4/ENQ response mode (2-port connection or 1-port connection) After receiving a status request command (ENQ: 05H) from the host, the product returns the latest printer status. Host Printer CONNECT (Port1024, Port1025, or Port9100) CONNECT SUCCESS Connection LISTEN ACCEPT Status request (Port1024, Port9100) (ENQ "05H") CLOSE (Port1024, Port1025, or Port9100) CONNECT END The latest printer status Printer status (Port1025, Port9100) CLOSE LISTEN 453 (3) Status 3, Status 5/ENQ response mode (1-port connection) The product returns ACK by receiving the print request command sent from the host, and returns the printer status by receiving the status request command (ENQ:05H) Host Printer CONNECT (Port1024 or Port9100) CONNECT SUCCESS Connection LISTEN ACCEPT Status request (Port 1024 or Port 9100) (ENQ "05H") CLOSE Port1024 or Port9100 CONNECT END The latest printer status Printer status (Port 1024 or Port 9100) CLOSE LISTEN 6.16 Note 6.16.1 Common to LAN/Wireless LAN interface 1) When opening or closing the print data port (Port 1024) or the status port (Port 1025) or the sending and receiving port (Port 9100), 150 msec to 200 msec interval is necessary between closing the port and opening the port again. If the time interval after closing the port is too short, it may cause double connection. Double connection means that the connection request "CONNECT" is sent to the port (Port 1024, Port 1025 or Port 9100) already connected (CONNECT (Socket OPEN)). In this case, this connection request will be rejected "Socket CLOSE". When receiving request of double connection, the product responds to the request for disconnection (Socket CLOSE). 6.16.2 Wireless LAN interface 1) Communication distance and transmission speed between the host and the product (wireless LAN board) varies depending on the wireless LAN operation at the used environment. 2) It is recommended to use the product while the field intensity is more than "Middle" when using with the Infrastructure mode. 3) Communication data may be lost when wireless LAN environment is not adequate due to mobile use of the product or ambient conditions. 4) Please set the frequency of channels in each group are different for more than "5 channels" when multiple wireless LAN network groups are neighboring. Example) When the channel of the group 1 is "1", set the channel of the group 2 for "6" or later. 6.16.3 LAN Interface 1) Connecting and disconnecting LAN cable while the product is connecting to the PC may result in communication failure. Please avoid connecting or disconnecting the cable while the product is ON. In case of communication failure, restart the product. 454 7 Bluetooth Bluetooth interface of the product complies with Bluetooth Ver.2.0 standard. 7.1 Basic Specifications Item Standards Communication distance Used profile Operation mode Service function (Enabled when connected to Bluetooth interface) Authentication levels Packet type PIN code Power Save Mode CRC ENABLE/DISABLE CRC Time-out period Setting of communication conditions Description Bluetooth Ver. 2.0+EDR Power Class 2 5 m (at the standard measurement environment) Serial Port Profile(SPP) *1 Slave mode Bluetooth setting information print Prints the Bluetooth setting information on the user test printing. Bluetooth setting information default Bluetooth setting will be defaulted back by selecting "PRINTER setting" at the default setting mode. (Refer to the "Operator Manual" for details) Level 1 : No authentication (default) Level 2-1 : PIN code authentication, service level Level 2-2 : PIN code authentication, service level Level 3 : PIN code authentication, link level DM5 1 to 16 ASCII code specification (20H, 21H, 23H - 7EH) Default Value: 0000000000000000 Sniff, park, hold (operates according to the host setting) CRC: ENABLE DISABLE (Default) 10 seconds (fixed) The below communication conditions are configurable by commands Item Commands Setting range Specification of Bluetooth mode <IA> Status 3 Status 4 Receive buffer size Code SR mode value AFH Fast Connect Pairing Supervision timeout Connection status 2.95 MB Near full 0Mbyte 2.95Mbytes 0.95Mbytes remains Near full release 1.95Mbytes remains ASCII (7 Bits), Graphic (8 Bits) R1 Auto handling Supported Save the link key for 8 devices Default = 20 seconds (configurable at the host) The connection status to the host is shown on the LCD of the product. Refer to the "Operator Manual" for more details. *1 A method that connects 2 Bluetooth supported devices by establishing virtual serial port is defined. [Supplemental explanation] (1) The product operates with the slave mode. Connect the product by specifying product's Bluetooth Device Address (BD address) from the master. (2) Connection may be failed when the authentication mode, packet type and PIN code of the master is different from the above settings. When the connection is failed, check the authentication level, PIN code by test print, match the setting of the master and reconnect. (3) Bluetooth interface and the product are connected by serial interface internally. The transmission speed is 115200 bps. (4) When the link with Bluetooth is lost (out of area), disconnect from the product after the supervision timeout time. (5) When CRC check is enabled, and connection of Bluetooth is lost while sending print data (STX-ETX), partly received data will discarded after the CRC timeout time (10 seconds). When CRC check is enabled and CRC timeout is occurred for 10 seconds, please send the print data (STX-ETX) again. Also, CRC timeout is not watched when CRC check is enabled. (6) The product will be buffer over when the receive buffer is full. Please send print data while checking the receive buffer status by sending ENQ. (7) Authentication level 2-1 and 2-2 are the same operation. (8) ACK/NAK is returned only if the CRC check result is normal when CRC check is enabled. 455 7.2 Bluetooth settings The followings are Bluetooth setting items. These are configurable by the commands. (1) Authentication level (Level 1, Level 2-1, Level 2-2, Level 3) (2) PIN code (alphanumeric characters and symbols (20H, 21H, 23H-7EH) 1-16 digits) PIN code (Personal Identification Number, pass key) is an authentication password in 1-16 digits used for product identification. The PIN code is needed when the authentication level is Level 2-1, Level 2-2 and Level 3. Link key will be generated automatically after PIN code authentication and pairing start in the product. Once the link key is generated, there is no need for PIN code authentication. The product can be connected without checking the PIN code during the pairing. The module of Bluetooth specification version 2.0 supports Fast Connect. Pairing information can be saved in the product for 8 units. When pairing has done with more than 8 units, the product deletes the oldest pairing information and save the new pairing information. (The pairing information will not be cleared by the factory clear.) (3) Communication parameter (ISI, ISW, PSI, PSW) ISI, ISW, PSI, and PSW are setting values of Bluetooth module. The details are as below. Setting Description ISI (Inquiry Scan Interval) Time interval of ISW (0000, 0012 - 1000) (0.625 msec unit) ISW (Inquiry Scan Window) Respond time against search request from the host (0000, 0011 - setting values of ISI) (0.625 msec unit) PSI (Page Scan Interval) Time interval of PSW (0012 - 1000) (0.625 msec unit) PSW (Page Scan Window) Respond time against search request from the host (0011 - setting values of PSI) (0.625 msec unit) -Device search request from the master device can be rejected when ISI=000 and ISW=0000. -The default values after the factory clear are ISI=0x800 (1.28 sec), ISW=0x12 (11.25 msec), PSI=0x800 (1.28 sec) and PSW=0x12 (11.25 msec). -It is impossible to set ISI<ISW or PSI<PSW. -The communication parameters are not necessary to be changed normally. However, communication parameters are needed to be adjusted when the field intensity is not strong enough. (4) Device name (alphanumeric characters and symbols (20H, 21H, 23H-7EH) 1-20 digits) By setting device name, the name can be shown at the connected device and the product can be identified. Note: Only the first start-up after setting this command will process the new settings for Wireless LAN interface. Do not power off the product when the product is restarted until the product starts up normally. 7.3 CRC Transmission Data The transfer format of send data needed to be configured as follows when CRC check mode is selected. STX Each command *1 ETX CRC_High CRC_Low CRC calculation range Item HEX (H) Description STX 02 Transmission control character to initiate text Each command Each command + Parameter ETX 03 Transmission control character to terminate text CRC 2 bytes Calculated by the method called CRC-ANSI. Send error control value that was calculated by CRC-16 (Generating function X16+X15+X2+1*2) in order of [High] and [Low]. 1) Use this command in between Start of Data Transmission <A> and End of Data Transmission <Z>. Set STX and ETX for print data. The product will not print if there is no STX or ETX in the print data. 2) This is shifted to the right; therefore, the value actually used for calculation is [0xA001]. Also, initial value is set to "0". 456 7.4 Calculation Example of CRC A part of CRC calculation procedures when sending print speed set <CS> is shown below as an example. The send data is STX <A> <CS>2 <Z> ETX. In HEX, the above will be 02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03. The underlined part is the calculation range of CRC. Generating function is described as 1010 0000 0000 0001 in BIN. 1B is the first calculation target and it is described as 0001 1011 in BIN. Initial value of CRC is set to "0". (1) Take exclusive-OR of CRC and target data (1B), and assign its result to CRC. XOR) CRC = 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0000 0001 1011 0000 0000 0001 1011 (CRC) (1B) (1-1) Take AND of CRC and 0001, and assign its result to A. Shift CRC 1 bit to the right and assign it to CRC. A = 1 CRC = 0000 0000 0000 1101 (1-2) If A = 1, take exclusive-OR of CRC and generating polynomial, and assign its result to CRC. If A = 0, no calculation is made. (2-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). And then, perform calculations of (1-1) and (1-2) for 7 times (8 bits in total). XOR) CRC = 0000 0000 0000 1101 1010 0000 0000 0001 1010 0000 0000 1100 A = 0 CRC = 0101 0000 0000 0110 (CRC) (polynomial) (2-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). A = 0; therefore, leave CRC as it is. (3-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). CRC = 0101 0000 0000 0110 A = 0 CRC = 0010 1000 0000 0011 (3-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). CRC = 0010 1000 0000 0011 (4-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). A = 1 CRC = 0001 0100 0000 0001 (4-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). (5-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). XOR) CRC = A = 0 CRC = 0001 0100 0000 0001 1010 0000 0000 0001 1011 0100 0000 0000 0101 1010 0000 0000 (CRC) (polynomial) (5-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). CRC = 0101 1010 0000 0000 (6-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). A = 0 CRC = 0010 1101 0000 0000 (6-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). CRC = 0010 1101 0000 0000 (7-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). A = 0 CRC = 0001 0110 1000 0000 (7-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). CRC = 0001 0110 1000 0000 (8-1) Perform the same calculations as (1-1). A = 0 CRC = 0000 1011 0100 0000 (8-2) Perform the same calculations as (1-2). CRC = 0000 1011 0100 0000 Calculation of CRC up to 1B has completed. In the same manner, perform calculations of the next target data 41, and continue calculating up to 03. In this case, it will be EC 5E. Calculation result up to 03 CRC = 1110 1100 0101 1110 457 7.5 Transmission Data Example The following are the example of transmission data. (1) Print Data STX <A> <X22>,SATO <Q>0001 <Z> ETX 71H 9CH HEX data to be actually sent is described as follows. Underlined part is CRC. 02 1B 41 1B 58 32 32 2C 53 41 54 4F 1B 51 30 30 30 31 1B 5A 03 71 9C (2) Print speed setting command STX <A> <CS>2 <Z> ETX ECH 5EH HEX data to be actually sent is described as follows. Underlined part is CRC. 02 1B 41 1B 43 53 32 1B 5A 03 EC 5E 458 7.6 CRC errors The product calculates the CRC of every items of received data and checks the validity of the received data by comparing it with the CRC in the received data. When the calculated CRC is not the same as the CRC in the received data, the product judges the data is incorrect, arises CRC error and stops printing. The LCD display of CRC error * The CRC error will be detected only if the CRC check is enabled. CRC CHECK ERROR There are 3 ways to release the CRC error. (1) Press the LINE button : the product will resume the printing from the print data with the CRC error. (2) Send CAN command : the product will clear all contents in the receive buffer including the print data with the CRC error. (3) Press the CANCEL : the product will cancel the print data with the error and resume the printing from the next button print data. [Supplemental explanation] 1. The return status of the Status 3 and 4 at the CRC error will be "other errors". 2. The error will not be shown at the CRC time out error. 459 7.7 Transmission Sequence 7.7.1 Normal end 7.7.1.1 Status 4 (when CRC check is enabled) Host Printer Connected (CONNECT) ENQ (Status request command) ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space] Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [05] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO] ACK (Printer status no error) ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit Print operation ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Job name = [SATO] rint command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [06] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] ACK (Printer status no error) ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO] ENQ (Status request command) Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Print the 3rd label Paper end error Receive/Analysis/Edit Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO] ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Job name = [SATO] Print the 100th label ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO] Disconnected (DISCONNECT) Print the 1st label 460 7.7.1.2 Status 3 (when CRC check is enabled) Host Printer Connected (CONNECT) ENQ (Status request command) Status ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [05] Print number = 100 ACK ENQ Status (Printer status: no error) (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [06] Print number = 50 ACK (Printer status: no error) ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Receive/Analysis/Edit Print operation Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Print the 3rd label Paper end error Receive/Analysis/Edit Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Print the 100th label ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Disconnected (DISCONNECT) Print the 1st label 461 7.7.1.3 Status 4 (when CRC check is disabled) Host Printer Connected (CONNECT) ENQ (Status request command) Status ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [Space] Print command (STX-ETX) ID number = [05] Print number = 100 Job name = [SATO] ACK (Printer status: no error) ENQ Status ENQ (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] Job name = [SATO] (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Job name = [SATO] Print command (STX-ETX) ID number = [06] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] ACK (Printer status: no error) ENQ Status ENQ (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO] (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Job name = [SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit Print operation Print the 1st label Print the 2nd label Receive/Analysis/Edit Print the 3rd label Paper end error Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Job name = [SATO] Print the 100th label ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Job name = [SATO] Print the 1st label Disconnected (DISCONNECT) 462 7.7.1.4 Status 3 (when CRC check is disabled) Host Printer Connected (CONNECT) ENQ (Status request command) Status ID Number = [Space] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [05] Print number = 100 Receive/Analysis/Edit ACK ENQ Status (Printer status: no error) (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Editing" Remaining print number = [000000] ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000100] Print operation Print the 1st label Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [06] Print number = 50 ACK (Printer status: no error) ENQ Status (Status request command) ID number = [05] Status = Paper end Remaining print number = [000098] ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000098] Print the 2nd label Receive/Analysis/Edit Print the 3rd label Paper end error Error release (press the LINE button) Print the 3rd label ~ ~ ~~ ~~ ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000001] Print the 100th label ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [06] Status = "Printing" Remaining print number = [000050] Print the 1st label Disconnected (DISCONNECT) 463 7.7.2 Disconnection During Print data sending [Note] The print data may be lost when Bluetooth communication is disconnected during the print data sending. Please resend the data after product power off and on. 7.7.2.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4) Host Connected (CONNECT) Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [05] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] Printer Disconnected or communication failure Receive/Analysis/Edit × ENQ (Status request command) Status ID number = [05] Status = "Waiting for receive" Remaining print number = [000000] Status = "Printing" Print number = 000100 Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [06] Print number = 50 Communication time-out period has passed * Clear the halfway received print command. ACK Print operation [Note] When connection of Bluetooth is lost while sending print data (STX-ETX), partly received data will discarded after the communication timeout time (10 seconds). 7.7.2.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4) Connected (CONNECT) Print command (STX-ETX) ID number = [12] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit × Disconnected or communication failure [Note] The print data may be lost when Bluetooth communication is disconnected during the print data sending. Please resend the data after product power off and on. 464 7.7.3 Disconnection during status sending after print data reception 7.7.3.1 When CRC check is enabled (common to Status 3 and 4) Connected (CONNECT) Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [12] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit ACK × Print operation Disconnected or communication failure [Notes] 1. When there is no ACK returned, stop the transmission as it appears that some sort of communication interference is occurring. 2. ACK return may be lost when Bluetooth is disconnected before the product returning ACK. 7.7.3.2 When CRC check is disabled (common to Status 3 and 4) The product operation is the same as 7.7.3.1 when CRC check is enabled. 465 7.7.4 Abnormal end when CRC check is enabled 7.7.4.1 At the CRC error (common to Status 3 and 4) Host Connected (CONNECT) Printer Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [05] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] Receive/Analysis/Edit CRC abnormal data * The printer operation is determined by the button operation or by commands. Please refer to 7.6 CRC errors. [Note] The product will clear the print data and will not return ACK/NAK when the received data has CRC error. 7.7.4.2 At the communication time out (common to Status 3 and 4) Host Printer Connected (CONNECT) Print command (STX-ETX CRC) ID number = [05] Print number = 50 Job name = [SATO] Disconnected or communication failure Receive/Analysis/Edit × Communication time-out period has passed * Clear the halfway received print command. [Note] When there is no data come in to the product during print command reception for communication time out period (10 sec), the product will time out and clear the partly received print command. (ACK/NAK will not be returned.) 466 7.7.5 State transition diagram matrix (at host) 7.7.5.1 Status 3 Event Status (1) Neutral A Connect response (CONNECT) - B Disconnect response (DISCONNECT) - c Print request - (2) Waiting for connection Connection complete Disconnected -> (1) -> (3) - D Return status receive E ACK/NAK receive - - - - F Timeout G Send connect request (CONNECT) H Send disconnect request (DISCONNECT) Abnormal end -> (1) (1) Timer register (2) Connect request (CONNECT) -> (2) - - Disconnected (DISCONNECT) -> (1) (3) Connecting Disconnected (1) Timer -> (1) registration - (2) Status request - command send -> (4) Disconnected Disconnected (DISCONNECT) (DISCONNECT) - -> (1) - -> (1) (4) Return status Waiting for response Disconnected (1) Timer release / -> (1) Timer reregistration (2) Normal printer status Send the print data - - -> (5) (3) Normal printer status -> (3) (1) When not up to retry Disconnected times (DISCONNECT) Send status request -> (1) command - -> (4) - (2) Retried until the retry times (5) Waiting for ACK response Disconnected -> (1) - - -> (1) ACK/NAK receive Disconnected Disconnected Timer release (DISCONNECT) (DISCONNECT) -> (3) -> (1) - -> (1) [Notes] 1. The same timer is used for waiting for connection, status return and ACK response to be able to simplify the above matrix. 2. The product cannot disconnect (send DISCONNECT) at the power off. Please set up time out process at the host. 3. Be sure to check the printer status by sending status request command (ENQ) before sending any print data because the product cannot print during printer error. 4. When (5) Time out for ACK response occurred, assuming that the LINK has been disconnected, power off and on the product and reconnect. 7.7.5.2 Status 4 Status Event A Connect response (CONNECT) (1) Neutral - B Disconnect response (DISCONNECT) c Print request - - (2) Waiting for Connection Disconnected connection complete -> (3) -> (1) - D Return status receive E ACK/NAK receive - - - - F Timeout Abnormal end G Send connect request (CONNECT) H Send disconnect request (DISCONNECT) (1) Timer registration (2) Connect request (CONNECT) -> (2) Disconnected -> (1) - (DISCONNECT) -> (1) (3) Connecting Disconnected (1) Timer -> (1) registration - (2) Status request - command send -> (4) Disconnected Disconnected (DISCONNECT) (DISCONNECT) - -> (1) - -> (1) (4) Return Disconnected (1) Timer release / (1) When not up to retry Disconnected status -> (1) Timer reregistration times (DISCONNECT) Waiting for (2) Normal printer status Send status request -> (1) response - Send the print data - - -> (5) command - -> (4) (3) Normal printer status (2) Retried until the retry -> (3) times -> (1) (5) Waiting for ACK response Disconnected - -> (1) - ACK/NAK receive Disconnected Disconnected Timer release (DISCONNECT) - (DISCONNECT) -> (3) -> (1) -> (1) [Notes] 1. The same timer is used for waiting for connection and status return, to be able to simplify the above matrix. 2. The product cannot disconnect (send DISCONNECT) at the power off. Please set up time out process at the host. 3. Be sure to check the printer status by sending status request command (ENQ) before sending any print data because the product cannot print during printer error. 4. When (5) Time out for ACK response occurred, assuming that the LINK has been disconnected, power off and on the product and reconnect. 468 7.7.5.3 State transition diagram matrix (at product) Event Status (1) Waiting for connect request (2) Connecting (3) Printing (4) Error A Connect request (CONNECT) Receive connect request (CONNECT) -> (2) Ignore Ignore Ignore B Disconnect request (DISCONNECT) Ignore Disconnect process (DISCONNECT) Disconnect process (DISCONNECT) Disconnect process (DISCONNECT) C Print Data receiving Ignore Normal data receive ACK/NAK send -> (3) Abnormal data receive -> (2) CRC error *1 Clear the received data -> (2) Communication time out Clear the received data *1 -> (2) Ignore Ignore D Print complete - Ignore Ignore -> (2) E Error Ignore Ignore F Error release - G Power off Power off -> (4) - Power off -> (4) - Other than printing -> (2) Printing -> (3) Power off Power off *1 when CRC check is enabled [Notes] 1. When the link with Bluetooth is lost (out of area), disconnect from the product after the supervision timeout time. When the link between the host is lost, the product request disconnection (DISCONNECT) after the supervision timeout time (default=20 sec (changeable from the host)) has passed. 2. It takes about 5 sec from the product power on, installed Bluetooth module starting up to be the status of (1). Before the status of (1), it may not be connected. 3. ACK/NAK will not be returned at the CRC error or communication timeout. 4. Be sure to check the printer status by sending status request command (ENQ) before sending any print data because the product cannot print during printer error. 5. The status check of Bluetooth I/F board is done at after the factory clear, Bluetooth mode switch, PIN code setting, and Bluetooth setting only. In case of disconnection during operation, please check the status of Bluetooth I/F board by switching the Bluetooth mode. 8 External signal interface 8.1 Basic Specifications External interfaces are designed to be able to connect with the product and the other peripherals. The external interface operates only in the pulse input mode (a mode that operates according to external signals). However, error signals are outputted with the all mode. Setting related to the external signals can be done on the extended setting mode at the product. Connector (1) 25 pins external signal interface (D-SUB 25 pins, female terminal) 13 1 25 14 (2) 14 pins external signal interface (Amphenol 14 pins, female terminal) * When using 14 pins external signal interface, please use the attached conversion cable. 7 1 14 8 Input/Output circuit diagram (1) 25 pins external signal interface (D-SUB 25 pins, female terminal) a) When the output from the user is NPN transistor output [Power is supplied from the user] User Printer IN_COM +5V+24V 2.4k Transister NPN EXT_I IN Photo coupler Pow Photo coupler EXT_O OUT_COM Photo Mos FET [Power is supplied from the product] User Printer GND Transis ter NPN +5V IN_COM 4.7k IN EXT_I Photo coupler Pow Photo coupler EXT_O Photo Mos FET OUT_COM Input/Output circuit diagram b) When the output from the user is PNP transistor output User Printer IN_COM Transister PNP +24V EXT_I 2.4k IN Photo coupler Pow Photo coupler EXT_O OUT_COM Photo Mos FET (2)14 pins external signal interface (Amphenol 14 pins, female terminal) User Printer GND +5V 2.4k Transis ter NPN EXT_I IN Photo coupler Pow EXT_O OUT_COM Photo Mos FET Signal level External signal print order External signal type External signal reprint High: high impedance, input terminal Iin0mA, output terminal Iout0mA Low: 0 - 0.7 V, input terminal Iin2 - 20mA, output terminal Iout120mA ENABLE or DISABLE can be selected on the extended setting mode. The below signal types are selectable on the extended setting mode. Type TYPE TYPE II TYPE III TYPE IV Operation details The print complete signal (PREND) is High before label printing, and it becomes Low after print completion. The signal level becomes High after 20 msec. The print complete signal (PREND) is Low before label printing, and it becomes High after print completion. The signal level becomes Low after 20 msec. The print complete signal (PREND) is High before label printing, and it becomes Low from the start to the end of print, and it becomes High again after print completion. The print complete signal (PREND) is Low before label printing, and it becomes High from the start to the end of print, and it becomes Low again after print completion. The following can be selected on the extended setting mode. ENABLE: reprint the same contents for one time. DISABLE: no reprint 471 8.2 Connector Pin Assignment No 25 pins 14 pins 1 14 2 - 3 - 4 4 5 6 6 9 7 - 8 7 9 - 10 - 11 - 12 13 13 12 14 2 15 2 16 3 17 1 18 10 19 - 20 5 21 11 22 - 23 - 24 13 25 - Signal name FG +5V Print Start Position Signal (HOME POSITION) Machine error*4 Print completion signal (PREND)* Online *3 Label near end Reprint signal (PRIN2) Backfeed Order (DISPENSE IN) Reserve OUT_COM +5V +24V GND OUT_COM Ribbon end*4 Paper end*4 Ribbon near end Reserve Print start signal (PRIN) Label feed Reserve Reserve IN_COM *1 GND Description FRAME GROUND Input/ Output - Power source Signal is output at backfeed motion control when backfeed is done. Output with cover open, head error, communication error etc. Signal is output at the operation of the product issues one label. Output when the product is offline state. By input of this signal, the product becomes label near end status. By input of this signal, the product reprints the same contents for one time. By input of this signal, backfeed is done at backfeed motion control. - Output Output Output Output Input *2 Input *2 Input *2 Reserve GROUND of peripherals Input *2 - Power source - Power source SIGNAL GROUND GROUND of peripherals Output at ribbon end detection. Output at paper end detection. Output at ribbon near end detection. Reserve The product issues one label by input of this signal. The product feeds by input of this signal. Output Output Output Output Input *2 Input *2 Reserve Input *2 Reserve Input *2 For power supply from peripherals. SIGNAL GROUND Input - Level Electrical conditions Voltage, Current (MAX) - Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low Low High Low Low - - - 600mA (When at 25 pin, the total of 2 pin and 12 pin is 600mA) 400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V - 600mA (When at 25 pin, the total of 2 pin and 12 pin is 600mA) 2A - 400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA 400V 80mA High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V High: high impedance Low: more than -5mA, 0V 5V to 24V or GND - 1) Please select one type from TYPE I to TYPE IV for "PREND" output signal of pin No. 5. Refer to external signal type in "8.1 Basic Specifications " for more details. [Supplemental explanation] The pin No. and signal name (contents) can be changed on the extended setting mode. Refer to the item of "Input/Output signal setting" in the "Operator Manual" for more details. 472 [Notes] *1 When using the 14 pins external signal interface, do not connect the power pin to IN_COMpin. The IN COM pin is connected to 5V in cable. *2 It can be connected to equipment of open collector input to the signal input terminal. *3 This is when "EXT 9PIN SELECT" in the service mode is MODE2/MODE3. Signal is output with remaining print number status when it is MODE1. *4 In addition to the signals mentioned above, Cancel signal, ONLINE/OFFLINE signal are also input signals. 8.3 Explanation of input/output signal 1) Input signal Item Input waveform Print start Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2) Print Print end 1 (PREND) 2 3 4 Reprint (with print start signal) Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2) Print Print end 1 (PREND) 2 3 4 More than 10mses 1st label complete 20msec 1st label complete 20msec [Supplemental explanation] 1. Please keep the print start signal (PRIN) to "Low" until print completion signal (PREND) is output.* (Refer to the below [Maintaining the print start signal (PRIN) keep]) Also, output reprint signal (PRIN2) for more than 10 msec. When signal is output for shorter than 10 msec, and reprint signal is not acknowledged, the product will not reprint. 473 [Maintaining the print start signal (PRIN)] Item TYPE1,2 Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2) Print Input waveform Print start Print end 1 (PREND) 2 1st label complete TYPE3,4 Print start (PRIN) Reprint (PRIN2) Print Print end 3 (PREND) 4 1st label complete There is no problem to make the PRIN signal to High during the dot-line with TYPE 3 and 4. Item Timing chart PREND SIGNAl Print 1 Print end 2 (PREND) 3 4 T1 T1 < 150ns 1st label complete T1 T1 *Rise or fall time of PREND signal is less than 150 ns. Please consider the time when output signal from the connected devices. 2. When the print start signal and reprint signal are output simultaneously, the print start signal is enabled and the product will not reprint. 3. The reprint signal is only valid from the print operation end (QTY=0) until the next print data reception. Other than that, the product will not reprint. 474 Item ONLINE OFFLINE Input waveform Press the LINE button Print Data Cancel signal Remaining labels to print 1 CANCEL (CANCEL) Print ready (DATA READY) Print ready (DATA PRESENT) 100ms [Supplemental explanation] (1) Cancel signal is enabled when: waiting for Start Print Signal(PRIN) in ONLINE. in OFFLINE. an error occurs. (2) To enable the cancel signal again, turn off the signal and turn back on again. [Note] Cancel is not allowed when receiving print data. Cancel behavior when receiving data is not guaranteed. Item Input waveform ONLINE OFFLINE ONLINE/OFFLINE (ON/OFFLINE) ONLINE 100ms ONLINE/OFFLINE signal [Supplemental explanation] You can switch between ON/OFFLINE signals only if ONLINE/OFFLINE can be switched via key operation. 475 2) Output signal Item Output waveform 1st label complete Basic operation Print Print end (PREND) Paper end Ribbon end Machine error Paper end Head open 20ms Head close Paper end Print Print end (PREND) Paper end Riboon end Machine error Ribbon end Label change Head open Head close Ribbon end Print Print end (PREND) Paper end Ribbon end Machine error Ribbon change 476 Item Output waveform Head open Machine error Print Print end (PREND) Paper end Ribbon end Machine error Head close Item Output waveform Ribbon near end Head open Ribbon near end Print Print end (PREND) Paper end Ribbon end near Head close Item Output waveform Print Data Head open Head close Online Print Print end (PREND) Paper end Online MODE1 MODE2/MODE3 Press the LINE button Select MODE1, MODE2 or MODE3 with "EXT 9PIN SELECT" in the service mode. 477 Item Output waveform Print Data Head open Head close Print Remaining labels to print 1 Press the LINE button Print Ready ONLINE MODE3 PRN READY (DATA READY) PRN READY (DATA PRESENT) Select MODE3 with "EXT 9PIN SELECT" in the service mode. [Notes] Refer to Appendix in the operator manual for error signal output when RFID module is enabled. 478 9 USB Host 9.1 Basic Specifications USB interface of the product complies with USB2.0 standard. Interface Connector Version Device class Used for Series A plug Cable length shorter than 5 m (Twisted pair shielded) USB 2.0 High speed Mass storage class USB memories 9.2 Connector Pin Assignment Pin number Name 1 VBus 2 -Data(D-) 3 +Data(D+) 4 GND 479 10 Note Operation after turning the product's power off Please note that the data sent from the host to the product after turning the product's power off is not ensured. 480 Extensive contact information for worldwide SATO operations can be found on the Internet at www.satoworldwide.comAdobe PDF Library 15.0